WO2006075666A1 - Three-dimensional puzzle, advertisement exhibit, three-dimensional display and its fabricating method - Google Patents
Three-dimensional puzzle, advertisement exhibit, three-dimensional display and its fabricating method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2006075666A1 WO2006075666A1 PCT/JP2006/300305 JP2006300305W WO2006075666A1 WO 2006075666 A1 WO2006075666 A1 WO 2006075666A1 JP 2006300305 W JP2006300305 W JP 2006300305W WO 2006075666 A1 WO2006075666 A1 WO 2006075666A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- puzzle
- image
- tetrahedron
- midpoint
- piece
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 98
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 211
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 101
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 146
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 abstract 2
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005034 decoration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000298 Cellophane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000037237 body shape Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012769 display material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013410 fast food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 2
- QNRATNLHPGXHMA-XZHTYLCXSA-N (r)-(6-ethoxyquinolin-4-yl)-[(2s,4s,5r)-5-ethyl-1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-2-yl]methanol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C([C@H]([C@H](C1)CC)C2)CN1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OCC)C=C21 QNRATNLHPGXHMA-XZHTYLCXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091051 Arenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 1
- BGPVFRJUHWVFKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N1=C2C=CC=CC2=[N+]([O-])C1(CC1)CCC21N=C1C=CC=CC1=[N+]2[O-] Chemical compound N1=C2C=CC=CC2=[N+]([O-])C1(CC1)CCC21N=C1C=CC=CC1=[N+]2[O-] BGPVFRJUHWVFKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper;5,10,15,20-tetraphenylporphyrin-22,24-diide Chemical compound [Cu+2].C1=CC(C(=C2C=CC([N-]2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(N=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=C3[N-]2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1=C3C1=CC=CC=C1 RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010097 foam moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015220 hamburgers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010422 painting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000053 physical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F9/00—Games not otherwise provided for
- A63F9/06—Patience; Other games for self-amusement
- A63F9/12—Three-dimensional jig-saw puzzles
- A63F9/1204—Puzzles consisting of non-interlocking identical blocks, e.g. children's block puzzles
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09B—EDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
- G09B23/00—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes
- G09B23/02—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes for mathematics
- G09B23/04—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes for mathematics for geometry, trigonometry, projection or perspective
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F23/00—Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes
- G09F23/02—Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes the advertising matter being displayed by the operation of the article
- G09F23/04—Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes the advertising matter being displayed by the operation of the article illuminated
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F23/00—Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes
- G09F23/14—Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes on toys, games, puzzles, or similar devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F9/00—Games not otherwise provided for
- A63F9/06—Patience; Other games for self-amusement
- A63F9/12—Three-dimensional jig-saw puzzles
- A63F9/1208—Connections between puzzle elements
- A63F2009/1212—Connections between puzzle elements magnetic connections
Definitions
- the present invention provides a three-dimensional puzzle in which two images appear when completed, an advertisement display object on which two advertisement images are formed, a three-dimensional display on which two images are formed, and a three-dimensional display. It relates to the creation kit.
- the task of solving the puzzle itself is exactly the same as a general plane jigsaw puzzle, and the puzzle piece is simply rotated and moved on the placement surface or a plane parallel to it and placed at the optimum position. . It does not move the puzzle pieces to solve the puzzle in three dimensions or rotate in three dimensions. Therefore, the task of solving the above-mentioned three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle does not require the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure. Therefore, the above-mentioned cuboid jigsaw puzzle is not suitable as a teaching material for understanding solid figures, and it is challenging for those who are looking for esoteric puzzles that require the ability to imagine solid figures. ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ It is a puzzle.
- a Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained by repeating an infinite number of mappings (referred to as mapping G) to take the union of 1Z2 reduced images (4 exist) centered on each regular vertex and starting from a regular tetrahedron. It is a self-similar solid figure.
- the Sherpinski tetrahedron is a strict fractal, but it is impossible to create a structure with that shape.
- mapping G maps the mapping G to a regular tetrahedron a finite number of times n (n is a natural number) times.
- this approximate body is referred to as an nth-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron or n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron.
- Patent Document 6 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 57-166187 (published October 13, 1982)
- Patent Document 7 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 57-166187 (published October 13, 1982)
- the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and the object thereof is an esoteric and challenging task that requires a force to imagine a three-dimensional figure, and also imagines a three-dimensional figure.
- the purpose is to provide a three-dimensional puzzle that can be used as a tool to train the power to do, and that will be useful as decorations and advertisements when completed.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide an advertisement display and a three-dimensional display capable of giving a strong impact to a viewer and a creation kit for creating the same.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is a substantially tetrahedron such that a finished product having a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained when correctly combined.
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- the midpoint force of the first side is a part of the first side of each puzzle piece, so that when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, the first image of a substantially square appears.
- Fragments of the first image are formed on two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to the first side, and the finished product is directed toward the midpoint of the second side.
- Each nozzle piece is either part of the second side or the second side so that a second image that is approximately square appears when viewed.
- a piece of the second image is formed on two faces that sandwich the parallel sides, and at least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the puzzle pieces in the finished product. Both have a structure that can be detachably coupled to at least one apex of one puzzle piece.
- the first and second image fragments are formed.
- the first and second images that have the shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron by combining 4 n (where n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces having a substantially tetrahedral shape. Since the finished product is formed, it is necessary to move the nozzle piece three- dimensionally or rotate it three-dimensionally in order to unravel the nozzle. Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention requires the player to have the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure just by giving the player the same enjoyment as a jigsaw puzzle. Can be used as a tool to train the ability to imagine figures.
- the finished product is useful as a decorative product or advertisement display because it has two images and has the shape of an approximate nth-order shellpinski tetrahedron.
- An advertisement display is an advertisement display in which first and second advertisement images are formed on a surface of a base material in order to solve the above-described problem.
- a tetrahedron shaped 4 n (where n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragment which is obtained by combining approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shapes, and has four sides of the base material. If the two sides facing each other are the first side and the second side, the first advertisement image will appear when viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side. As shown, the first advertisement image fragment is formed on the two surfaces sandwiching the side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in each base piece.
- the midpoint force of the two sides Is it part of the second side of each base piece so that the second advertisement image appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side? Is characterized in that the two surfaces sandwiching the edge is parallel to the second side, a fragment of the second advertisement image is formed.
- the advertisement display according to the present invention has a substantially n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, and is directed from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side, Alternatively, the first advertisement image or the second advertisement image appears only when viewed from the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. Therefore, the n-th order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron attracts people's interest in an interesting shape, and if you look closely, it suddenly shows an image with unexpected power, and it has a strong impact on the viewer. It becomes an advertising display that can be given.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention provides a first and a second. 3D display on the surface of the substrate, wherein the substrate is composed of 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape (2 X 4 n — 2 ) Obtained by joining with a number of connecting members, and having an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, of the four sides of the substrate, two sides facing each other are the first side. And the second side, the midpoint force of the first side, so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side.
- a part of the first image is formed on two faces sandwiching a side that is a part or parallel to the first side, and the direction toward the midpoint of the first side from the midpoint of the second side So that the second image appears when viewed on the two sides of the base image, on the two faces that sandwich the side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side.
- fragment A hole is provided at the apex corresponding to the joining point of the base material pieces so as to continue to the center of each base material piece, and each connecting member has a bar at one point. It has a shape bent by an angle of about tan- 1 (2 12) radians (about 70 degrees), and both sides are inserted into holes of different base material pieces.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present invention has a substantially n-order approximate Shelbinsky tetrahedron shape and is directed from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side, or Midpoint force on the second side
- the image appears only when viewed from the direction of the force toward the midpoint of the first side. Therefore, it has a strong impact on the viewer that the n-th order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron attracts people's interest in an interesting shape, and suddenly an image appears with unexpected power if you look closely. It becomes a stereoscopic display that can be given.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is excellent in decorativeness because it is fragile and has a shape closer to that of an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- a creation kit according to the present invention is a creation kit for creating a three-dimensional display having a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron to solve the above-described problem.
- the production kit according to the present invention includes the three-dimensional display according to the present invention.
- 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material pieces having the same shape as the constituent base material pieces, and (2 X 4 n — 2) connecting members constituting the stereoscopic display according to the present invention.
- the user uses this creation kit to form two types of favorite images on each substrate piece, and by joining all the base piece pieces together via a connecting member, the favorite image is displayed on the surface.
- a formed stereoscopic display can be created.
- the 4 n pieces of the substrate constituting the production kit are formed with the first image and the second image in the same manner as the base material piece constituting the stereoscopic display according to the present invention.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention can be created by bonding all the base material pieces to each other via a connecting member.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention corresponds to each vertex of the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron so that when it is correctly combined, a finished product having a frame shape of an approximately nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained.
- Each of the combined puzzle pieces includes a base point, three first rims and three second rims provided to extend radially from the base point in different directions, and force Each of the first rims is provided at an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the direction in which the other two first rims extend, and each of the second rims extends from the other two second rims.
- One of the rims and one of the second rims are aligned on a straight line.
- one tip has a recess or through hole, and the other two tips have a protrusion.
- two tips are formed with recesses or through holes, and the remaining one tip is formed with a projection, and the above four vertex puzzle pieces have two second rims. It consists of one vertex puzzle piece and two second vertex puzzle pieces, and the first vertex puzzle piece extends radially from the first vertex and from the first vertex in directions different from each other by 60 degrees.
- One third of the three rims has a recess or a through hole, and the other two tips have a protrusion, and the second vertex puzzle piece is The second apex part and the third apex force are also directed to 60 degrees different from each other, and the three fourth rims extend radially.
- two tips have recesses or through-holes, and the remaining one tip has a protrusion. It is formed so as to be able to fit into the recess or the through hole.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention provides an n-order approximate shell pin for a structure having a frame shape of an approximately n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle.
- each face of 4 n-number of tetrahedral body constituting the ski tetrahedron to form formed becomes covered each puzzle piece in a sheet, the two sides facing each other of the structure first edge and the second Assuming that there are two sides, each tetrahedron should have a square shape so that the first square image appears when the structure is viewed from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side.
- a fragment of the first image is formed on a sheet of two surfaces sandwiching a side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side, and the structure is moved from the midpoint of the second side.
- Each square is aligned so that a second image that is approximately square appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. It is characterized in that a fragment of the second image is formed on a sheet of two faces sandwiching a side that is a part of the second side or parallel to the second side in the face body! /
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention provides an n + first-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron that, when correctly combined, provides a finished product having a shape of an approximately n + first-order approximate shell pinski tetrahedron.
- the first and second pieces have two surfaces on which the first side of the first piece and the first side of the second piece are collinear and sandwich the first side of the first piece. At the vertices, the two faces that sandwich the first side of the second piece are aligned on the same plane.
- the three vertices in the first fragment excluding the vertex connected to the second fragment, one vertex has a recess or through hole, and the remaining two vertices have a protrusion.
- two vertices have recesses or through holes, and the remaining one vertex has a protrusion.
- the four vertex puzzle pieces are formed of two third vertex puzzle pieces and two fourth vertex puzzle pieces, and the n + first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron in the third vertex puzzle piece.
- two vertices have recesses or through holes.
- One of the three vertices excluding the vertex corresponding to the vertex of the n + 1-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron in the fourth vertex nozzle piece is formed.
- a concave portion or a through hole is formed on the remaining two vertices, and a convex portion is formed on the remaining two vertices. The convex portion is formed so as to be detachable from the concave portion or the through hole. Yes.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is configured so that the structure is opposed to a structure having an approximately n + 1 first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle. Assuming that the two sides are the first and second sides, the first image of a substantially square shape when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side.
- each regular tetrahedron composing the n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron the two surfaces sandwiching the side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side are N + so that when the first image fragment is formed and the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side toward the midpoint of the first side, a second image that is approximately square appears.
- First order approximate shell pin ski Each part of the regular tetrahedron that forms the tetrahedron is a part of the second side or the second The two faces sandwiching the sides a flat line, have a feature that the fragment of the second image is formed.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is a combination of the puzzle pieces of the three-dimensional puzzle in which a finished product having a frame shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Selpinski tetrahedron is obtained when correctly combined.
- a finished product having a frame shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Selpinski tetrahedron is obtained when correctly combined.
- Each of the three first limbs that make up each, the three second rims that make up each of the combined puzzle pieces, the three third rims that make up each of the first vertex puzzle pieces, and each of the second vertex puzzle pieces In each of the three 4th rims that make up, between the rims forming 60 degrees, there is a quadrilateral surface with the angles of the four vertices being 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 90 degrees in order.
- the rim is formed so as to form two sides of each surface, and when it is correctly combined, it is characterized in that a finished product having an approximately nth-order approximate
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is a substantially nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape.
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- the base piece is composed of a sheet of cloth, paper, etc., and two sides facing each other out of the six sides of the base are side A and side B.
- the five sides other than side A are supported by five bars inserted into the substrate along each of the sides, and these five bars are two equilateral triangles that share side B.
- the two sides facing each other which may be the same as or different from side A and side B, in the base material, are the first side and the second side. Then, the first image appears when looking in the direction from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side.
- fragments of the first image are formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in each base piece, Each substrate fragment is either part of the second side or parallel to the second side so that the second image appears when viewed in the direction from the middle point of the side toward the middle point of the first side.
- a feature is that a fragment of the second image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a certain side.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present invention has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape.
- the four-sided surface of each of the above-mentioned base material pieces is substantially flat except for the folds. If the two sides facing each other among the six sides of the base material are defined as side A and side B, the five sides other than side A in the base material are those sides.
- the five bars are supported by being inserted into the base material along each of the two, and these five bars form two equilateral triangular frames sharing side B.
- the side B As a result, the side a that is a part of the side A or parallel to the side A in the sheet constituting each base piece can be folded.
- the two surfaces sandwiched can be separated from each other by side a when folding the substrate, and each of the two surfaces sandwiching side a in each substrate piece has a fold that can be folded until both sides are almost in contact with each other.
- Middle point force of a It is provided up to the vertex facing side a, and the base material is folded When folded, the two folds of the same size are joined at one long side and two short sides, with the ratio of the length of the long side to the short side being 2: 3.
- Each substrate fragment is either part of the first side or parallel to the first side so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction from the middle point toward the middle point of the second side.
- a fragment of the first image is formed on two faces that sandwich a side, and the second image appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side.
- the second image fragment is formed on the two faces of each substrate fragment that sandwich the side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side. It is characterized in.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present invention is a stereoscopic display in which the first, second, third, and fourth images are formed on the surface of the substrate, and the substrate has a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments obtained by combining approximately 4th order A, B, and B surfaces of each substrate fragment.
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- surface A is directed in the direction from the midpoint of the first side between surfaces A and B to the midpoint of the second side between surfaces C and D Only the first image fragment is visible, and it looks from the midpoint of the third side sandwiched between plane A and plane C to the midpoint of the fourth side sandwiched between plane B and plane D.
- the first and third image fragments are formed by the lenticular print so that only the third image fragment is visible. When viewing in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, only the first image fragment is visible, and the midpoint force of the fourth side is also directed toward the midpoint of the third side.
- the first and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fourth image fragment can be seen when viewed in FIG.
- the second and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fragments of the second side are visible, and the surface D is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. Only the second image fragment is visible, and when viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the fourth side toward the midpoint of the third side, only the fourth image fragment is visible. like, The second and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing.
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a base material having a shape of a 1 shell pin ski tetrahedron.
- FIG. 2 (a) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut in order to stick it onto the substrate.
- FIG. 2 (b) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut in order to stick it onto the substrate.
- FIG. 3 is a top view showing a state in which an image is formed on a base material having a 1-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
- FIG. 4 (a) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image is formed is cut in order to stick it onto a substrate having the shape of a two-shell pinski tetrahedron.
- FIG. 4 (b) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut to be stuck on a base material having a two-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
- FIG. 5 (al) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 (a2) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 (b) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 (c) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 (d) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 (b) is a puzzle constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows a piece and a stick
- FIG. 8 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 (b) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 (c) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 (a) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 (b) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 (c) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 (d) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 (a) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 (b) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 (c) is a diagram showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a joint portion between puzzle pieces in a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a top view showing a state in which an image is formed on a base material having a 2-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
- FIG. 13 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a connecting member constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 (b) constitutes a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows a puzzle piece and a connection member.
- FIG. 14 (a) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting two puzzle pieces connected to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that a member is inserted.
- FIG. 14 (b) is a diagram for explaining a method of joining two puzzle pieces joined to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that was completed.
- FIG. 15 (a) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting three puzzle pieces connected to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that a member is inserted.
- FIG. 15 (b) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting three puzzle pieces connected to each other and one other puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows the finished product which has the shape of 1-Shelpinski tetrahedron obtained by combination.
- FIG. 16 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- ⁇ 17 A view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- ⁇ 20 A diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- ⁇ 21 A diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece (or a second vertex puzzle piece) constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece (or a second vertex puzzle piece) constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- First vertex puzzle constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention It is a figure which shows a piece (or 2nd vertex puzzle piece).
- FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a second vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 25 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 26 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 27 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 31 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 33 A perspective view showing a third vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing a fourth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 36 shows a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view shown.
- FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing a fifth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 38 is a perspective view showing a sixth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 39 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state in the middle of folding of a foldable three-dimensional display having the shape of a primary approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 42 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention, in a folded state in a plane.
- FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing bones provided in the three-dimensional display in FIG. 41.
- FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing bones provided in the three-dimensional display in FIG. 41.
- FIG. 44 is a plan view showing a pattern for creating the three-dimensional display shown in FIGS. 40 to 43.
- FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining a method of creating the stereoscopic display shown in FIGS. 40 to 43.
- FIG. 46 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
- FIG. 47 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
- FIG. 48 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
- FIG. 49 is a perspective view showing a stereoscopic display in which four images can be seen according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 50 is a plan view showing a pattern used in still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 51 A three-dimensional puzzle consisting of four puzzle pieces according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the method to solve.
- FIG. 52 is a diagram for explaining a method of solving a three-dimensional puzzle that is also composed of 16 puzzle pieces according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 53 is a perspective view showing an unfolded state of a foldable three-dimensional display having the shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 54 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention, folded in a plane.
- n-Sherpinski tetrahedron (n is a natural number) consists of 4 n regular tetrahedrons.
- 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron consists of 4 regular tetrahedrons
- 2 Sherpinski tetrahedron consists of 16 regular tetrahedrons.
- the n-Sherpinski tetrahedron has three sets of two sides facing each other (two sides not in contact with each other). Select one of these pairs of sides, and set one of the two sides that make up the set as the first side and the other as the second side.
- the midpoint force of the first side is also directed to the midpoint of the second side in the X direction, and the opposite direction (the midpoint force of the second side is directed toward the midpoint of the first side) in the X direction.
- the X direction and X Directional force Forms two images (pictures, photos, logos, letters, etc.) on an n-Shelpinsky tetrahedron by forming a fragment of the image so that each image can be seen when looking at the directional force substrate To do Can do.
- a method of creating a solid in which two images are formed on a base material having an n-Shellpinsky tetrahedron shape will be described in detail below.
- the solid created by this method is used for the advertising display of the first embodiment.
- this solid is almost the same as the completed shape of the puzzles of Embodiments 2-5.
- the first side (the side that is the foremost when viewed from the X direction) is horizontal
- the second side (the side that is the foremost when viewed from the X direction) is lead straight. It shall be arranged so that
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- base material fragments having a regular tetrahedron shape are combined to obtain a base material having an n-Shellpinski tetrahedron shape.
- the material of the base material fragment is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a blast (thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin) or metal.
- the base piece may or may not have a cavity if the outer shape is a regular tetrahedron.
- the method for bonding the base material fragments is not particularly limited. For example, a method of bonding the base material fragments using an adhesive can be employed.
- a picture is drawn on a sheet having the shape of a square that is rotated by 45 degrees from a square with two sides horizontally (that is, a vertex whose top and bottom, left and right, one diagonal is horizontal, and the other diagonal is vertical).
- the sheet PAO is stretched in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction) at a magnification of 3 times and deformed in the longitudinal direction to obtain a diamond-shaped sheet PA.
- the sheet PBO is stretched in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction) at a magnification of 3 times and deformed horizontally to obtain a diamond-shaped sheet PB.
- This deformation process may be performed by a physical method of deforming the sheets PA and PB, but may be performed by image processing.
- image processing After reading images PA and PB from the sheets PAO and PBO with a scanner to acquire image PA and PB data, the image processing corresponding to the above deformation is performed on the image PA and PB data.
- the processed image data can be printed on two sheets having the same shape as the diamond-shaped sheets PA and PB.
- image processing instead of preparing sheets PAO and PBO, Also, a rectangular sheet with image PA and image PB data or image PA and image PB formed in the area may be used.
- a diamond sheet PA after cutting into aliquoted into 2 n pieces along a direction parallel to one of its sides, 2 along a direction parallel to adjacent sides to the side n Cut into equal pieces and create 4 n identical rhombus sheets.
- the sheet PB diamond after cutting into aliquoted into 2 n pieces along a direction parallel to one of its sides, the alongconnection 2 n pieces in a direction parallel to adjacent sides to the sides equal Cut into 4 minutes and create 4 n identically shaped rhombus sheets.
- Substrate 5 having the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron, as shown in FIG. 1, is a substrate fragment 1 having the shape of a regular tetrahedron having surface 1 ⁇ ⁇ 1 ⁇ ⁇ 1C ′ ID, surface 2A '2B' 2C 'Substrate fragment with tetrahedron shape with 2D, surface 3 ⁇ ⁇ 3 ⁇ ⁇ 3C' Substrate fragment with tetrahedron shape with 3D, and surface 4 ⁇ -4B-4C -Substrate fragment with regular tetrahedron shape with 4D 4 forces.
- Surfaces 1 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , and 4 ⁇ constitute one surface of the 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron (hereinafter referred to as “ ⁇ ”), and surface 3 ⁇ is parallel to surface ⁇ .
- Surfaces 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , and 4 ⁇ constitute one other surface (hereinafter referred to as “ ⁇ ”) of 1 shell pin ski tetrahedron, and surface 1B is parallel to surface ⁇ .
- Surface 1C '3C'4C constitutes another surface of the 1-Shelpinsky tetrahedron (hereinafter referred to as "C"), and surface 2C is parallel to surface C.
- the surface ID '2D ⁇ 3D constitutes another surface (hereinafter referred to as “D”) of the 1-shell pinski tetrahedron, and the surface 4D is parallel to the surface D.
- rhombus sheets PA and PB are prepared by the method described above.
- the rhombus sheet PA is cut into two equal parts along a direction parallel to one side thereof, and then the side adjacent to the above side. Cut into two equal parts along the direction parallel to, create four identical rhombus sheets, and name them PA1 to PA4 sequentially in the counterclockwise diamond force counterclockwise as shown in Fig. 2 (a) .
- the rhombic sheet PB is cut into two equal parts along a direction parallel to one side thereof, and then parallel to the side adjacent to the above side. Cut into two equal parts along the direction, create four identical rhombus sheets, and name them PB1 to PB4 in the clockwise direction, as shown in Fig. 2 (b).
- the sheet PA1 to PA4 is a part of the first side or the first side in each of the base material fragments 1 to 4 so that the first image PA appears when viewed from the x direction.
- the sheets PB1 to PB4 are also viewed in the x-direction force, the other two surfaces in each substrate fragment 1 to 4, that is, surfaces 1C to 4C and surface 1D, so that the second image PB appears.
- FIG. 3 shows a state in which the obtained solid 10 is viewed in a direction from the apex shared by the surfaces 1A, 1C, and 1D toward the center of the substrate 5.
- the method for forming an image on the substrate is not limited thereto.
- a method in which a sheet on which an image is formed is pasted on a base piece, and then the base pieces are joined together; after forming an image on the base piece by painting or printing, the base piece
- a method of bonding each other may be used.
- rhombus sheets PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 are prepared by the method described above. [0045] Next, the tetrahedral substrate fragments 1 to 4 constituting the substrate 5 are arranged so that each one surface is horizontal. Then, the rhombus sheets PA1 and PB1 are pasted on each of the two sides of one tetrahedral base piece 1, and the rhombus sheets PA2 and PB2 are pasted on the two sides of one regular tetrahedral base piece 2.
- the tetrahedral substrate fragments 2P to 4P in which the fragments of images A and B are thus formed are arranged as shown in FIG. At this time, the surface on which the lower half of the sheets PA2 to PA4 in the base material fragments 2P to 4P is attached faces downward. Then, the three contact points of the base material pieces 2P to 4P are connected. Then, the base material fragment 1P in which the fragments of the images A and B are formed on the connected base material fragments 2P to 4P is placed in the direction shown in FIG. 3 and connected to the base material fragments 2P to 4P. As a result, the solid 10 shown in FIG. 3 is obtained.
- the rhombus sheet PA is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the diamond power on the top is in turn counterclockwise PA1 ⁇ Name it PA4.
- the rhombus sheet PA1 is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the diamond force on the top is also assigned 11-14 in order counterclockwise.
- Cut sheets PA2, PA3, and PA4 in the same way as sheet PA1 to create four identical rhombus sheets, and counterclockwise rhombus forces 21-24, 31-34, Name them 41-44. In this way, as shown in Fig. 4 (a), a total of 16 identical rhombus sheets are created.
- the rhombus sheet PB is cut in the same manner as in Fig. 2 (b) to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the rhombus forces directly above are also named PB1 to PB4 in order clockwise. .
- the rhombus sheet PB1 is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets,
- the diamond powers are also named 11-14 in order clockwise. Cut sheet PB2, PB3, and PB4 in the same way as sheet PB1 to create four identical rhombus sheets, and turn them in the clockwise order from the diamond just above 2 1-24, 31-34, 41-44 Name it. In this way, a total of 16 identical rhombus sheets are created as shown in Fig. 4 (b).
- the four regular tetrahedron-shaped substrate pieces constituting the substrate are arranged so that each one surface is horizontal. Then, in the same manner that the sheets PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 were attached to the base material fragments 1 to 4, the sheets 11 to 14 and the sheets obtained from the sheet PA were applied to the four base material fragments. Paste sheets 11 to 14 obtained from PB. Then, the four base material fragments are connected in the same manner as the connection method of the base material fragments 1P to 4P described above. This gives a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- the first image PA can be seen from the X direction, —If you look from the X direction, you can see the second image PB.
- FIG. 12 shows a solid having the shape of a two-shell Pinsky tetrahedron obtained as described above.
- the sheets of Fig. 4 (a) and Fig. 4 (b) with the same numbers are attached to 11-14, 21-24, 31-34, and 41-44, respectively.
- a regular tetrahedral base piece is shown.
- the first image PA can be seen if the force in the X direction with n equal to or greater than 3 is seen, and the second image PB can be seen if the force in the x direction is seen. This method can be used.
- the advertisement display according to the present invention can be seen in the [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], as seen in the X direction force, the first image, and in the ⁇ X direction, the second image.
- the advertisement display object of the present invention is an advertisement display object in which the first and second advertisement images are formed on the surface of the base material, and the base material has a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n Is a natural n-Sherpinski tetrahedron shape obtained by combining pieces of base material pieces (any natural number).
- each base material is displayed so that the first advertisement image appears when the base material is viewed from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side.
- Fragments of the first advertisement image are formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in the fragment, and the substrate is placed on the second side. It is a part of the second side in each base piece so that the second advertisement image appears when viewed from the midpoint force toward the midpoint of the first side.
- the two surfaces sandwiching the edge are parallel to the two sides, fragments of the second advertisement image is formed.
- the method for creating this advertisement display may be the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed] or the method described in the section [Embodiment 5].
- Examples of the advertisement image include characters such as a logo mark of a store or a company, a product name, or a company name.
- the advertisement display object of the present invention is one in which two types of advertisement images to be displayed are formed on the surface of a substrate having the shape of an n-shell pinski tetrahedron (for example, an attempt is made to display).
- a piece of the first advertisement image is formed on each of the two surfaces.
- a fragment of the second advertisement image is formed on the other two surfaces.
- the advertisement display object of the present invention When the advertisement display object of the present invention is viewed in the X direction and viewed from the X direction, two different advertisement images (first and second advertisement images) are visible.
- the n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron is a fractal solid composed of mathematical rules and has an attractive shape that attracts people's attention.
- This phenomenon that a picture appears when you look at a certain direction force is based on the mathematical nature of this shape, and it will power people's intellectual curiosity. This Therefore, it is expected to enhance the effect of this advertisement display.
- the advertisement display object of the present invention is placed in place of two signboards, for example, at a storefront or the like, the same advertisement effect as these signboards can be obtained. Therefore, the advertisement display thing of the present invention has the advertising effect which should be called "three-dimensional signboard". Therefore, for example, in a store such as a convenience store or a fast food store (for example, a non-burger store), the advertisement display material of the present invention in which the logo mark of the store is formed as the first and second advertisement images is displayed. It is assumed to be placed in the store for advertising purposes.
- the advertisement display of the present invention can also be used to spread the puzzle of the present invention.
- a store such as a convenience store or a fast food store
- the advertising display material of the present invention in which the store logo mark is formed as the first and second advertisement images is placed on the storefront to promote the store
- the puzzle of the present invention is sold in the store.
- the general public gets used to the picture written on the Sherpinski tetrahedron by looking at the advertising display when using the store or passing in front of the store, and the puzzle of the present invention is used. It is thought that it will show interest.
- the advertisement display of the present invention needs to be placed so that both of the two advertisement images can be seen by humans (front and back), that is, from both the human power direction and the X direction. Therefore, it is necessary to place the advertising display of the present invention in an upright form (a form in which all surfaces are separated from the placing surface force such as the floor).
- the advertisement display object is preferably supported so that the X direction and the X direction are horizontal. This makes it possible for both people to see both advertisement images in two horizontal directions, making it easy for many people to see! / Displaying advertisement images.
- both ends of the first side should be transparent plastic. Support is also possible. Also, it is possible to hang from the top with a string or wire at the top of the first side and the top of the two sides of the second side.
- x and so that the two advertising images are squares surrounded by the vertical and horizontal sides, not the squares with vertices — It may be fixed on the display stand after rotating 45 degrees around the x axis. Note that even when fixed in this way, the X direction and the X direction are supported horizontally.
- a driving device for rotating the display stand.
- a rotation device By providing a rotation device and rotating it around the rotation axis, it is possible to view two types of advertising images at regular intervals from any direction. As a result, more people can see the two types of advertising images, and the advertising effectiveness can be further enhanced. Also, unlike simply rotating a flat advertising image, the advertising image appears only at a specific timing, so it can attract people's interest.
- the rotation speed of the table by the driving device is preferably a slow speed so that a person can easily recognize the advertisement image.
- the position of the rotation axis should be set so that the distance to the front side is the same regardless of which of the two types of advertising images is displayed. The same is true when hung from above instead of being fixed to the base.
- the rotation axis In order to see both images in the same directional force, the rotation axis needs to be perpendicular to the X direction and the X direction.
- the rotation axis is taken in the vertical direction.
- the display object rotates so that the X direction and the X direction are horizontal.
- the advertisement display object is centered on the x and X-axis axes. It is also possible to fix it to the exhibition table in a state where it is rotated 45 degrees, and use the line connecting the midpoints of the two opposite sides other than the first and second sides as the rotation axis. In the latter, changes in the shape (appearance) of people are more difficult to anticipate, which intensifies intellectual curiosity.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention should be a solid fitting picture (three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle is one type of this).
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is the second image if the first image can be seen from the X direction, and the -X direction force can be seen. It has 4 n regular tetrahedron pazunore pieces that make up a solid with an open shape of an n- Shenolepinsky tetrahedron. Each tetrahedron has a first image fragment for two sides. A fragment of the second image is formed on the other two surfaces.
- three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention 4 n (n almost as finished product with n-order approximation Sherupi Nsuki tetrahedral shape is obtained, having approximately the shape of a regular tetrahedron when brought into correct coupling Is a solid puzzle with a number of puzzle pieces, where the two sides facing each other are the first and second sides, and the finished product is the midpoint of the first side. From the first side of each puzzle piece, or the first side of each puzzle piece so that the first image that is almost square appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side (X direction).
- Fragments of the first image are formed on two faces that sandwich a side that is parallel to one side, and the midpoint force of the second side is also directed toward the midpoint of the first side.
- Fragments of the second image are formed on two faces that sandwich the side parallel to the edge, and at least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the puzzle pieces in the finished product is at least 1 other than the correct force It has a structure that can be detachably connected to at least one apex of two puzzle pieces.
- Examples of the first and second images include, but are not limited to, pictures, photographs, logos, characters, and the like.
- the 4 n puzzle pieces having the regular tetrahedron shape that forms the n- Shelpinsky tetrahedron (finished product) on which the first and second images are formed are separated. And given to players. Then, the player creates the original n-Sherpinski tetrahedron (finished product) based on the first and second images formed on each side of the puzzle piece. In other words, the player uses the hints of the connection between the first and second images formed on each side of the puzzle piece as hints so that the first and second images are reproduced.
- 4 n pieces of disjointed puzzle pieces are assembled into a finished product with the shape of an nth-order approximate shellpin ski tetrahedron.
- two images are reproduced if the finished product is viewed from the X direction and the X direction (the direction in which the shadow of the square appears).
- At least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the nozzle pieces in the finished product is at least one of at least one puzzle piece other than the correct answer It has a structure that can be detachably connected to the apex.
- the most connected vertices are when all vertices of all puzzle pieces can be combined with all vertices of all puzzle pieces.
- 4 X 4 n It is necessary to find the correct vertex (vertex to be combined with that one vertex) from -l) vertices.
- the work for assembling the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention has fun (interesting) as with a jigsaw nozzle because an image such as a picture is completed as the work proceeds. Therefore, similar to the jigsaw puzzle, it is a solid fitting picture that can give the player the pleasure of completing the image.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can reproduce two types of images when completed, so there is great pleasure in completing the three-dimensional puzzle.
- this solid puzzle has the following effects.
- the task of assembling the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention by the player is a task of moving the puzzle pieces three-dimensionally or rotating them three-dimensionally. Therefore, in order for a player to solve the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure is required. Therefore, the player can develop the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure by solving the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, and is interested in the three-dimensional figure. Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is also suitable as a kind of learning material (teaching puzzle) for junior high school students and high school students to understand spatial figures. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is difficult and challenging because it requires the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure.
- Sherpinski tetrahedron is a representative of fractal solid figures, and has many mathematically clean properties that are easy to distribute to ordinary people. Therefore, when a player performs the task of solving the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention having the shape of a shell pin ski tetrahedron, the concept of fractal, which is the basic concept of modern mathematics, is naturally learned while playing. It can be done.
- the completed three-dimensional puzzle is gorgeous and looks great as an ornament! Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can be displayed as a decorative item when the task of solving the puzzle is not performed or when the user is tired of solving the puzzle.
- the completed 3D puzzle needs to be placed so that both images are visible to humans (front and back), that is, from both the human power direction and the X direction. Therefore, the completed 3D puzzle must be placed in an upright form (a form in which all surfaces are separated from the placement surface force such as the floor). Moreover, it is desirable that it can be rotated manually. In that case, use the above-mentioned stand installation method for the advertising display.
- the completed three-dimensional puzzle is also useful as an advertisement display object, and can be used for the same application as the advertisement display object of the first embodiment.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can be realized only by creating a joint portion between puzzle pieces. This method of creating a joint portion between puzzle pieces is technically difficult and cannot be easily conceived by those skilled in the art.
- the structure of the connecting part of the puzzle pieces is a combination of correct answers (a combination to obtain a finished product) 2 It is necessary that two puzzle pieces, which are combinations other than the correct answer that cannot be combined with each other, can also be combined with each other.
- each vertex of each puzzle piece can be combined with many vertices of many other puzzle pieces.
- the two vertices that can be connected to each other are divided into nine ways depending on which side and which side are straight. They can be connected to each other in a combined form.
- the two vertices that can be connected to each other in the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention are the above-mentioned nine connection forms (a set of one puzzle piece side and the other puzzle piece side that are aligned with each other). It is desirable to be able to connect with each other in all nine types of connection).
- the search space for searching for the correct answer of the three-dimensional puzzle is widened, and the three-dimensional puzzle can be provided with a high level of difficulty in solving the three-dimensional puzzle and having a challenging level for the player.
- this 3D puzzle has enough difficulty to build this 3D puzzle itself, so it is enough for beginners and those who are only looking forward to building a 3D puzzle. It is desirable that hints be given. As a hint, due to the mechanism of the connection part, it is possible to make the connection impossible with many combinations other than the correct answer, and it is also possible that the pair of two correct vertices is colored the same. It is conceivable that a puzzle is given to a player with several vertices connected from the beginning, or with some vertices fixed, including the angle. Or, when the answer is correct, it is possible that the player is given an image that also shows the direction force of X and X.
- the structure of the connecting portion between puzzle pieces can be considered in various forms. Three typical forms will be described below.
- each puzzle piece is embedded with a magnet so that two vertices are N poles and the other two vertices are S poles. There is something.
- the magnet has one vertex force along each of the two opposite sides of each puzzle piece, the force to embed it to the other vertex, or two N poles at the four vertices of each puzzle piece. Embed the magnet so that there are two S poles.
- a configuration in which magnets are embedded along the side can reduce the number of magnets compared to a configuration in which magnets are embedded at each apex (for example, the finished product has a 2-shell pinski tetrahedron shape). (In some cases, the number of magnets can be reduced from 64 to 32). Forces Each magnet is expected to increase in size and cost.
- the magnets are arranged so that one of the two vertices (the vertices of two different puzzle pieces) corresponding to the connection point of the finished product has N pole and the other vertex has S pole. Has been.
- N pole the vertices of two different puzzle pieces
- S pole the other vertex
- each vertex of each puzzle piece can be connected to two vertices in all other puzzle pieces, so each puzzle piece is assembled in a combination different from the correct answer, and is the same as the finished product. It is also possible to have a tetrahedral shape (however, the image is not reproduced).
- each puzzle piece is along a side corresponding to the center line of the two image fragments formed, with respect to a base piece having a regular tetrahedron shape with two image fragments formed. It is explained that the magnet is arranged. When embedding a magnet at each vertex, it is only necessary to embed the magnet so that the magnetism at each vertex is the same as described below. In this example, we will explain a 3D puzzle that, when completed, will be a finished product with the shape of a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- the three-dimensional puzzle includes four puzzle pieces 51 to 54 shown in FIG. 5 (al), FIG. 5 (a2), FIG. 5 (b), and FIG. 5 (c).
- the puzzle pieces 51 to 54 are the base piece on which the image PA fragments PA1 to PA4 and image PB fragments PB1 to PB4 are formed on the surface described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed].
- 1P to 4P along the side corresponding to the center line of the image PA fragment PA 1 to PA4 and the side corresponding to the center line of the image PB fragments PB 1 to PB4 in each base material fragment 1P to 4P
- the magnets 51a to 54a and the magnets 51b to 54b are embedded so that one vertex force also extends to the other vertex.
- Nozzle pieces 51 and 52 have the same polarity in both magnets.
- This magnet arrangement is referred to as arrangement (a).
- the puzzle piece 53 has a polarity in which the magnet 51b'52b has a south pole on the front side in the drawing, while the magnet 53b has a polarity in which the front side has a north pole on the drawing.
- This magnet arrangement is referred to as arrangement (b).
- the puzzle piece 54 has a polarity such that the magnet 5 la '52a has an N pole on the upper side in the drawing, while the magnet 54a has a polarity on the upper side in the drawing.
- This magnet arrangement will be referred to as arrangement (c).
- the method of embedding magnets along the edges of the base material fragment is equivalent to the center line of the image PA fragment, in which the direction of both magnets in the arrangement (a) is reversed to these three types of forces.
- the magnet placed on the side that has a polarity with the S pole on the upper side in the drawing and the magnet placed on the side corresponding to the center line of the image PB fragment has the N pole on the front side in the drawing (See Fig. 5 (d)). This magnet arrangement is called arrangement (d).
- the magnetic arrangement of the four vertices matches any of these four arrangements.
- An n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron with configuration (a) can be created from each body.
- the number of configurations (a) to (d) (n-1) ) Can be created from a Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- a 2 Sherpinski tetrahedron with configuration (a) has 6 puzzle pieces with configuration (a), 4 puzzle pieces with configuration (b), and 4 puzzle pieces with configuration (c). It can be created from two puzzle pieces with the number (d).
- n-Sherpinski tetrahedron By repeating the process of creating a body, it is possible to create an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
- magnets are arranged at all vertices of all puzzle pieces, but magnets are not arranged at the vertices of the puzzle pieces corresponding to the vertices of the completed three-dimensional puzzle. Also good. However, in that case, a nozzle piece with a vertex corresponding to the vertex of the completed 3D puzzle cannot be combined with another puzzle piece at one vertex. Therefore, a player who only has a narrow search space for searching for the correct answer of a three-dimensional puzzle can use a puzzle piece having a vertex corresponding to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle as another puzzle piece (to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle). It can be easily distinguished from puzzle pieces that do not have a corresponding vertex. As a result, players with low ability to solve 3D puzzles will be given appropriate hints and the difficulty of 3D puzzles will be reduced.
- the completed 3D puzzle can be easily fixed using magnets when decorating the completed 3D puzzle. can get.
- the search space for searching the correct answer of the three-dimensional puzzle will be widened, and the player will be able to find other puzzle pieces with vertices corresponding to the vertices of the finished product. Cannot be easily distinguished from the puzzle pieces (the puzzle pieces that do not have vertices corresponding to the vertices of the finished product). Therefore, it is possible to provide a highly challenging 3D puzzle to a player with high 3D puzzle solving ability.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment further includes (2 X 4 n — 2) bars in the above-described three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, and the bars can be removably inserted into the vertices of each puzzle piece. A hole is provided.
- the puzzle piece is obtained as follows. That is, first, in the hollow tetrahedral base piece, a portion near each vertex is cut off along a plane perpendicular to the straight line connecting each vertex and the center of the puzzle piece (a total of four faces). Drill a triangular hole by connecting to the cavity inside. It is desirable that the volume of the portion to be cut off is as small as possible.
- the constituent material of the puzzle piece is not particularly limited, and for example, a blast can be used.
- the number of the above-mentioned sticks is the same as the number of connected portions of the puzzle pieces, that is, (2 X 4 n -2).
- the rod has such a thickness that it can be inserted into the hole along the inner surface of the side of the tetrahedron.
- a material having high rigidity for example, a metal so that the puzzle piece can be firmly fixed by the rod.
- the length of the rod may be determined as appropriate in consideration of the ease of assembly of the nozzle and the support strength of the rod (depending on the material of the rod).
- the stick is as thin as possible.
- the rod 62 in this example has an overhanging portion 62a having a pentahedral shape.
- the overhanging portion 62a is connected to both ends of the rod 62 by inserting and connecting the ends of the rod 62 into the hole 61a at the apex of the two puzzle pieces 61. It fills the cut-out part (tetrahedron) of the two puzzle pieces 61.
- the overhanging portion 62a has a shape in which the cut portions (tetrahedrons) of the two puzzle pieces 61 are connected.
- connection form of the two puzzle pieces 61 using the rod 62 is such that the positions corresponding to the vertices of the base piece before the portions near the vertices in the two puzzle pieces 61 are cut off.
- the two puzzle pieces 61 are joined so that the parts (tetrahedrons) cut from the base piece pieces overlap each other as shown in Fig. 8 (a).
- This coupling form has an advantage that the gap between the puzzle pieces 61 is narrowed, so that the size of the overhanging portion can be made smaller than in the forms of FIGS. 7 (a) and 7 (b).
- the rod and the hole are fixed so that the angle of the rod is substantially parallel to the side of each puzzle piece when the rod is inserted into the hole all the way.
- the two puzzle pieces can be fixed together, including the angle and direction. Therefore, the task of assembling the puzzle pieces into a finished product becomes easy.
- a groove 63b may be formed along the line.
- this fixing is a temporary fixing and can be easily removed if the rod 63 is to be removed.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is provided with a joint that can be freely attached and detached and can be rotated 360 degrees at a joint between puzzle pieces, and the joint is composed of a convex part and a concave part that are joined to each other. It is.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment is similar to the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention described above, and the two vertices of each puzzle piece are formed with convex portions, while the other two vertices are formed.
- a hemispherical surface centered at the apex. The hemisphere passes through the center of the tetrahedron and the vertex, is perpendicular to the line segment, and has a cut through the vertex.
- the convex part of one puzzle piece is pressed against the concave part of the other puzzle piece so that the three points of the vertex connecting the center of the tetrahedron of the two puzzle pieces are aligned, the convex part is It will be able to rotate 360 degrees centered on the straight line that connects the center of both puzzle pieces.
- the joint In order to connect the puzzle pieces correctly and to align the sides of each puzzle piece in a straight line, the joint must be connected to the convex part in three directions tan— 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 It is necessary to defeat only the angle. In addition, it is desirable that the joint can be fixed in a state where the convex portion is tilted.
- a joint can be realized by using a convex part such as a sphere with three protrusions and a concave part that receives it with three cuts. That is, such a joint can be realized by configuring the convex portion and the concave portion as follows.
- plate-like protrusions extension surfaces passing through the center of the convex part and the center of the regular tetrahedron
- a slit extending along the direction of the force toward the center of the recess from the center of the three surfaces in contact with the recess (the extended surface passes through the center of the recess and the center of the tetrahedron) Form.
- the plate-like protrusion and the slit are fitted into the concave portion and the position of the plate-like protrusion is adjusted to the position of the slit, the plate-like protrusion is caused to enter the slit to cause the protrusion.
- the part is formed so that it can be tilted by an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians in the direction of the slit of the recess.
- a groove is formed in the plate-like protrusion, and no force is applied when the slit enters along the groove, but other direction force slits Some force is required when inserting, and conversely, do not apply some force, so that the plate-like protrusion does not come out from the slit.
- the convex portion is fitted into the concave portion, the position of the plate-like projection is adjusted to the position of the slit, and the plate-like projection is inserted into the slit, thereby causing the convex portion to enter.
- an angle of approximately tan— 1 (212) radians approximately 70 degrees
- two puzzle pieces can be joined at an angle such that both sides are aligned on a straight line. it can .
- the nozzle piece should be made of plastic or the like!
- the position where the convex portion and the concave portion are formed may be a position where the S pole and the N pole exist in the puzzle piece of the second embodiment. Therefore, the above-mentioned convex part or concave part is formed at every vertex of every puzzle piece.
- the above-described convex portion and concave portion may not be formed at the vertex of the puzzle piece corresponding to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle.
- the difficulty level of a three-dimensional puzzle can be increased by forming the above-mentioned convex portions or concave portions at all vertices of all puzzle pieces.
- FIGS. 9 (a) to 9 (d) are diagrams showing a puzzle piece (puzzle piece being created) in which the convex portions constituting the joint are formed at only one vertex.
- convex portions or concave portions are formed at all vertices.
- Figure 9 (a) shows a top view of a puzzle piece with a convex part formed on only one vertex, placed on a horizontal surface with the convex part facing up, that is, the convex part is only on one vertex. Whether the apex of the formed puzzle piece is its apex It is the figure seen in the direction which faces the center of a puzzle piece.
- FIG. 9 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section along the dashed line in Fig. 9 (a), as seen from the direction of the thin line arrow, of the puzzle piece with the convex portion formed at only one vertex. is there.
- Fig. 9 (c) is a view of the puzzle piece having a convex portion formed only at one vertex from the direction of the thick arrow in Fig. 9 (a).
- FIG. 9 (d) is a perspective view of a puzzle piece having a convex portion formed only at one vertex as seen from the direction of the thick dotted arrow in FIG. 9 (a).
- the convex portions constituting the joint are in contact with the spherical portion 80a centering on the apex of the puzzle piece 80 and the apex of the puzzle piece 80.
- the plate-shaped protrusion 80b perpendicular to the three surfaces is formed to connect each of the two surfaces and the spherical portion 80a.
- a shallow groove having the same width as the concave portion is dug along the spherical surface.
- the plate-like protrusion 80b is a part of a disk having a radius longer than the radius of the sphere, and when the puzzle piece is placed on a plane with the apex forming the convex part up. The size does not appear above the horizontal plane. A shallow groove is dug along the edge of the sphere with the same width as the thickness of the recess.
- FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c) are diagrams showing puzzle pieces (puzzle pieces being created) formed only at the vertices of the concave force constituting the joint.
- convex portions or concave portions are formed at all vertices.
- Fig. 10 (a) shows a top view of a puzzle piece with a concave part formed only at one vertex on a horizontal surface with the concave part facing up, that is, a puzzle piece formed with only one vertex with a concave force. It is the figure which looked at the apex of the vertices in the direction of the force in the center of the puzzle piece.
- FIG. 10 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 10 (a) from the direction of the thin line arrow of the puzzle piece in which the concave portion is formed only at one vertex.
- Fig. 10 (c) is a diagram of a puzzle piece with a recess formed only at one vertex as seen from the direction of the thick arrow in Fig. 10 (a).
- the recess has a bowl-shaped portion having a hemispherical inner surface and an outer surface centered on the top of the puzzle piece 90 that receives the spherical portion 80a.
- Has 90a This part 90a has slits (cuts) 90b along the center line of the three faces of the puzzle piece 90 (the line connecting the apex and the midpoint of one side of the opposite face) until it touches the face. It is put in.
- the puzzle piece 80 shown in FIGS. 9 (a) to 9 (d) and the puzzle piece 90 shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c) are combined, the puzzle is formed as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the state in which the nozzle piece 80 and the puzzle piece 90 are coupled, cut along a plane passing through the apex (corresponding to the alternate long and short dash line in FIGS. 9A and 10A).
- the size of the joint of the coupling portion is set to a level that does not obscure the picture of the finished product.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
- the manufacturing cost can be reduced by the amount that the magnet is not required.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment can be manufactured only with an inexpensive blast, and in that case, the manufacturing cost can be further reduced.
- connecting parts other than puzzle pieces are required, the connecting operation is easier than in the case of using connecting parts other than puzzle pieces, and the player is not required to use dexterity at hand. Since there is no need for connecting parts other than puzzle pieces, there is no need to be careful not to lose the connecting parts or to prevent children from swallowing the connecting parts.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment includes (2 ⁇ 4 n —2 ) connecting members 72 in the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention described above.
- each connecting member 72 has a shape in which the rod is bent at an intermediate point of an angle of approximately tan _ 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees).
- a hole 71a into which the member 72 can be removably inserted is provided so as to continue toward the center of each puzzle piece 71.
- the bent position of the connecting member 72 may be shifted from the midpoint.However, in order to ensure sufficient length of the straight portions on both sides inserted into the hole 71a, the bent position of the link 72 is near the midpoint. I prefer to be there.
- the constituent material of the nozzle piece 71 is not particularly limited.
- plastic non-foamed synthetic resin or semi-synthetic resin
- foamed resin such as foamed urethane (urethane foam)
- Synthetic resin or semi-synthetic resin foam moldings can be used.
- the connecting members 72 are prepared only for the number of connecting portions of the puzzle pieces 71, that is, (2 X 4 n -2).
- the connecting member 72 has a shape in which the bar is bent at an intermediate point of an angle of approximately tan _1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees), that is, two straight portions (bar-shaped portions) of equal length are approximately tan — It has a shape joined at an angle of 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees).
- the connecting member 72 can be obtained by (1) bending a bar (for example, a wire) that can be bent at an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) at one point; (2) Initially formed into a shape bent at an angle of approximately tan- 1 (212) radians (approximately 70 degrees) at the midpoint; (3) Two rods of equal length at the midpoint Examples include those joined at an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees). Of these, (1) is preferable because the connecting member 72 having a uniform thickness can be easily formed. [0142] As a constituent material of the connecting member 72, it is sufficient that the player has a rigidity that does not collapse when the player inserts the connecting member 72 into the hole 71a. For example, a metal is used. Is exempted.
- the thickness of the connecting member 72 is reduced to such an extent that it does not interfere with the completed three-dimensional puzzle image (for example, lm m or less). Further, it is preferable that the thickness of the connecting member 72 is substantially uniform.
- the length of the connecting member 72 is such that the connecting member 72 does not reach the center of the puzzle piece 71 when the connecting member 72 is inserted into the hole 71a from the top of the puzzle piece 71 to the middle point. What is necessary is just to determine suitably to such an extent that it is hard to break.
- the cross-sectional shape of the connecting member 72 is a circle in this example, but is not particularly limited.
- the connecting member 72 is fixed simply by inserting the connecting member 72, and the connecting member 72 is rubbed to the extent that the connecting member 72 does not rotate or pass through without applying force. It is desirable to be able to hold by.
- the puzzle piece 71 is made of a material having rebound resilience, such as urethane foam, and the hole 71a is formed halfway through a hole having a length corresponding to the straight portion 72a of the connecting member 72, that is, the connecting member. It is conceivable that the straight part 72 of 72 is formed shorter than the straight part 72a.
- the force when the player first places the connecting member 72 causes the hole 71a to expand toward the center of the puzzle piece 71 (the remaining hole of the length corresponding to the straight portion 72a of the connecting member 72).
- the connecting member 72 is held in the hole 71a.
- the puzzle piece 71 may be made of a material having rebound resilience such as urethane foam, and the diameter of the hole 71a may be smaller than the diameter of the connecting member 72.
- urethane foam such as urethane foam
- an elastic foam other than urethane foam, rubber, a thermoplastic elastomer, or the like can be used.
- the connecting member 72 may be inserted to the midpoint between the holes 71a of the two nozzle pieces 71. That is, the entire two straight portions 72a of the connecting member 72 are inserted into the holes 71a of the two nozzle pieces 71.
- Two connecting members 72 are attached to the holes 71a provided at the two apexes to be connected to 1A. Insert each to the middle point, and as shown in Fig. 14 (a), the direction of the remaining straight portions 72a of the two connecting members 72 that also project the force of the puzzle piece 71B is perpendicular to the plane in which the puzzle piece 71B is joined.
- the two puzzle pieces 71A in the two puzzle pieces 71A that are connected in advance are slid from the position above the apex to be connected to the puzzle piece 71B (position on the extension line of the hole 71a) to slide the two connecting members 72 It only has to be inserted into the two holes 71a of the piece 71A at the same time. As a result, as shown in FIG. 14 (b), the three puzzle pieces 71A and 71B are coupled to each other.
- FIG. 15 (a) When these three puzzle pieces 71A.71B are joined, another puzzle piece 71 (referred to as "Puzzle Piece 71 C") can be joined to obtain a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- the puzzle piece 71C three connecting members 72 are inserted to the midpoints in the holes 71a provided at the three vertices to be connected to the puzzle pieces 71 ⁇ and 71 ⁇ , as shown in Fig. 15 (a).
- the puzzle pieces 71C in the three puzzle pieces 71 ⁇ and 71 ⁇ are joined together by forcefully connecting the remaining straight portions 72a of the two connecting members 72 so that they are perpendicular to the plane in which the puzzle pieces 71C are joined.
- image fragments are also formed on each surface of the puzzle piece 71 of the present embodiment, and the arrangement and formation method thereof are described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. The explanation is omitted because it is exactly the same as the previous one.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
- puzzle pieces can be coupled with a small force.
- the completed three-dimensional puzzle is more difficult to break than the second embodiment, and has a shape closer to a shell pin ski tetrahedron than the third embodiment.
- This creation method can also be used to create an advertisement display in the first embodiment.
- the finished product 70 according to the present embodiment is useful as a three-dimensional display such as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, and a three-dimensional logo, and, as described above, is difficult to break. It is closer to the ski tetrahedron and has the advantage of being shaped! Therefore, 4 n pieces of puzzle 71 and (2 ⁇ 4 n ⁇ 2) connecting members 72 may be assembled as a three-dimensional puzzle and sold as a three-dimensional display. In this three-dimensional display, it is not necessary to provide the holes 71a at all the vertices of the base material fragments, and the holes 71a may be provided only at the vertices corresponding to the connection points between the base material fragments. Further, the connecting member 72 may be inserted into the holes of the different base material pieces on both sides, but it is desirable that the connecting member 72 be fixed with an adhesive or the like so as not to come out of the hole 71a.
- this stereoscopic display it may be possible to display it in a room or a store and enjoy it.
- images on a stereoscopic display include photographs of tourist spots such as temples and shrines and logos of academic institutions and companies.
- the above-described three-dimensional puzzle (a combination of 4 n pieces of puzzle 71 and (2 X 4 n — 2) connecting members 7 2) force puzzles can also be used to create a three-dimensional display. It is useful for development.
- the stereoscopic display creation kit includes 4 n pieces of base material having the same shape as the puzzle piece 71 and (2 X 4 n -2) connected pieces. Member 72.
- This creation kit does not clearly show how to assemble the base piece to the purchaser, but can be used to entertain the purchaser as a puzzle. It is possible to specify where things are connected and allow the purchaser to assemble them as fun puzzles. Therefore, at least one of the vertices corresponding to the joining points of the base material pieces in the finished product can be detachably connected to at least one vertex of at least one base piece other than the correct answer It is not necessary to have In other words, like the three-dimensional puzzle, the connecting member 72 can not be inserted / removed (inserted / removed) many times, and can only be inserted once.
- the above-mentioned preparation kit includes, for example, 4 n (4, 16, 64, or "" base material fragments formed of urethane foam and a wire (2 X 4 n — 2 It is conceivable to sell a product that includes a single connecting member 72. Instead of the connecting member 72, a part for forming the connecting member 72 by processing by the purchaser, for example, (2 X 4 n -2) 1 wire with a length corresponding to 72 connecting members 72 or (2 X 4 n -2) wires that become the connecting member 72 when bent at the midpoint may be used. However, in these cases, it is preferable to use the connecting member 72 because it requires labor for the purchaser to process.
- An image was formed on the above-mentioned base piece by a purchaser of a preparation kit that may have an initial image formed by a method such as attaching a sheet (such as a photograph) on which an image has been formed.
- the user may be able to form a desired image by a method such as pasting a sheet (such as a photograph).
- the computer is caused to execute a process of outputting a pattern of an image-formed sheet (photo fragments, etc.) to be pasted to the base piece from the printer.
- a recording medium storing software for the above may be attached to the preparation kit.
- This creation kit can be used to create 3D displays! /, And can be used in the process of creating 3D displays! It is also useful as a learning material that can be learned.
- n pieces have approximately the shape of a tetrahedron
- the first images fragment and the second paper mosquito fragment was formed in the image ⁇ Ranaru Puzzle
- a means that can be attached to and removed from the puzzle piece and is easily available to the user e.g. cellophane tape or a stick that can be inserted into the apex of two puzzle pieces to be joined (e.g. piano) It can be realized with a hard, wire like wire rod).
- a pattern 100 for creating four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P includes a cut line, a crease, twelve margins a to c, and a fragment PA1 of the first image PA.
- ⁇ PA4 and the second image PB fragment PB1 ⁇ PB4 are formed on the paper, cut along the above cut line, fold all over the crease, and paste on a to c Assemble the cut lines (shown as solid lines in Fig. 50) and fold lines (shown as broken lines in Fig. 50) so that 4 n pieces (n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces with a regular tetrahedron shape can be created. ), And margins a to c are configured, and the four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P, when correctly combined, will give a finished product with the shape of a first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. It ’s like that.
- the fragments PA1 to PA4 of the first image PA and the fragments PB1 to PB4 of the second image PB are the same as described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. Is formed.
- the user cuts along the cut line, folds along the crease, and pastes the paste a to c to form a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n is any natural number) puzzle pieces 1P-4P can be created.
- the user can then attach / detach these puzzle pieces 1P to 4P (such as cellophane tape or a stick that can be inserted into the apex of two puzzle pieces to be joined (for example, hard and wire like a piano wire stick). ), Etc.), the 3D puzzle can be enjoyed in the same manner as the 3D puzzle having the above configuration.
- a stick as a means by which the puzzle pieces can be attached and detached, it is only necessary to cut each vertex of the puzzle pieces 1P to 4P with a small pair of scissors and make a hole as far as the stick passes.
- the above-mentioned three-dimensional puzzle is a three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle that searches for vertices corresponding to image connection methods.
- the three-dimensional puzzle can be solved by the following method, for example. Here, how to solve a three-dimensional puzzle using puzzle pieces 1P to 4P created from the pattern 100 shown in FIG. 50 will be described. However, a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment described above can be solved in a similar manner. it can.
- Puzzle pieces (regular tetrahedrons) 1P to 4P have two images (pictures, photos, etc.) PA and PB formed on two sides.
- One image PB is a horizontally long diamond, and one image PA is vertically long.
- the horizontally long image P B is called “front image”, and the vertically long image PA is called “back image”.
- the top vertices of the front image PB and the back image PA should be the same.
- the four table image fragments PB1, PB2, PB3, and PB4 are respectively the upper, right, lower, and left of one table image PB, as shown in FIG. 2 (b). Hit the part. Therefore, the contents of the table image fragment indicate whether the table image fragment formed on each puzzle piece corresponds to the upper part (PB1), right part (PB2), lower part (PB3), or left part (PB4). Judging from Then, four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P are arranged as shown in FIG. At this time, the top of the puzzle piece 3P in which the lower part (PB3) of the front image PB is formed and the top of the puzzle piece 1P in which the upper part (P B1) of the front image PB is formed overlap with each other.
- the table image fragments of the four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P should be connected and visible in the table image PB force S (in the shape of a square with the top and bottom vertices).
- the table image PB force S in the shape of a square with the top and bottom vertices.
- n is 3 or more 4 n puzzle piece forces nth order approximate shell pin skis Three-dimensional puzzles that form a tetrahedron, for example, third order approximate shell pin ski four sides from 64 puzzle pieces You can also solve 3D puzzles that form your body.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has an n-th order approximation such that when correctly combined, a finished product having the shape of a frame (a set of all sides) of an approximately n-th order shellpin ski tetrahedron is obtained.
- Four puzzle pieces (vertex puzzle pieces) 102 ⁇ 103 (see Fig. 20 to Fig. 24) corresponding to each vertex of the Sherpinski tetrahedron and the regular tetrahedrons that make up the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron 2 ( 2n + 1) — 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces ( Puzzle pieces) 101 (see FIGS. 16 to 19).
- FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the structure of the puzzle piece 101.
- FIG. 17 is a top view showing the puzzle piece 101 as viewed from above as shown in FIG. 16.
- FIG. 18 shows the puzzle piece 101.
- FIG. 19 is a side view showing a state in which the rightward force shown in FIG. 17 is also seen, and
- FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state in which the puzzle piece 101 is also seen in the forward force shown in FIG.
- each of the puzzle pieces (joint puzzle pieces) 101 has a base point 101a and three rims (first 1) provided so as to extend radially from the base point 101a in different directions. Rim) 101b to 101d and three rims (second rim) 101e to 101g.
- Each of the first rims (rims 101b to 101d) is provided so as to form an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the extending direction of the other two first rims. That is, the angle between rim 101b and rim 101c, the angle between rim 101c and rim 101d, and the angle between rim 101d and rim 101b are all 60 degrees.
- each of these second rims (rims 101e to 101g) is provided so as to form an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the extending direction of the other two second rims. That is, the angle between the rim 101e and the rim 101f, the angle between the rim 101f and the rim 101g, and the angle between the rim 101g and the rim 101e are all 60 degrees.
- the rims 101b to 101g have a triangular prism shape with an isosceles triangle as a bottom surface, and the angle between the side surfaces is equal to the angle between two surfaces of a regular tetrahedron, that is, t an _1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees), the other two are equal to each other and are at an angle (about 55 degrees).
- t an _1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) the other two are equal to each other and are at an angle (about 55 degrees).
- rim 101b: LOlg is not a perfect triangular prism because a through-hole (or recess) is formed at the tip or a projection is formed at the tip, as will be described later.
- a rim 10 lb to LOLO is drawn as a complete triangular prism, and through holes (or recesses) and protrusions are formed in the rims 101 b to 101 g.
- the shape of the connected portion is not shown in FIGS. 16 to 19, but is shown only in other FIGS. 25 to 30.
- FIG. 17 in order to distinguish between a rim having a through hole (or recess) and a rim having a protrusion, the symbol “B” is attached, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex portion is formed.
- one rim 101c of the first rim and one rim 101f of the second rim are aligned on the same straight line, and are arranged at the tip of one rim 101c.
- a convex connection point is formed, and a concave connection point is formed at the tip of the other rim 101f.
- the two rims 101b′lOld excluding the rim 101c in the first rim have a concave connection point formed at the tip of one rim 101b and a convex connection point formed at the tip of the other rim lOld.
- the rim 101b and the rim 101g that form an angle of 180 degrees on the projected image of FIG.
- a concave connection point is formed at the tip of the rim 101g as well as at the tip of the rim 101b.
- the rim lOld and the rim 101e that form an angle of 180 degrees on the projected image of FIG. 17 are rotated by 180 degrees about an axis that passes through the center of the puzzle piece 101 and is perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. It is formed so as to completely overlap the other. Accordingly, a convex connection point is formed at the tip of the rim 101e as well as the tip of the rim lOld.
- FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 102
- FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 103.
- Figure 21 shows the puzzle piece 102 (or 103) from the top shown in Figure 20 (or Figure 24) (however, about 31 degrees (tan — 1 (6/4) radians) diagonally upward)
- FIG. 22 is a top view showing the appearance
- FIG. 22 is a side view showing the puzzle piece 102 (or 1 03) seen from the right direction shown in FIG. 20 (or FIG. 24)
- FIG. Figure 102 (or 103) is seen from the front as shown in Figure 20 (or Figure 24).
- FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 102
- FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 103.
- Figure 21 shows the puzzle piece 102 (or 103) from the top shown in Figure 20 (or Figure 24) (however, about 31 degrees (tan — 1 (6/4) radians) diagonally
- the four puzzle pieces 102 and 103 are the two puzzle pieces (first vertex puzzle piece) 102 shown in FIGS. 20 to 23 and the puzzle pieces (second vertex puzzle) shown in FIGS. 21 to 24. One piece) It becomes power with 2 of 103.
- the four nose pieces 102 ⁇ 103 all have three rims.
- the puzzle piece 102 has a vertex portion (first vertex portion) 102a and three rims (third portion) that extend radially from the vertex portion 102a in directions different from each other by 60 degrees.
- Rim 10 2b ⁇ 102d
- the nozzle piece 103 has three rims radially extending from the apex portion (second apex portion) 103a and the apex portion 103a directed in directions different from each other by 60 degrees. (4th rim) 103b ⁇ 103d.
- the rims 102b to 102d and 103b to 103d are drawn as complete triangular prisms to simplify the drawings, and the concave connection points in the rims 102b to 102d and 103b to 103d
- the shape of the convex connection point is not shown in FIGS. 20 to 24, but is shown only in other FIGS. 20 and 24, as in FIG. 17, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim where the convex connection point is formed. Is attached.
- a concave connection point is formed at the tip of one rim 102b, and the remaining two rims 102c and 102d A convex connection point is formed at the tip.
- the two rims 103b and 103c have a concave connection point at the tip, and the remaining rim 103d has a convex connection point. .
- the puzzle piece 102 having more convex connection points is referred to as a “convex puzzle piece”, and the puzzle piece 103 having more concave connection points is referred to as a “concave nozzle piece”.
- the rims 102b to 102d * 103b to 103d have a shape of a triangular prism having an isosceles triangle as a bottom surface, and an angle between the side surfaces is an angle between two surfaces of a regular tetrahedron.
- the lengths of the rims 101b to 101g of the nozzle piece 101, the rims 102b to 102d of the puzzle piece 102, and the rims 103b to 103d of the puzzle piece 103 are all equal.
- the concave connection points and the convex connection points provided at the tips of the gyms 101b to 101g, the gyms 102b to 102d, and the gyms 103b to 103d will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 to 30.
- the rim formed with the concave connection point has the same shape at the tip, the rim 101b and the rim lOld will be described as an example here.
- the concave connection point is a through hole
- the convex connection point is a convex portion
- the direction of the through hole (and the convex portion) is a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the rim extends.
- the concave connection point may be a concave portion.
- the direction of the through hole and the recess is not limited to the illustrated direction.
- the concave portion and the convex portion may be shaped so that the two rims are fixed in a straight line by being joined to each other.
- the following is an example.
- FIG. 25 is a front view showing the structure of the distal end portion of the rim 101b in which the concave connection point is formed
- FIG. 26 shows a state where the distal end portion of the rim 101b is viewed from the right direction shown in FIG. 27 is a side view
- FIG. 27 is a bottom view showing a state in which the front end portion of the rim 101b is viewed from the downward direction shown in FIG.
- the tip of the rim 101b is parallel to the widest side surface (the lower surface in Fig. 27) with respect to a triangular prism with an isosceles triangle as the bottom surface.
- cut off the upper side (side between two sides forming an angle of about 70 degrees) at the tip, and along the direction perpendicular to the side with the largest area at the cut-off part Through holes 104 are formed.
- FIG. 28 is a front view showing the structure of the tip of the rim lOld formed with a convex connection point
- FIG. 29 shows a state where the tip of the rim lOld is viewed from the right direction shown in FIG.
- FIG. 30 is a bottom view showing a state in which the front end portion of the rim lOld is viewed from the downward direction shown in FIG.
- the smaller isosceles triangle is similar to the triangular prism with respect to the top surface of the triangular prism whose bottom surface is an isosceles triangle.
- a short triangular prism with a base of 2 and its two sides forming the angle of about 70 degrees (the upper two faces in Fig. 27) are connected to the two sides forming the angle of about 70 degrees in the original triangular prism 1 It is provided so as to form two planes and has the largest area for the provided short triangular prism.
- a convex portion 105 is formed along a direction perpendicular to the side surface.
- the short triangular prism has almost the same shape and size as the cut-off portion at the tip of the rim 101b, and the convex portion 105 has almost the same shape and size as the through hole 104. Therefore, the convex portion 105 can be fitted into the through hole 104.
- the through-hole 104 of the rim lOld is connected to the convex portion 105 of the rim 101b, the three sides along the longitudinal direction of the rim lOld are aligned with the three sides along the longitudinal direction of the rim 101b.
- each of the three side surfaces of the rim lOld is connected to the corresponding side surface of the rim 101b to form one plane.
- the six nozzle pieces 101 are connected to each other by connecting the concave connection point and the convex connection point of each foot-shaped rim to form one body.
- all 24 foot rim connection points (concave connection points or convex connection points) are always connected, and the frame of the Shellpinski tetrahedron.
- a solid shape is created by removing the vicinity of the four vertices. Three hand-shaped rims will gather at each of the parts corresponding to the four vertices in this solid.
- connection point of the three hand rims is represented by the three symbols “concave” or “convex” (if the type of connection points of the three hand rims are all concave connection points, “concave / concave”
- the combination of the types of connection points of the three hand-shaped rims in the part corresponding to the four vertices is ⁇ concave / convex / convex / concave / concave / concavex ⁇ , ⁇ concave / concave / concave / convex, Convex Convex, Concave Convex ⁇ , ⁇ Convex Convex Convex, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concavity Concave ⁇ , ⁇ Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concavity Concavity, Concavity Concav
- puzzle pieces 102 and 103 can be fitted to the portions corresponding to the four vertices. That is, by connecting the concave connection point and the convex connection point, the rims of the four puzzle pieces 102 and 103 can be connected to the three hand rims gathered at the portions corresponding to the four apexes. From this, a first-order approximate shellpinski tetrahedron frame is created.
- the puzzle pieces 102 and 103 cannot be fitted to the portions corresponding to all the vertices. That is, as a combined form of the six puzzle pieces 101, the shape S and the shape T are not combinations that lead to the correct answer (the frame of the Shellpinsky tetrahedron).
- the solid of the shape S and the solid of the shape T can guide the correct answer (shellpinski tetrahedron frame) by changing the partial connection.
- the puzzle piece 101 is rotated 180 degrees around the axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17, the rim 101b and the rim 101g, the rim 101c and the rim 101f, and the rim 101d and the rim 101e are exchanged.
- each of the rim 101b, the rim 101g, the rim 101d, and the rim 101e is configured to completely overlap the other when one of them is rotated 180 degrees around an axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG.
- the puzzle piece 101 when the puzzle piece 101 is rotated 180 degrees about an axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17, the shape of the four foot rims 101b '101d' 101e '101g does not substantially change, and the two hand rims 101c ⁇ 10 ⁇ are only swapped with each other. Therefore, the puzzle piece 101 removed from the three-dimensional object can be reconnected by rotating 180 degrees about the axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17 (inverting the top and bottom in FIG. 17). By changing the connection in this way, the hand rim 101c having the convex connection point formed at the tip and the hand rim 101f having the concave connection point formed at the tip are exchanged.
- connection point of the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the apex is “concave and concave” and the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the apex
- the puzzle piece 101 that connects the apex that is the connecting point force S “convex and convex” can be transformed into a three-dimensional shape U by removing and reconnecting the puzzle piece 101 upside down by the method described above.
- any one of the three puzzle pieces 101b that connects the vertex where the connection point of the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the vertex is "concave and concave" and the other vertex. It can be transformed into a solid U shape by removing it and reconnecting it upside down by the method described above.
- the puzzle pieces 102 ⁇ 103 are fitted to the portions corresponding to the four vertices.
- the structure of the frame of the first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is shown in the perspective view of FIG. Also in FIG. 31, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment repeats trial and error such as reconnection from the six coupled puzzle pieces 101, the two convex puzzle pieces 102, and the two concave puzzle pieces 103. While creating a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron frame is a puzzle.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is such that it can be naturally completed as the player repeats trial and error, and is just the right degree of difficulty for many to enjoy.
- the surrounding 3 side arrows will always go around on 2 sides (one arrow at each vertex will be effective), and the other 2 sides will have 3 surrounding arrows.
- 1 lap Do not (two arrows go to one vertex). Bring a common side to the front on the two sides around which the three surrounding arrows circle. Then, the common side arrows are arranged from top to bottom. Then, the direction of the arrow on the back side (the side facing the common side across the center of the shape U solid) that forms an angle of 90 degrees with the common side is left on the solid of shape U
- the former shape U is called the right-handed shape U
- the latter shape U is called the left-handed shape U.
- the left vertex (the left end of the back side)
- the right vertex (the right end of the back side)
- the right vertex (the right end of the back side)
- the three hand-shaped rims around the vertices are ⁇ concave irregularities ''
- the vertices are concave vertices
- the three hand-shaped rims around the vertices are ⁇ concave convex '' as the convex vertices I will call it.
- the left-handed U shape and the right-handed U shape are reversed in the direction of the combined puzzle piece 101 that constitutes one of the three sides other than the front side connecting the concave and convex vertices. It is possible to easily convert them to each other by removing (joining puzzle piece 101, rotating 180 degrees in the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 17 and reconnecting).
- the vertex puzzle piece of frame V is a convex puzzle piece 102
- a left-handed U-shaped solid is inserted between the convex puzzle piece 102 and the combined puzzle piece, and the left hand
- the shape of the system It should be sufficient to join the left vertex of the solid U to the convex puzzle piece 102.
- the vertex puzzle piece at the vertex of frame V is a concave puzzle piece 103
- a right-handed U-shaped solid is inserted between the concave puzzle piece 103 and the coupled puzzle piece, and the right-handed shape is inserted. It should be sufficient to join the left vertices of U's body.
- Completed quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame may be right-handed or left-handed depending on the type of frame V used (right-handed or left-handed) .
- the way in which the puzzle pieces creating the frame are connected should be uniquely determined. This means that there are only two correct answers for a three-dimensional puzzle with a frame shape of a quadratic approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. However, this does not mean that the difficulty level of this 3D puzzle is high.
- a solid of shape U can be transformed from a right-handed system to a left-handed system or a left-handed system force can be transformed into a right-handed system simply by changing the direction of one of the three coupled puzzle pieces 101. Therefore, ⁇ At first, create four U solids without considering whether they are right-handed or left-handed, and try to join them with the combined puzzle piece 101. If you repeat the trial and error of ⁇ reversing the direction of the combined puzzle piece 101 that makes up the U solid '' many times, You should get to the finished shape without much mathematical thinking.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment has an n-order approximate shell pin for a structure having a frame shape of an approximately n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining three-dimensional puzzles.
- Each nozzle piece is covered with a sheet so as to form 4 n regular tetrahedron faces constituting the ski tetrahedron, and the two opposite sides of the structure are defined as the first side and the second side. Then, when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side from the midpoint of the first side, the first square image appears in each regular tetrahedron.
- a fragment of the first image is formed on the sheet of two surfaces that sandwich a side that is part of one side or parallel to the first side, and the structure is moved from the midpoint of the second side to the first side.
- Each image is so that a second image that is almost square appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the side.
- a fragment of the second image is formed on a sheet of two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the second side or parallel to the second side.
- the method of pasting the sheet on which the image is formed may be the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid on which two images are formed], but the following method is used because the operation becomes simple. Is preferred.
- the 3D display according to the present embodiment constitutes an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron for a structure obtained by correctly combining the 3D puzzle.
- Each puzzle piece is covered with a sheet so as to form each surface of n regular tetrahedrons, and the two opposite sides of the structure are defined as the first side and the second side.
- the midpoint force of the first side is a part of the first side of each regular tetrahedron so that the first image of a square appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side.
- a piece of the first image is formed on a sheet of two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to the first side, and the structure is directed from the midpoint of the second side to the midpoint of the first side.
- a sheet of two faces sandwiching a side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side in each regular tetrahedron so that a second image that is almost square appears when viewed in the direction. In this configuration, a fragment of the second image is formed.
- a 3D display is created using the sheet paper on which the image is formed.
- the sticker paper on which the image is formed is pasted on two sides of the frame of the nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron.
- a part of the sheet paper for example, the upper half 1 3 8 11 of sheet 1 3 8 1 in FIG. 2 (&); the portion corresponding to the lower half PA3D of sheet ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ 4 and sheet ⁇ 3
- the part of the sheet paper that cannot be attached to the frame of the ⁇ -order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron (for example, the part corresponding to the lower half PAID of sheet PA1 and the upper half PA3U of sheet ⁇ 3 in Fig. 2 (a)) ) Covers the openings of equilateral triangles on the two sides of the frame of the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron.
- the cut portion of the sheet paper is actually cut, the portion of the sheet paper covering the opening of the equilateral triangle is folded back, and the nth order approximate shell pin skid Affix to the inner surface of the tetrahedron frame.
- an image printed sheet such as a photograph (sheet paper on which a photograph is formed) is pasted on four regular tetrahedron frames constituting the frame of the first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shown in FIG. Become.
- an image-printed sheet such as a photograph (sheet paper on which a photograph is formed) to the nth-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron frame.
- a solid that can be used for a stereoscopic display can be created.
- the strength of the joint portion of the contact increases, and a three-dimensional object can be easily created.
- a sheet on which no image is formed may be used instead of the sheet on which an image is formed.
- the complete n-th order shellpinski tetrahedron structure can be obtained at low cost.
- each rim in the sixth embodiment has a regular tetrahedron shape.
- the finished product is an n + 1 first-order approximation shellpinsky tetrahedron.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has an n + 1 first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron that, when correctly combined, can obtain a finished product having the shape of an approximately n + 1 first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron.
- Four vertex puzzle pieces 112 ⁇ 113 with a nearly tetrahedral shape corresponding to the regular tetrahedron containing each vertex of the body, and a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron
- a solid puzzle containing 2 (2n + 1)-2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) connected puzzle pieces see Fig. 32) 111 corresponding to the connected parts of each group of four regular tetrahedrons It is.
- the coupled puzzle piece 111 includes a first piece 114 and a second piece 115 having a substantially tetrahedral shape, and the first side 114a and the second piece 115 of the first piece 114.
- the first side 115a of the first piece 115 is aligned on the same straight line, and the first side 114a of the first piece 114 is sandwiched 2
- the two surfaces 114a and 114b and the two surfaces 115b and 115c sandwiching the first side 115a in the second fragment 115 are connected at the vertices 114d '115d so that they are aligned on the same plane.
- the coupled puzzle piece 111 is detachably attached to the concave connection point (for example, the through hole 104 shown in Figs. 25 to 27) and the concave connection point.
- the concave connection point for example, the through hole 104 shown in Figs. 25 to 27
- Three convex connection points for example, convex portions 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30
- the symbol “B” is attached to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed
- the symbol “A” is attached to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed.
- one vertex 114e has a concave connection point.
- a convex connection point is formed at the remaining two vertices 114f ′ 114g.
- two vertexes 115f ′ 115g have concave connection points, and the remaining one A convex connection point is formed at the vertex 115e.
- the four vertex puzzle pieces 112 ⁇ 113 include two third vertex puzzle pieces 112 shown in Fig. 33 and two fourth vertex nozzle pieces shown in Fig. 34.
- the third vertex puzzle piece 112 and the fourth vertex puzzle piece 113 have concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in FIGS. 25 to 27). , And a convex connection point (for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30) that is detachable with respect to the concave connection point.
- a convex connection point for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30
- two vertices 112b out of the three vertices 112b to 112d in the third vertex puzzle piece 112 excluding the vertex 112a corresponding to the vertex of the n + 1 first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron ⁇ 112c has a concave connection point, and the remaining vertex 112d has a convex connection point.
- Each puzzle piece 111 to 113 has an image-formed sheet using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, or the like. If you paste, it will be a puzzle to create n + first order shellpin ski tetrahedrons, which will show two images when completed, considering how the pictures are connected.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has the same effort as the creation of the n-th order approximate Selpinski tetrahedron from the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment. Approximate shellpinski tetrahedrons can be created. Therefore, as compared with the solid puzzle according to the sixth embodiment, there is an advantage that an approximate shellpinski tetrahedron having the same dimension (n + 1 order) can be created with less labor.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is not limited to the frame of the nth-order approximate shellpinski tetrahedron, but can also form a complete nth-order approximate Shelbinsky tetrahedron. It is better than the three-dimensional puzzle.
- the power of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment is more enjoyable than the three-dimensional puzzle according to this embodiment.
- the material cost of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment can be reduced more than the solid puzzle according to the present embodiment. This reduction in material costs is particularly important when creating large three-dimensional displays, as described below.
- Each puzzle piece in Embodiments 6 and 7 can be formed of plastic, for example. However, when the joining puzzle piece is formed of plastic, it is preferable to devise measures for maintaining the strength of the joining portion of the joining puzzle piece.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment that is, 2 (2n + 1)-two coupled puzzle pieces 111 and four vertex puzzle pieces 112 ⁇ 113 are correctly coupled to each other, as shown in FIG.
- a finished product (structure) having the shape of an n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained.
- the method of correctly joining these puzzle pieces 111 to 113 is the same as in the sixth embodiment.
- the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed
- the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
- an image-formed sheet (for example, a sticker) is pasted on the Shellpinski tetrahedron that is not the frame of the Shellpinski tetrahedron, so that a more durable and textured 3D display can be created.
- the structure according to the present embodiment has the shape of a shell pin ski tetrahedron, unlike Embodiment 6, a solid having a shape of a seal pin ski tetrahedron can be obtained without attaching a sheet to the structure.
- a display can be created. In other words, if two types of image fragments are formed in advance on the surface of each puzzle piece, the puzzle pieces have the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron and can be seen by simply connecting the puzzle pieces together. A 3D display can be created.
- each coupled puzzle piece is configured so that when the solid puzzle is completed, the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is created instead of the n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame.
- the angles of the four vertices are 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 90 degrees between the three limbs that each has. It is also possible to use a puzzle piece having a shape that follows the surface of the mold. In this case, when the nozzle is completed, a finished product of an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is different from the three-dimensional puzzle of the sixth embodiment in that the three limbs (first rims) 101b to 101d that constitute each of the combined puzzle pieces 101, and the combined puzzle piece 101 Three limbs (second rim) 101e ⁇ : L01g, each vertex puzzle piece (first apex puzzle piece) 102 Three rims (third rim) 102b-102d, and vertex puzzle piece (first) 2 vertex puzzle pieces)
- Each of the three rims (fourth rim) 103b to 103d constituting the 103 between the rims forming 60 degrees (ie, between the rims lOlb 'lOlc, between the rims 101c and 101d, between the rims 101b.
- Each quadrilateral surface rim is 90 degrees, 120 degrees, 90 degrees Formed to form the two sides of the face, and when properly combined, a finished product with an approximate nth order shellpinski tetrahedron shape is obtained.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment uses each vertex of the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron so that when it is correctly combined, a finished product having an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron shape is obtained.
- the combined puzzle piece 121 has three quadrilateral surfaces 124b ⁇ 124c ⁇ 124d that form an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees) with respect to each other, as shown in FIG.
- the side 124a between the surface 124b and the surface 124c in the fragment 124 and the side 125a between the surface 125b and the surface 125c in the fourth fragment 125 are aligned on the same straight line, and the surface in the third fragment 124 124b ′ 1 24c and the surface 125b ′ 125c of the fourth fragment 125 are joined so as to be aligned on the same plane.
- the quadrilateral faces 124b '124c' 124d share one vertex.
- the quadrilateral faces 125b '125c' 125d also share one vertex.
- the third fragment 124 and the fourth fragment 125 are shared by the faces 124b ⁇ 124c ⁇ 124d, and the vertex (hereinafter referred to as a shared vertex) and the vertex shared by the faces 125b ⁇ 125c ' , Referred to as a shared vertex).
- the quadrilateral faces 124b, 124 124d, 125b, 125 125d have the same shape, the angles of the four vertices, and the common vertex force is also clockwise (or counterclockwise) in order of 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, 90 degrees.
- connection puzzle piece 121 concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in Figs. 25 to 27) are formed at three apexes as the first connection portion.
- a convex connection point as a second connection part that can be freely inserted into and removed from the concave connection point (for example, in FIGS. 28 to 30)
- the convex part 105) shown is formed at the other three vertices.
- the vertex “B” is attached to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed.
- a concave connection point is formed at one end and a convex connection point is formed at the other end of both ends of the combined sides 124a '125a.
- a concave connection point is formed on one of two vertices of 90 degrees on the surface 125d, and a convex connection point is formed on the other.
- the four vertex puzzle pieces 122 are powered by two fifth vertex puzzle pieces 122 and two sixth vertex nose pieces 123 shown in FIG.
- the fifth vertex puzzle piece 122 has three faces 122b ′ 122c ′ 122d that form an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) with respect to each other.
- the sixth vertex puzzle piece 123 has three faces 123b, 123c, and 123d that form an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) with respect to each other.
- the quadrilateral faces 122b.122c.122d share one vertex.
- the quadrilateral surfaces 123b'123c'123d also share one vertex (hereinafter referred to as a shared vertex).
- the quadrilateral faces 122b-122c-122d- 123b, 123c, and 123d have the same shape, and the angular force of the four vertices.
- the common vertex force is also 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees in the clockwise direction (or counterclockwise). 90 degrees.
- the vertex puzzle pieces 122 and 123 have concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in FIGS. 25 to 27) at three vertices, respectively. , And a convex connection point (for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30) that is detachable with respect to the concave connection point.
- concave connection points for example, through holes 104 shown in FIGS. 25 to 27
- a convex connection point for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30
- the symbol “B” is added to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed
- the symbol “A” is added to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed, as in FIG. .
- Fig. 37 [As shown by this symbol, this is the fifth top nose piece 122, and the surface 122b, 122c, 122d [This is a 90-degree apex (three in total)] Has a convex connection point and the remaining one has a concave connection point.
- Fig. 38 [As shown by this symbol, this is the sixth top nose piece 123, and the surfaces 123b, 123c, 123d Of the 90 degree vertices (three in total), one has a convex connection point and the other two have concave connection points.
- the concave connection point and the convex connection point may be formed on at least a part of a portion that comes into contact with other puzzles when the puzzle pieces 121 to 123 are finished products.
- the combination of the shape of the concave connection point and the convex connection point is not limited to the shape shown in FIGS. 25 to 30, but may be a combination of a groove shape and a hook shape.
- other pairs of connection points that are different from each other and can be detachably connected to each other may be used.
- Other pairs of connection points include, for example, (1) a combination of Velcro (registered trademark) loop surface and hook surface, (2) a combination of a sheet and a member that can sandwich and hold the sheet; Can be mentioned
- Each puzzle piece 121 to 123 has an image-formed sheet using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed] or the method described in Embodiment 6. If you put, two images will appear when completed, taking into account how the pictures are connected. It becomes a puzzle that creates an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron.
- the three-dimensional puzzle (joint puzzle piece and vertex puzzle piece) according to the present embodiment can also be formed of a plastic or the like.
- the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment that is, 2 (2n + 1) — two coupled puzzle pieces 121 and four vertex puzzle pieces 122 ⁇ 123 are correctly coupled to each other, as shown in FIG.
- a finished product (structure) having the shape of an nth order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained.
- the method for correctly connecting these buzz pieces 121 to 123 is the same as in the sixth embodiment.
- the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed
- the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
- this heptahedron is made up of three large quadrilateral surfaces and three small quadrilateral surfaces (excluding three of the four triangular surfaces excluding the central one) If you change the shape to a hexahedron with Moreover, you may expand further said cavity. In other words, if the shape of a seven-sided body with three large quadrilateral faces and four triangular faces is a large three-sided quadrilateral plate, the inside of each regular tetrahedron is hollowed out. can do.
- an image can be obtained using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, and the like.
- a pre-formed sheet you can create a 3D display that shows two images.
- an image-formed sheet (for example, a sticker) is pasted on the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron instead of the n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame.
- the structure according to the present embodiment has a shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, and unlike the sixth embodiment, a three-dimensional structure having a seal pin ski tetrahedron shape without attaching a sheet to the structure.
- a display can be created. In other words, if two types of image fragments are formed in advance on the surface of each puzzle piece, the puzzle pieces have the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron and can be seen by simply connecting the puzzle pieces together. A 3D display can be created.
- the features of the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 are as follows. First, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 is simpler in the number of components compared to the other embodiments. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 can be manufactured at low cost because the number of components is small. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 is easy to assemble and disassemble, and does not require dexterity on the hand. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzles according to Embodiments 6 to 8 have a low difficulty level. Therefore, it is possible to create a mathematical solid with nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedral force without using too much head. [0269] The three-dimensional puzzles according to Embodiments 6 to 8 described above can be used to create the shape of an advertisement posting. These three-dimensional puzzles can be used mainly for the production of advertisements.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can be opened and closed.
- the three-dimensional display according to this embodiment has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron formed by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. Two images are formed on the surface of the base material and can be folded.
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- Two images are formed on the surface of the base material and can be folded.
- n is an arbitrary natural number
- the three-dimensional display having the shape of an approximately first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron has four bases having substantially the shape of a regular tetrahedron as shown in Figs. Including a base material formed by joining the pieces 131 to 134!
- the four surfaces of the base material fragments 131 to 134 are composed of sheets such as thick paper (paper having a quality of 110 kg or more), plastic sheets, etc., where the portions other than the creases described later can maintain a substantially flat shape.
- each base piece is divided into two sides A (the side 132a and side 134a connected) and side B (the side 131b and side 133b connected).
- each base piece 131 to 134 each of four sides (side 13 le to 131h, side 132e to 132h, side 133e to 133h, and side 134e to 134h) other than side a and side b is sandwiched.
- the two surfaces are joined in such a way that the angles of each other can be expanded until they become approximately one surface.
- Each of the two surfaces (surfaces 131c and 131d, surfaces 132c and 132d, surfaces 133c and 133d, and surfaces 134c and 134d) sandwiching 131a to 134a (side a) in each base piece 131 to 134 has sides 131a to Folds 131i to 134i ′ 131j to 134j are provided that can be bent from the midpoint of 134a (side a) to the apex that faces 131a to 134a (side a) until both sides substantially touch each other.
- the base material includes two surfaces (surface 13 lc, 131d, surfaces 132c, 132d, surfaces 133c, 133d, and surfaces 134c, 134d sandwiching 131a-134a (side a) of each of the substrate fragments 131-134. ) Are further provided with flap portions 13lk to 134k that are coupled to one of the surfaces 131d to 134d and can cover the entire other surfaces 131c to 134c.
- the flaps ⁇ 1311 ⁇ to 1341 ⁇ and the slits 13 lm to 134m provided on the other surface 131c to 134c have detachable protrusions 13 ln to 134 ⁇ !
- flap portions 131k to 134k By inserting these flap portions 131k to 134k into the slits 131m to 134m, two surfaces (surface 131c, 131d, surface 132c, 132d, surface 133c, 133d, and surface 131) that sandwich the sides 131a to 134a (side a) 134c ⁇ 134d) can be joined together, and the sides 13la to 134a (side a) can be held in a straight line.
- the flap parts 131k-134k should just be able to cover at least one part of the surfaces 131c-134c. Further, the positions and shapes of the protrusions 131 ⁇ to 134 ⁇ are not limited to those illustrated.
- the base material has sides of 13 lb to 134b and the fold lines 131i to 134i ′ 131j to 134j are folded into a flat shape using the fold lines.
- Figure 42 shows the 3D display in the folded state. In the sheet constituting each base piece 131 to 134, it is a part of side A!
- the five sides other than side A in the substrate are each of those sides as shown in FIG.
- five linear bones (bars) 135, which also have a wire equal force, are supported by being inserted into the base material.
- These five bones 135 form a frame of two equilateral triangles sharing side B.
- the base material has the side B as the axis with respect to the other frame. Thus, it can be folded into a substantially flat shape by rotating it.
- one bone 135 connects the base piece 131 and the base piece 133, and the inner surface of the side 131b of the base piece 131 and the base piece 133 Side 13 is connected to the inner surface of 3b.
- the other bone 135 connects the base piece 131 and the base piece 132, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 131e in the base piece 131 and the inner surface of the side 132e in the base piece 132.
- the other bone 135 connects the base piece 132 and the base piece 133, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 132f of the base piece 132 and the inner surface of the side 133f of the base piece 133.
- another bone 135 joins the base piece 131 and the base piece 134, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 131g in the base piece 131 and the inner surface of the side 134g in the base piece 134. Yes.
- the other bone 135 joins the base piece 133 and the base piece 134 and is connected to the inner surface of the side 133h of the base piece 133 and the inner side of the side 134h of the base piece 134. ing.
- Base piece 132 and base piece 134 are joined by a string (not shown) bonded to the inner surface of base piece 132 and base piece 134 with cellophane tape so as not to prevent folding. Being! /, I like to be! /
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is configured so that an image fragment is formed in advance on the sheet that forms the substrate fragments 131 to 134 with respect to the above-described base material.
- the first image appears when the point force is seen in the directional direction (eg, X direction) toward the midpoint of the second side facing the first side, and the midpoint of the second side goes to the midpoint of the first side.
- the second image appears when viewed in the direction (eg X direction).
- the image forming method the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid in which two images are formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, and the like can be used.
- each group As a means for joining the material fragments 131 to 134, five bones 135 and strings are used, and image fragments PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 (Fig. 2 (Fig. 2 ( The case where a) and FIG. 2 (b)) are formed will be described as an example.
- a stereoscopic display can be obtained in which the image PA can be seen by looking at the force in the X direction and the image PB can be seen by looking at the force in the X direction.
- the three-dimensional display configured as described above has a shape of a substantially quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron formed by joining 16 base material pieces having a substantially regular tetrahedron shape. In this case, it can be produced in the same manner as described above.
- a 3D display with the shape of a quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is also connected by putting bones in only 5 sides and connecting the remaining places with strings. Should be. However, to increase the strength, a bone with half the length of the long bone is placed around the small tetrahedron (10) where there is no long bone and the remaining 5 vertices. Are preferably connected with a string.
- each of the base material fragments 131 to 134 in the sheet constituting each of the base material fragments 131 to 134, it may be a part of the side A! /, And the side 13 la to 134a parallel to the side A
- the two surfaces sandwiching (side a) were separated from each other by side a.
- a sheet having flexibility and strength such as cloth or paper having flexibility and strength, is used as the sheet constituting each of the base material fragments 131 to 134, the sheet is divided at side a. It is possible to form the base material fragments 131 to 134 in a bag shape. In this case, each base piece 131-134 is provided with a valley fold and a mountain fold.
- each base piece 131-134 is exactly the same with respect to the fold line, so here The structure of the base piece 131 will be described with reference to FIG.
- valley folds are indicated by broken lines
- mountain folds are indicated by dashed lines.
- Substrate fragment 13 U, Fig. 53 [As shown]
- This side 131d is one of the two surfaces 131c and 131d that sandwich the side 131a.
- Three valley-fold folds 131 ⁇ are provided on the three line segments connecting to the center, and one mountain-fold fold 131p is provided on the line segment connecting the center of the surface 131d and the midpoint of the side 131a.
- the other surface 131c is provided with one valley fold 131p on a line segment connecting the midpoint of the side 131a and the apex facing the side 131a.
- the fold valley fold and the mountain fold are reversed, and one surface 131d of the two surfaces 131c '131d sandwiching the side 131a has a center of the surface 131d.
- Three mountain fold creases 131 ⁇ are provided on the three line segments connecting the three vertices, and one valley fold 131p is provided on the line segment connecting the center of the surface 131d and the midpoint of the side 131a.
- one trough fold line 131p may be provided on the line segment connecting the midpoint of the side 131a and the vertex facing the side 131a on the other surface 131c.
- the center of the surface 131d protrudes outside, and the four parts divided by the four folds of the surface 131d are the remaining two surfaces of the base material piece 131 and the surface. Connect 131c to the two folded surfaces to form one surface.
- the sides 13 la to 134a (side a) on the inner surface of the cloth (sheet) of each base material fragment 131 to 134 131a to 134a are almost equal U. It is preferable that the structure has a structure in which a rod can be erected further, with a thrust force of length. Thus, when the three-dimensional display is expanded, the sides 131a to 134a can be held in a straight line, and the shape can be made closer to the shell pin ski tetrahedron.
- the base material surface is compared to the base material having the shape of an approximately first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, which is formed by combining four base material pieces having a substantially tetrahedral shape.
- a method for manufacturing a stereoscopic display in which two images are formed will be described below. In this case, after creating a regular tetrahedron with a cloth, put a bone into the regular tetrahedron so that the place ahead of the bone does not move. It is easy to prevent the bone tip from moving in this way.
- a tapping stick having a length equal to the side of the regular tetrahedron is prepared separately from the bone. Then, when the 3D display is spread, a changer stick is put between the vertices of both ends of the sides 131a to 134a. It is preferable to attach a pocket-shaped member on the outside at the apexes of both ends of the sides 131a to 134a in the base material pieces 131 to 134 so that the reversing bar force S can be successfully applied. If a pocket-shaped member is attached, the image is also printed on the pocket-shaped member.
- a thrust bar is provided to fix the sides 13la to 134a when spread. Also in this case, it is preferable to attach a pocket-shaped member to the outside at the apexes of the base material pieces that are both ends of the side so that the changeover bar can be applied successfully. This completes a foldable 3D display with a quadratic approximate shell-pinsky tetrahedron shape.
- a three-dimensional display (upholstery etc.) having the shape of an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron that can be expanded and closed can be obtained as described above.
- the three-dimensional display according to this embodiment can experience the wonder of mathematically beautiful figure mathematics. Further, the three-dimensional display according to this embodiment can be carried in a folded state in a flat shape, and can be formed into an n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron when necessary, so that it is convenient to carry.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can be folded any number of times. The three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment is folded.
- the difficulty of creating the shape of the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is the pleasure of creating the shape of the planar shape force nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. Just good for wow.
- the two advertising images are centered around the x and X axes so that the two vertices are squares surrounded by the vertical and horizontal sides, not the squares with the top, bottom, left, and right sides. It can be fixed to the exhibition stand after being rotated 45 degrees. Note that the X direction and the X direction are supported horizontally even when fixed in this way. ” ing.
- n—4 n substrates having a substantially regular tetrahedron shape that constitutes a substrate having the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron (eg, the substrate 5 shown in FIG. 1).
- Each surface of the fragment (for example, base material fragments 1 to 4 shown in FIG. 1) is a surface 140 having a substantially equilateral triangular shape as shown in FIG.
- the lenticular print surface 141 is formed on all the surfaces 140 in the base material having the shape of an n-Shelpinsky tetrahedron.
- the lenticular print surface 141 was formed by printing a right image and a left image in a strip shape corresponding to each lenticular lens, and a strip on the print surface. It is also a force with a lenticular lens that is a force-powered convex lens.
- FIG. 46 the longitudinal direction of each lenticular lens is indicated by a broken line.
- the image for the right direction formed on the printing surface can be seen only from the right direction in FIG. 46 by passing through the lenticular lens, and the image for the left direction formed on the printing surface can be viewed by passing through the lenticular lens. Only the leftward force in Fig. 46 is visible. Note that lenticular printing is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 2004-195822 and 2004-333706.
- FIGS. 46-48 Images on all surfaces 140 in a substrate with the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron are shown in FIGS. 46-48 as shown in FIGS. It will be projected onto one of C. Since direction A is the left direction and direction B is the right direction, the image for left direction can be seen from direction A, and the image for right direction can be seen from direction B. When viewing the lenticular print surface 141, the direction A and the direction B force are also perpendicular to the direction of the lenticular print in which the image changes due to the inclination of the line of sight (the left-right direction in FIG. 46). You will also see a directional force tilted 36 degrees from the 140 normal.
- Fig. 49 shows an example of a stereoscopic display in which four images according to the present embodiment can be seen. Also in FIG. 49, the lenticular print surface is indicated by 141, and the longitudinal direction of the lenticular lens is indicated by a broken line. However, in Figure 49, for the sake of simplifying the drawing, The broken line indicating the longitudinal direction of the large lens is shown with only four representative surfaces 3A, 3B, 1C and ID, and is not shown on the other surfaces.
- the three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment is a three-dimensional display in which the first, second, third, and fourth images are formed on the surface of the base material 5, as shown in FIG. 5 has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining four base material fragments 1 to 4 having a substantially tetrahedral shape.
- the surfaces 1A to 4A include surfaces 1A to 4A and surfaces Seen in the direction (X direction) from the midpoint of the first side la to 4a sandwiched between 1B to 4B toward the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b sandwiched between planes 1C to 4C and planes 1D to 4D Only the first image fragment is visible, and the third side lc-4c sandwiched between planes 1A-4A and planes 1C-4C is the fourth point sandwiched between planes 1B-4B and planes 1D-4D.
- the first and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the third image fragment is visible when viewed in the direction (A direction) toward the midpoint of sides ld to 4d. .
- the first image Only the fragment can be seen, and only the fourth image fragment can be seen when viewed in the direction ( ⁇ A direction) from the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c.
- the first and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing.
- the second image appears when viewed in the direction (-X direction) from the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b toward the midpoint of the first side la to 4a. So that only the fragment of the third image can be seen when viewed in the direction (A direction) from the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c to the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d.
- the print forms the second and third image fragments.
- the second image appears when viewed in the direction (-X direction) from the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b toward the midpoint of the first side la to 4a. Only the fragment of the fourth image is visible when viewed in the direction (one A direction) from the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c. As shown, the lenticular print forms the second and fourth image fragments. It is made.
- the longitudinal direction of the lenticular lens on the lenticular printed surface 141 is the perpendicular direction of the fifth side le to 4e sandwiched between the surfaces 1A to 4A and the surfaces 1D to 4D for the surfaces 1A to 4A and the surfaces 1D to 4D.
- the direction is a perpendicular direction of the sixth side If to 4f sandwiched between planes 1B to 4B and planes 1C to 4C.
- the plane that includes the perpendicular of the fifth side le to 4e and is perpendicular to planes 1A to 4A is the force that has a viewpoint on the first side la to 4a side from that plane.
- Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the third side lc-4c. That is, when the viewpoint is on the first side la to 4a side from the plane, only the first image fragment is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the third side lc to 4c side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 3 is visible.
- a force that includes a perpendicular of the sixth side lf to 4f and that is perpendicular to planes 1B to 4B is located on the first side la to 4a side of the plane.
- Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the 4th side ld to 4d side from the plane. That is, when the viewpoint is on the first side la to 4a side from the plane, only the first image fragment is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 4 is visible.
- the force that has a viewpoint on the second side lb to 4b from the plane, including the perpendicular of the fifth side le to 4e and perpendicular to planes 1D to 4D, is the plane.
- Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d. That is, when the viewpoint is on the second side lb to 4b side from the plane, only the fragment of the second image is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 4 is visible.
- the first image force lb to 4b midpoint force 2nd image force when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of 1st side la to 4a (one X direction) 3rd side in lc to 4c 3rd image force when viewed in the direction from the point toward the midpoint of the 4th side ld to 4d (direction A)
- direction A Directional force from the midpoint of the 4th side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the 3rd side lc to 4c
- the fourth image can be seen when looking in the direction (one A direction). That is, four images can be seen depending on the viewing direction.
- the 3D display is rotated around the axis passing through the center and perpendicular to the X and A directions, these four images can be seen in one rotation.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can display four different images.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is rotated, an image can be seen only at the moment when a meaningful image can be seen four times per rotation.
- the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is interesting for the viewer because two people watching the same stereoscopic display with a directional force 90 degrees different can see different images at the same moment.
- the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is based on Sherpinsky tetrahedral geometry.
- the completed three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is useful as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, a three-dimensional logo, and the like.
- the advertisement display of the present invention can be used for various advertisements. Further, the three-dimensional display of the present invention is useful as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, a three-dimensional mouthpiece and the like. In addition, the creation kit of the present invention is useful as a kit for creating ornaments, advertisement displays, 3D logos, etc., or as a learning material for understanding 3D figures.
Landscapes
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Pure & Applied Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Computational Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Analysis (AREA)
- Mathematical Optimization (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Geometry (AREA)
- Algebra (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Educational Administration (AREA)
- Educational Technology (AREA)
- Toys (AREA)
Abstract
A three-dimensional puzzle is composed of, for example, 4n (n is a given natural number) puzzle pieces (51 to 54) each having a tetrahedron, formed into a first-order approximation Sierpinski tetrahedron when correctly connected, and showing two images. Fragments (PA1U to PA4U·PA1D to PD4D) of a first image (PA) are formed on two faces of each of the puzzle pieces (51 to 54), and fragments (PB1L to PB4L·PB1R to PB4R) of a second image (PB) are formed on the other two faces. Magnets (51a to 54a·51b to 54b) are so buried that two vertexes are N poles and the other are S poles. With this, a three-dimensional puzzle which is so difficult to require ability of imaging a solid figure, rewarding, as a tool for fostering the ability of imaging a solid figure, and useful as a decorative article or an advertisement exhibit when completed is provided.
Description
明 細 書 Specification
立体パズル、広告表示物、立体ディスプレイ、およびその作成キット 技術分野 3D puzzle, advertisement display, 3D display, and its creation kit
[0001] 本発明は、完成させると 2つの画像が現れる立体パズル、 2つの広告画像が形成さ れた広告表示物、 2つの画像が形成された立体ディスプレイ、および立体ディスプレ ィを作成するための作成キットに関するものである。 [0001] The present invention provides a three-dimensional puzzle in which two images appear when completed, an advertisement display object on which two advertisement images are formed, a three-dimensional display on which two images are formed, and a three-dimensional display. It relates to the creation kit.
背景技術 Background art
[0002] 従来の立体パズルとして、各面に数が記された 4個の正四面体および 1個の八面 体を組み合わせて、 1個の正四面体を完成させるパズルが提案されている(特許文 献 1参照)。この立体パズルは、適当に 5個の立体を回転させることで正四面体の 4つ の面に現れている各 4個ずつの数の合計が全部同一となるようにするものである。 [0002] As a conventional three-dimensional puzzle, a puzzle has been proposed that completes one regular tetrahedron by combining four regular tetrahedrons with numbers on each side and one octahedron ( See Patent Document 1). This 3D puzzle is made by rotating 5 solids appropriately so that the total number of 4 each appearing on the 4 faces of the regular tetrahedron is the same.
[0003] また、従来より、立体パズルとして、立体ジグソーパズルが複数種類、提案されて!ヽ る(例えば、特許文献 2〜4参照)。 [0003] Conventionally, a plurality of types of three-dimensional jigsaw puzzles have been proposed as three-dimensional puzzles (see, for example, Patent Documents 2 to 4).
[特許文献 1] [Patent Document 1]
特開平 8— 173627号公報(1996年 7月 9日公開) JP-A-8-173627 (released July 9, 1996)
[特許文献 2] [Patent Document 2]
特開平 7— 155460号公報(1995年 6月 20日公開) JP 7-155460 A (published on June 20, 1995)
[特許文献 3] [Patent Document 3]
特開 2004— 8613号公報(2004年 1月 15日公開) Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-8613 (published on January 15, 2004)
[特許文献 4] [Patent Document 4]
特開平 8— 10444号公報(1996年 1月 16日公開) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-10444 (released on January 16, 1996)
しカゝしながら、特許文献 1に記載されている立体パズルは、完成しても各面に数が 記された正四面体が得られるだけであり、完成させることによって画像や文字などが 現れるものではない。そのため、上記立体パズルは、所有者がパズルを解くことに飽 きてしまえば、他の用途、例えば観賞や広告に利用できないので、役に立たないもの となってしまう。また、上記立体パズルは、完成させた時に、画像や文字などが現れ ないため、完成させたときの喜びが小さい。
[0004] また、特許文献 2〜4に記載されて ヽるような立体ジグソーパズルでは、パズル片を 組み立てて得られる物体は立体的である力 パズル片同士は、表面に沿った方向に しか結合されない。そのため、パズルを解く作業自体は、一般的な平面のジグソーパ ズルと全く同様であり、パズル片を載置面あるいはそれと平行な面上で回転および移 動させて最適な位置に配置するだけである。パズルを解く作業パズル片を 3次元的 に移動させたり 3次元的に回転させるものではない。それゆえ、上記立体ジグソーパ ズルを解く作業には、立体図形を想像する力は必要とされない。したがって、上記立 体ジグソーパズルは、立体図形を理解するための教材として適しておらず、また、立 体図形を想像する力を要求される難解なパズルを求めて 、る人にはやりが 、のな ヽ パズルである。 However, even if the three-dimensional puzzle described in Patent Document 1 is completed, it will only yield a regular tetrahedron with numbers on each side, and images and characters will appear when completed. It is not a thing. For this reason, if the owner gets tired of solving the puzzle, it cannot be used for other purposes, such as viewing or advertising, so it becomes useless. In addition, since the above three-dimensional puzzle is completed, images and characters do not appear, so the joy when completed is small. [0004] In addition, in the three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle described in Patent Documents 2 to 4, the object obtained by assembling the puzzle pieces is a three-dimensional force. The puzzle pieces are connected only in the direction along the surface. . Therefore, the task of solving the puzzle itself is exactly the same as a general plane jigsaw puzzle, and the puzzle piece is simply rotated and moved on the placement surface or a plane parallel to it and placed at the optimum position. . It does not move the puzzle pieces to solve the puzzle in three dimensions or rotate in three dimensions. Therefore, the task of solving the above-mentioned three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle does not require the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure. Therefore, the above-mentioned cuboid jigsaw puzzle is not suitable as a teaching material for understanding solid figures, and it is challenging for those who are looking for esoteric puzzles that require the ability to imagine solid figures.パ ズ ル It is a puzzle.
[0005] なお、フラクタル図形として、シェルピンスキー四面体(Sierpinski Tetrahedron)が知 られている。シェルピンスキー四面体は、正四面体を出発点とし、各頂点を中心とし た 1Z2の縮小像 (4つ存在する)の和集合をとるという写像 (写像 Gとする)を無限回 繰り返して得られる自己相似立体図形である。シェルピンスキー四面体は、厳密なフ ラタタルであるが、その形状を持つ構造物を作成することは不可能である。一方、正 四面体に写像 Gを有限回数 n(nは自然数)回だけ適用することによりシェルピンスキ 一四面体の近似体を得ることができる。本願明細書では、この近似体を n次近似シェ ルビンスキー四面体または n—シェルピンスキー四面体と呼ぶ。 [0005] As a fractal figure, a Sierpinski Tetrahedron is known. A Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained by repeating an infinite number of mappings (referred to as mapping G) to take the union of 1Z2 reduced images (4 exist) centered on each regular vertex and starting from a regular tetrahedron. It is a self-similar solid figure. The Sherpinski tetrahedron is a strict fractal, but it is impossible to create a structure with that shape. On the other hand, by applying the mapping G to a regular tetrahedron a finite number of times n (n is a natural number) times, an approximation of a shellpinski tetrahedron can be obtained. In the present specification, this approximate body is referred to as an nth-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron or n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron.
[0006] n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ構造物は、再帰的な考え方を学ぶ ための教材として使用されている。 [0006] Structures having the shape of an nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron are used as teaching materials for learning recursive thinking.
[0007] し力しながら、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ構造物は、他の用途 には使用されていない。また、従来の n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ 構造物は、折り畳むことができず、持ち運びが難し力つた。 [0007] However, a structure having the shape of an n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is not used for other applications. In addition, the conventional structure having the shape of an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron cannot be folded and is difficult to carry.
[0008] また、従来より、色、模様、パターン、装飾などが表面に施された正四面体の立体 パズルが提案されて ヽる (例えば、特許文献 5〜7参照)。 [0008] Furthermore, a tetrahedral solid puzzle having a color, a pattern, a pattern, a decoration or the like on the surface has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Documents 5 to 7).
[特許文献 5] [Patent Document 5]
特開昭 57— 196987号公報(昭和 57年(1982年) 12月 3日公開) Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 57-196987 (published December 3, 1982)
[特許文献 6]
特開昭 57— 166187号公報(昭和 57年(1982年) 10月 13日公開) [特許文献 7] [Patent Document 6] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 57-166187 (published October 13, 1982) [Patent Document 7]
特開平 3— 155891号公報(平成 3年(1991年) 7月 3日公開) Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 3-155891 (published July 3, 1991)
しカゝしながら、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体パズルは、知ら れていない。また、上記従来の立体パズルは、色、模様、ノターン、装飾などが同一 平面上に形成されているので、特定の方向から見たときにだけ画像が出現することは なぐそれゆえ、見た人に強いインパクトを与えることができない。 However, there is no known three-dimensional puzzle with the shape of an nth-order approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron. In addition, since the conventional three-dimensional puzzle has colors, patterns, patterns, decorations, etc. formed on the same plane, an image will not appear only when viewed from a specific direction. Can not have a strong impact.
発明の開示 Disclosure of the invention
[0009] 本発明は、上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、立体図形を想 像する力を要求される難解でやりがいのあるものであり、また、立体図形を想像する 力を鍛える道具として使用でき、しかも完成すると装飾品や広告表示物などとして有 用となる立体パズルを提供することにある。また、本発明の他の目的は、見た人に強 いインパクトを与えることができる広告表示物および立体ディスプレイ並びにそれを作 成するための作成キットを提供することにある。 [0009] The present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and the object thereof is an esoteric and challenging task that requires a force to imagine a three-dimensional figure, and also imagines a three-dimensional figure. The purpose is to provide a three-dimensional puzzle that can be used as a tool to train the power to do, and that will be useful as decorations and advertisements when completed. Another object of the present invention is to provide an advertisement display and a three-dimensional display capable of giving a strong impact to a viewer and a creation kit for creating the same.
[0010] 本発明に係る立体パズルは、上記課題を解決するために、正しく結合させたときに ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、ほぼ正 四面体の形状を持つ 4n (nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片を備える立体パズルであ つて、上記完成品の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記完 成品を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1 の画像が現れるように、各パズル片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺 に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、上記完成 品を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の 画像が現れるように、各ノズル片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に 平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されており、完成品におけ るパズル片同士の結合点に対応する頂点のうちの少なくとも 1つ力 正解以外の少な くとも 1つのパズル片の少なくとも 1つの頂点にも着脱自在に結合することが可能な構 造を備えて 、ることを特徴として 、る。 [0010] In order to solve the above-described problem, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is a substantially tetrahedron such that a finished product having a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained when correctly combined. of 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) shall apply in three-dimensional puzzle comprising a number of puzzle pieces having a shape, when the two sides facing each other of the finished first side and second side, the complete finished products The midpoint force of the first side is a part of the first side of each puzzle piece, so that when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, the first image of a substantially square appears. Fragments of the first image are formed on two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to the first side, and the finished product is directed toward the midpoint of the second side. Each nozzle piece is either part of the second side or the second side so that a second image that is approximately square appears when viewed. A piece of the second image is formed on two faces that sandwich the parallel sides, and at least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the puzzle pieces in the finished product. Both have a structure that can be detachably coupled to at least one apex of one puzzle piece.
[0011] 本発明に係る立体パズルは、以上のように、第 1および第 2の画像の断片が形成さ
れた、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n (nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片を組み合わ せて、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ、第 1および第 2の画像が 形成された完成品を得るものであるので、そのノズルを解くには、ノズル片を3次元 的に移動させたり 3次元的に回転させたりする作業が必要となる。そのため、本発明 に係る立体パズルは、ジグソーパズルと同様の楽しみを遊戯者に与えるだけでなぐ 立体図形を想像する力を遊戯者に要求するので、遊戯者にとってやりがいのあるも のであり、また、立体図形を想像する力を鍛える道具として使用できる。しかも、完成 品は、 2つの画像が形成され、かつ、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を 持つので、装飾品や広告表示物などとして有用である。 [0011] In the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention, as described above, the first and second image fragments are formed. The first and second images that have the shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron by combining 4 n (where n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces having a substantially tetrahedral shape. Since the finished product is formed, it is necessary to move the nozzle piece three- dimensionally or rotate it three-dimensionally in order to unravel the nozzle. Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention requires the player to have the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure just by giving the player the same enjoyment as a jigsaw puzzle. Can be used as a tool to train the ability to imagine figures. In addition, the finished product is useful as a decorative product or advertisement display because it has two images and has the shape of an approximate nth-order shellpinski tetrahedron.
[0012] 本発明に係る広告表示物は、上記課題を解決するために、第 1および第 2の広告 画像が基材表面に形成された広告表示物であって、上記基材は、ほぼ正四面体の 形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものであり、上記基材の 4辺のうち、互いに対 向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中点へ向か う方向に見たときに第 1の広告画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 1辺の 一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の広告画像の断 片が形成されており、第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 2 の広告画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の広告画像の断片が形成されていること を特徴としている。 [0012] An advertisement display according to the present invention is an advertisement display in which first and second advertisement images are formed on a surface of a base material in order to solve the above-described problem. A tetrahedron shaped 4 n (where n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragment, which is obtained by combining approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shapes, and has four sides of the base material. If the two sides facing each other are the first side and the second side, the first advertisement image will appear when viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side. As shown, the first advertisement image fragment is formed on the two surfaces sandwiching the side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in each base piece. The midpoint force of the two sides Is it part of the second side of each base piece so that the second advertisement image appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side? Is characterized in that the two surfaces sandwiching the edge is parallel to the second side, a fragment of the second advertisement image is formed.
[0013] また、本発明に係る広告表示物は、以上のように、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー 四面体の形状を持ち、第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中点へ向かう方向、あるいは第 2辺 の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向から見たときにだけ第 1の広告画像または第 2 の広告画像が現れるものである。そのため、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体という、 興味深い形状で人々の興味を引き、じっと見ていれば突然ある画像が思いもかけな 力つた姿で表出するという、見た人に強いインパクトを与えることができる広告表示物 となる。 [0013] Further, as described above, the advertisement display according to the present invention has a substantially n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, and is directed from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side, Alternatively, the first advertisement image or the second advertisement image appears only when viewed from the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. Therefore, the n-th order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron attracts people's interest in an interesting shape, and if you look closely, it suddenly shows an image with unexpected power, and it has a strong impact on the viewer. It becomes an advertising display that can be given.
[0014] 本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、上記の課題を解決するために、第 1および第 2
の画像が基材表面に形成された立体ディスプレイであって、上記基材は、ほぼ正四 面体の形状を持つ 4n (nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を (2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部 材で結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものであ り、上記基材の 4辺のうち、互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、 第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるように 、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ 向力う方向に見たときに第 2の画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の 一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が 形成されており、基材断片同士の結合点に対応する頂点には、各基材断片の中心 に向力つて続くように穴が設けられており、各連結部材は、棒を 1点でほぼ tan—1 (2 12)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げた形状を有し、両側が異なる基材断片の穴 に挿入されて 、ることを特徴として 、る。 [0014] In order to solve the above-described problems, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention provides a first and a second. 3D display on the surface of the substrate, wherein the substrate is composed of 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape (2 X 4 n — 2 ) Obtained by joining with a number of connecting members, and having an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, of the four sides of the substrate, two sides facing each other are the first side. And the second side, the midpoint force of the first side, so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side. A part of the first image is formed on two faces sandwiching a side that is a part or parallel to the first side, and the direction toward the midpoint of the first side from the midpoint of the second side So that the second image appears when viewed on the two sides of the base image, on the two faces that sandwich the side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side. fragment A hole is provided at the apex corresponding to the joining point of the base material pieces so as to continue to the center of each base material piece, and each connecting member has a bar at one point. It has a shape bent by an angle of about tan- 1 (2 12) radians (about 70 degrees), and both sides are inserted into holes of different base material pieces.
[0015] また、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、以上のように、ほぼ n次近似シェルビンス キー四面体の形状を持ち、第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中点へ向かう方向、あるいは第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向から見たときにだけ画像が現れるものであ る。そのため、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体という、興味深い形状で人々の興味 を引き、じっと見ていれば突然ある画像が思いもかけな力つた姿で表出するという、見 た人に強いインパクトを与えることができる立体ディスプレイとなる。さらに、本発明に 係る立体ディスプレイは、壊れ〖こくく、また、 n—シェルピンスキー四面体により近い形 状であるので、装飾性に優れている。 [0015] In addition, as described above, the stereoscopic display according to the present invention has a substantially n-order approximate Shelbinsky tetrahedron shape and is directed from the midpoint of the first side to the midpoint of the second side, or Midpoint force on the second side The image appears only when viewed from the direction of the force toward the midpoint of the first side. Therefore, it has a strong impact on the viewer that the n-th order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron attracts people's interest in an interesting shape, and suddenly an image appears with unexpected power if you look closely. It becomes a stereoscopic display that can be given. Furthermore, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is excellent in decorativeness because it is fragile and has a shape closer to that of an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron.
[0016] 本発明に係る作成キットは、上記の課題を解決するために、ほぼ n次近似シェルピ ンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体ディスプレイを作成するための作成キットであって 、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片と、これら基材断 片同士を結合するための連結部材とを含み、各基材断片の各頂点には、上記連結 部材が挿入しうる穴が各基材断片の中心に向力つて続くように設けられていることを 特徴としている。 [0016] A creation kit according to the present invention is a creation kit for creating a three-dimensional display having a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron to solve the above-described problem. 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material pieces having a shape and a connecting member for joining the base material pieces to each other. It is characterized in that an insertable hole is provided so as to continue to the center of each base piece.
[0017] また、本発明に係る作成キットは、以上のように、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイを
構成する基材断片と同一の形状を持つ 4n (nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片と、本 発明に係る立体ディスプレイを構成する(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材とを含んで 、る。 そのため、ユーザは、この作成キットを用いて、好みの 2種類の画像を各基板断片上 に形成し、全ての基材断片を連結部材を介して互いに結合することで、好みの画像 が表面に形成された立体ディスプレイを作成することができる。また、上記の作成キッ トを構成する 4n個の基板断片が、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイを構成する基材断 片と同様に第 1の画像および第 2の画像が形成されたものである場合、全ての基材 断片を連結部材を介して互いに結合することで、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイを作 成することができる。 [0017] Further, as described above, the production kit according to the present invention includes the three-dimensional display according to the present invention. 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material pieces having the same shape as the constituent base material pieces, and (2 X 4 n — 2) connecting members constituting the stereoscopic display according to the present invention. Including. For this reason, the user uses this creation kit to form two types of favorite images on each substrate piece, and by joining all the base piece pieces together via a connecting member, the favorite image is displayed on the surface. A formed stereoscopic display can be created. In addition, the 4 n pieces of the substrate constituting the production kit are formed with the first image and the second image in the same manner as the base material piece constituting the stereoscopic display according to the present invention. In this case, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention can be created by bonding all the base material pieces to each other via a connecting member.
また、本発明に係る立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、 n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体の各頂点に対応する 4個の頂点パズル片と、 n次近似シェルピンスキー 四面体を構成する正四面体同士の結合部分の各々に対応する 2(2n+ 1)— 2 (nは任意 の自然数)個の結合パズル片とを含む立体パズルであって、上記結合パズル片の各 々は、基点部と、基点部から異なる方向へ放射状に伸びるように設けられた 3つの第 1リムおよび 3つの第 2リムと力 なり、第 1リムの各々は他の 2つの第 1リムの伸びる方 向に対して 60度の角度をなすように設けられており、第 2リムの各々は他の 2つの第 2 リムの伸びる方向に対して 60度の角度をなすように設けられており、第 1リムの 1つと 第 2リムの 1つとが直線上に揃っており、 3つの第 1リムのうち、 1つの先端には凹部ま たは貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの先端には凸部が形成され、 3つの第 2リムのうち、 2つの先端には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの先端には凸部が形成され 、上記 4個の頂点パズル片は、 2個の第 1頂点パズル片と 2個の第 2頂点パズル片と からなり、上記第 1頂点パズル片は、第 1頂点部と、第 1頂点部から互いに 60度異な る方向へ向力つて放射状に伸びる 3つの第 3リムと力もなり、 3つの第 3リムのうち、 1つ の先端には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの先端には凸部が形成され、上 記第 2頂点パズル片は、第 2頂点部と、第 2頂点部力も互いに 60度異なる方向へ向 力つて放射状に伸びる 3つの第 4リムとからなり、 3つの第 4リムのうち、 2つの先端に は凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの先端には凸部が形成され、上記凸部は
、上記凹部または貫通孔に嵌合しうるように形成されて 、ることを特徴として 、る。 In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention corresponds to each vertex of the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron so that when it is correctly combined, a finished product having a frame shape of an approximately nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained. 2 (2n + 1) — 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) connected puzzles corresponding to each of the 4 vertex puzzle pieces to be connected and the connected parts of the regular tetrahedrons that make up the nth-order approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron Each of the combined puzzle pieces includes a base point, three first rims and three second rims provided to extend radially from the base point in different directions, and force Each of the first rims is provided at an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the direction in which the other two first rims extend, and each of the second rims extends from the other two second rims. It is set to make an angle of 60 degrees to the direction, One of the rims and one of the second rims are aligned on a straight line. Of the three first rims, one tip has a recess or through hole, and the other two tips have a protrusion. Of the three second rims, two tips are formed with recesses or through holes, and the remaining one tip is formed with a projection, and the above four vertex puzzle pieces have two second rims. It consists of one vertex puzzle piece and two second vertex puzzle pieces, and the first vertex puzzle piece extends radially from the first vertex and from the first vertex in directions different from each other by 60 degrees. One third of the three rims has a recess or a through hole, and the other two tips have a protrusion, and the second vertex puzzle piece is The second apex part and the third apex force are also directed to 60 degrees different from each other, and the three fourth rims extend radially. Of the four rims, two tips have recesses or through-holes, and the remaining one tip has a protrusion. It is formed so as to be able to fit into the recess or the through hole.
[0019] また、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、上記立体パズルを正しく結合させることに よって得られるほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造 物に対し、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4n個の正四面体の各面を形 成するように各パズル片をシートで被覆してなり、上記構造物の互いに対向する 2つ の辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物を第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中点へ 向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画像が現れるように、各正四面体におけ る、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、 第 1の画像の断片が形成され、上記構造物を第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ向か う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の画像が現れるように、各正四面体における、 第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、第 2の画像の断片が形成されて 、ることを特徴として!/、る。 In addition, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention provides an n-order approximate shell pin for a structure having a frame shape of an approximately n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle. each face of 4 n-number of tetrahedral body constituting the ski tetrahedron to form formed becomes covered each puzzle piece in a sheet, the two sides facing each other of the structure first edge and the second Assuming that there are two sides, each tetrahedron should have a square shape so that the first square image appears when the structure is viewed from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side. A fragment of the first image is formed on a sheet of two surfaces sandwiching a side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side, and the structure is moved from the midpoint of the second side. Each square is aligned so that a second image that is approximately square appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. It is characterized in that a fragment of the second image is formed on a sheet of two faces sandwiching a side that is a part of the second side or parallel to the second side in the face body! /
[0020] また、本発明に係る立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n+ 1次近似シェル ピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、 n+ 1次近似シェルビンス キー四面体の各頂点を含む正四面体に対応する、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4個 の頂点パズル片と、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4つずつの正四面 体力もなるグループ同士の結合部分に対応する、 2(2n+1)— 2 (nは任意の自然数)個 の結合パズル片とを含む立体パズルであって、上記結合パズル片は、ほぼ正四面体 の形状を持つ第 1および第 2の断片を、第 1の断片の第 1辺と第 2の断片の第 1辺とが 同一直線上に揃い、かつ、第 1の断片における第 1辺を挟む 2つの面と第 2の断片に おける第 1辺を挟む 2つの面とがそれぞれ同一平面上に揃うように、頂点同士で結合 したものであり、第 1の断片における、第 2の断片と結合された頂点を除く 3つの頂点 のうち、 1つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの頂点には凸部が形 成され、第 2の断片における、第 1の断片と結合された頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 2つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの頂点には凸部が形成され 、上記 4個の頂点パズル片は、 2個の第 3頂点パズル片と 2個の第 4頂点パズル片と からなり、上記第 3頂点パズル片における、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の 頂点に対応する頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 2つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が
形成され、残り 1つの頂点には凸部が形成され、上記第 4頂点ノズル片における、 n + 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の頂点に対応する頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 1つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの頂点には凸部が形成され 、上記凸部は、上記凹部または貫通孔に対して嵌脱自在となるように形成されている ことを特徴としている。 [0020] Further, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention provides an n + first-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron that, when correctly combined, provides a finished product having a shape of an approximately n + first-order approximate shell pinski tetrahedron. Four tetragonal puzzle pieces with the shape of an almost regular tetrahedron corresponding to the regular tetrahedron containing each vertex of, and groups of four regular tetrahedron forces that make up the first approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron 2 (2n + 1) — 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) connected puzzle pieces corresponding to the connected parts of the three-dimensional puzzle, and the connected puzzle pieces have a substantially tetrahedral shape. The first and second pieces have two surfaces on which the first side of the first piece and the first side of the second piece are collinear and sandwich the first side of the first piece. At the vertices, the two faces that sandwich the first side of the second piece are aligned on the same plane. Of the three vertices in the first fragment, excluding the vertex connected to the second fragment, one vertex has a recess or through hole, and the remaining two vertices have a protrusion. Of the three vertices of the second fragment excluding the vertices connected to the first fragment, two vertices have recesses or through holes, and the remaining one vertex has a protrusion. The four vertex puzzle pieces are formed of two third vertex puzzle pieces and two fourth vertex puzzle pieces, and the n + first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron in the third vertex puzzle piece. Of the three vertices excluding those corresponding to the vertices, two vertices have recesses or through holes. One of the three vertices excluding the vertex corresponding to the vertex of the n + 1-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron in the fourth vertex nozzle piece is formed. A concave portion or a through hole is formed on the remaining two vertices, and a convex portion is formed on the remaining two vertices. The convex portion is formed so as to be detachable from the concave portion or the through hole. Yes.
[0021] また、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、上記立体パズルを正しく結合させることに よって得られるほぼ n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ構造物に対し 、上記構造物の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物 を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画 像が現れるように、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する各正四面体にお ける、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の 画像の断片が形成され、上記構造物を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向 に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の画像が現れるように、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー 四面体を構成する各正四面体における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平 行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴として いる。 [0021] In addition, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is configured so that the structure is opposed to a structure having an approximately n + 1 first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle. Assuming that the two sides are the first and second sides, the first image of a substantially square shape when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side. In each regular tetrahedron composing the n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron, the two surfaces sandwiching the side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side are N + so that when the first image fragment is formed and the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side toward the midpoint of the first side, a second image that is approximately square appears. First order approximate shell pin ski Each part of the regular tetrahedron that forms the tetrahedron is a part of the second side or the second The two faces sandwiching the sides a flat line, have a feature that the fragment of the second image is formed.
[0022] また、本発明に係る立体パズルは、前記の正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シ エルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ完成品が得られる立体パズルに対し 、結合パズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 1リム、結合パズル片の各々を構成する 3 つの第 2リム、第 1頂点パズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 3リム、および第 2頂点パ ズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 4リムのそれぞれにおける、 60度をなすリム間のそ れぞれに、 4つの頂点の角度が順に 60度、 90度、 120度、 90度である 4辺形の面が 、リムが各面の 2辺を形成するように形成され、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるようになつていることを特徴 としている。 [0022] In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is a combination of the puzzle pieces of the three-dimensional puzzle in which a finished product having a frame shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Selpinski tetrahedron is obtained when correctly combined. Each of the three first limbs that make up each, the three second rims that make up each of the combined puzzle pieces, the three third rims that make up each of the first vertex puzzle pieces, and each of the second vertex puzzle pieces In each of the three 4th rims that make up, between the rims forming 60 degrees, there is a quadrilateral surface with the angles of the four vertices being 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 90 degrees in order. The rim is formed so as to form two sides of each surface, and when it is correctly combined, it is characterized in that a finished product having an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape is obtained. .
[0023] また、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意 の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体 の形状を持つ基材に対し、上記基材表面に第 1および第 2の画像を形成してなる立
体ディスプレイであって、上記基材断片は、布、紙などのシートで構成され、上記基 材の 6辺のうち、対向する 2つの辺を、辺 Aおよび辺 Bとすると、上記基材における辺 A以外の 5つの辺は、それらの辺のそれぞれに沿って 5本の棒が基材内に挿入され ることにより支えられ、それら 5本の棒は、辺 Bを共有する 2つの正三角形の枠をなし、 上記基材は、それら 2つの正三角形の枠がなす角度が 0度近くになるまで、一方の枠 を他方の枠に対して辺 Bを軸として回動させることにより、ほぼ平面状に折り畳むこと ができるようになっており、上記基材における、辺 Aおよび辺 Bと同一であっても異な つていてもよい互いに対向する 2つの辺を、第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、第 1辺の中 点から第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるように、各基材断 片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に 、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ向かう方向 に見たときに第 2の画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部である かあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されて 、ることを特徴として 、る。 In addition, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention is a substantially nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. For a substrate having a body shape, a first and second image is formed on the substrate surface. In the body display, the base piece is composed of a sheet of cloth, paper, etc., and two sides facing each other out of the six sides of the base are side A and side B. The five sides other than side A are supported by five bars inserted into the substrate along each of the sides, and these five bars are two equilateral triangles that share side B. By rotating one frame with respect to the other frame about the side B until the angle formed by the two equilateral triangular frames is close to 0 degrees, The two sides facing each other, which may be the same as or different from side A and side B, in the base material, are the first side and the second side. Then, the first image appears when looking in the direction from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side. As shown in the figure, fragments of the first image are formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in each base piece, Each substrate fragment is either part of the second side or parallel to the second side so that the second image appears when viewed in the direction from the middle point of the side toward the middle point of the first side. A feature is that a fragment of the second image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a certain side.
また、本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意 の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体 の形状を持つ基材に対し、上記基材表面に第 1および第 2の画像を形成してなる立 体ディスプレイであって、上記各基材断片の 4つの面は、折り目以外の部分がほぼ平 面形状を維持しうるシートで構成され、上記基材の 6辺のうち、対向する 2つの辺を、 辺 Aおよび辺 Bとすると、上記基材における辺 A以外の 5つの辺は、それらの辺のそ れぞれに沿って 5本の棒が基材内に挿入されることにより支えられ、それら 5本の棒 は、辺 Bを共有する 2つの正三角形の枠をなし、上記基材は、それら 2つの正三角形 の枠がなす角度が 0度近くになるまで、一方の枠を他方の枠に対して辺 Bを軸として 回動させることにより、ほぼ平面状に折り畳むことができるようになっており、各基材断 片を構成するシートにおける、辺 Aの一部であるかあるいは辺 Aに平行である辺 aを 挟む 2つの面は、基材を折り畳むときには、辺 aで互いに分断でき、各基材断片にお ける辺 aを挟む 2つの面の各々には、両側が互いにほぼ接するまで折り曲げ可能な 折り目が辺 aの中点力 辺 aに対向する頂点まで設けられており、基材が折り畳まれ
たときには、上記折り目で折り曲げられて、長辺と短辺との長さの比が 2 : 3である 2 枚の同じ大きさを持つ長方形のシートを 1つの長辺および 2つの短辺で接合した形 状となり、上記基材における、辺 Aおよび辺 Bと同一であっても異なっていてもよい互 いに対向する 2つの辺を、第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中 点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 1 辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断 片が形成されており、第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 2 の画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺 に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴と している。 In addition, the three-dimensional display according to the present invention has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. The four-sided surface of each of the above-mentioned base material pieces is substantially flat except for the folds. If the two sides facing each other among the six sides of the base material are defined as side A and side B, the five sides other than side A in the base material are those sides. The five bars are supported by being inserted into the base material along each of the two, and these five bars form two equilateral triangular frames sharing side B. Until one of the two equilateral triangles is close to 0 degrees, the side B As a result, the side a that is a part of the side A or parallel to the side A in the sheet constituting each base piece can be folded. The two surfaces sandwiched can be separated from each other by side a when folding the substrate, and each of the two surfaces sandwiching side a in each substrate piece has a fold that can be folded until both sides are almost in contact with each other. Middle point force of a It is provided up to the vertex facing side a, and the base material is folded When folded, the two folds of the same size are joined at one long side and two short sides, with the ratio of the length of the long side to the short side being 2: 3. If two sides facing each other, which may be the same as or different from side A and side B in the substrate, are the first side and the second side, Each substrate fragment is either part of the first side or parallel to the first side so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction from the middle point toward the middle point of the second side. A fragment of the first image is formed on two faces that sandwich a side, and the second image appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. As shown, the second image fragment is formed on the two faces of each substrate fragment that sandwich the side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side. It is characterized in.
本発明に係る立体ディスプレイは、第 1、第 2、第 3、および第 4の画像が基材表面 に形成された立体ディスプレイであって、上記基材は、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4 n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルビンス キー四面体の形状を持つものであり、各基材断片における 4つの面 A、面 B、面 C、 および面 Dのうち、面 Aには、面 Aおよび面 Bに挟まれた第 1辺の中点から面 Cおよび 面 Dに挟まれた第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 1の画像の断片のみが 見え、面 Aおよび面 Cに挟まれた第 3辺の中点から面 Bおよび面 Dに挟まれた第 4辺 の中点へ向かう方向に見たときには第 3の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキ ユラ一プリントによって、第 1および第 3の画像の断片が形成されており、面 Bには、第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 1の画像の断片のみが 見え、第 4辺の中点力も第 3辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときには第 4の画像の断片 のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 1および第 4の画像の断片が 形成されており、面 Cには、第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たとき には第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、第 3辺の中点力 第 4辺の中点へ向力う方向に 見たときには第 3の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、 第 2および第 3の画像の断片が形成されており、面 Dには、第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺 の中点へ向かう方向に見たときには第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、第 4辺の中点か ら第 3辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 4の画像の断片のみが見えるように、
レンチキュラープリントによって、第 2および第 4の画像の断片が形成されていることを 特徴としている。 The stereoscopic display according to the present invention is a stereoscopic display in which the first, second, third, and fourth images are formed on the surface of the substrate, and the substrate has a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments obtained by combining approximately 4th order A, B, and B surfaces of each substrate fragment. Of surface C and surface D, surface A is directed in the direction from the midpoint of the first side between surfaces A and B to the midpoint of the second side between surfaces C and D Only the first image fragment is visible, and it looks from the midpoint of the third side sandwiched between plane A and plane C to the midpoint of the fourth side sandwiched between plane B and plane D. The first and third image fragments are formed by the lenticular print so that only the third image fragment is visible. When viewing in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, only the first image fragment is visible, and the midpoint force of the fourth side is also directed toward the midpoint of the third side. The first and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fourth image fragment can be seen when viewed in FIG. When looking in the direction toward the midpoint, only the fragment of the second image is visible, and the midpoint force on the third side is the third image when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the fourth side The second and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fragments of the second side are visible, and the surface D is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. Only the second image fragment is visible, and when viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the fourth side toward the midpoint of the third side, only the fourth image fragment is visible. like, The second and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
[図 1]図 1は、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 1] FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a base material having a shape of a 1 shell pin ski tetrahedron.
[図 2(a)]図 2 (a)は、画像が形成されたシートを、上記基材上に貼り付けるために切断 した様子を示す平面図である。 [FIG. 2 (a)] FIG. 2 (a) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut in order to stick it onto the substrate.
[図 2(b)]図 2 (b)は、画像が形成されたシートを、上記基材上に貼り付けるために切断 した様子を示す平面図である。 [FIG. 2 (b)] FIG. 2 (b) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut in order to stick it onto the substrate.
[図 3]図 3は、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対して画像が形成さ れた様子を示す上面図である。 FIG. 3 is a top view showing a state in which an image is formed on a base material having a 1-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
[図 4(a)]図 4 (a)は、画像が形成されたシートを、 2 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状 を持つ基材上に貼り付けるために切断した様子を示す平面図である。 [FIG. 4 (a)] FIG. 4 (a) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image is formed is cut in order to stick it onto a substrate having the shape of a two-shell pinski tetrahedron.
[図 4(b)]図 4 (b)は、画像が形成されたシートを、 2 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状 を持つ基材上に貼り付けるために切断した様子を示す平面図である。 [FIG. 4 (b)] FIG. 4 (b) is a plan view showing a state in which a sheet on which an image has been formed is cut to be stuck on a base material having a two-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
[図 5(al)]図 5 (al)は、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル 片を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 5 (al)] FIG. 5 (al) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 5(a2)]図 5 (a2)は、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル 片を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 5 (a2)] FIG. 5 (a2) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 5(b)]図 5 (b)は、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片を 示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 5 (b)] FIG. 5 (b) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 5(c)]図 5 (c)は、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片を 示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 5 (c)] FIG. 5 (c) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 5(d)]図 5 (d)は、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片を 示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 5 (d)] FIG. 5 (d) is a perspective view showing the puzzle pieces constituting the three-dimensional puzzle according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 6]本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体パズルを示す斜視図である。 FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a three-dimensional puzzle according to one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 7(a)]図 7 (a)は、本発明の他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片 および棒を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 7 (a)] FIG. 7 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 7(b)]図 7 (b)は、本発明の他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル
片および棒を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 7 (b)] FIG. 7 (b) is a puzzle constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows a piece and a stick | rod.
圆 8(a)]図 8 (a)は、本発明の他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片 および棒を示す斜視図である。 圆 8 (a)] FIG. 8 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 8(b)]図 8 (b)は、本発明の他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル 片および棒を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 8 (b)] FIG. 8 (b) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 8(c)]図 8 (c)は、本発明の他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル 片および棒を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 8 (c)] FIG. 8 (c) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a bar constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 9(a)]図 9 (a)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパ ズル片を示す図である。 [9 (a)] FIG. 9 (a) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 9(b)]図 9 (b)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパ ズル片を示す図である。 [9 (b)] FIG. 9 (b) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 9(c)]図 9 (c)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパ ズル片を示す図である。 [FIG. 9 (c)] FIG. 9 (c) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 9(d)]図 9 (d)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパ ズル片を示す図である。 [9 (d)] FIG. 9 (d) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10(a)]図 10 (a)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する パズル片を示す図である。 [FIG. 10 (a)] FIG. 10 (a) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10(b)]図 10 (b)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する パズル片を示す図である。 [FIG. 10 (b)] FIG. 10 (b) is a diagram showing puzzle pieces constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10(c)]図 10 (c)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する パズル片を示す図である。 [FIG. 10 (c)] FIG. 10 (c) is a diagram showing a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 11]図 11は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルにおけるパズル 片同士の結合部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a joint portion between puzzle pieces in a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 12]図 12は、 2—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対して画像が形成 された様子を示す上面図である。 FIG. 12 is a top view showing a state in which an image is formed on a base material having a 2-shell pinski tetrahedron shape.
[図 13(a)]図 13 (a)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する パズル片および連結部材を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 13 (a)] FIG. 13 (a) is a perspective view showing a puzzle piece and a connecting member constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 13(b)]図 13 (b)は、本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する
パズル片および連結部材を示す斜視図である。 [FIG. 13 (b)] FIG. 13 (b) constitutes a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows a puzzle piece and a connection member.
[図 14(a)]図 14 (a)は、互いに結合された 2つのパズル片と他の 1つのパズル片とを連 結部材を介して結合する方法を説明するための図であり、連結部材を挿入する様子 を示す図である。 [FIG. 14 (a)] FIG. 14 (a) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting two puzzle pieces connected to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that a member is inserted.
[図 14(b)]図 14 (b)は、互いに結合された 2つのパズル片と他の 1つのパズル片とを連 結部材を介して結合する方法を説明するための図であり、結合が完了した様子を示 す図である。 [FIG. 14 (b)] FIG. 14 (b) is a diagram for explaining a method of joining two puzzle pieces joined to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that was completed.
[図 15(a)]図 15 (a)は、互いに結合された 3つのパズル片と他の 1つのパズル片とを連 結部材を介して結合する方法を説明するための図であり、連結部材を挿入する様子 を示す図である。 [FIG. 15 (a)] FIG. 15 (a) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting three puzzle pieces connected to each other and another puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows a mode that a member is inserted.
[図 15(b)]図 15 (b)は、互いに結合された 3つのパズル片と他の 1つのパズル片とを連 結部材を介して結合する方法を説明するための図であり、この結合によって得られる 1 -シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品を示す図である。 [FIG. 15 (b)] FIG. 15 (b) is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting three puzzle pieces connected to each other and one other puzzle piece via a connecting member. It is a figure which shows the finished product which has the shape of 1-Shelpinski tetrahedron obtained by combination.
[図 16]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を 示す図である。 FIG. 16 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 17]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を 示す図である。 圆 17] A view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 18]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を 示す図である。 FIG. 18 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 19]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を 示す図である。 FIG. 19 is a view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 20]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 1頂点パズル 片を示す図である。 圆 20] A diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 21]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 1頂点パズル 片 (または第 2頂点パズル片)を示す図である。 圆 21] A diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece (or a second vertex puzzle piece) constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 22]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 1頂点パズル 片 (または第 2頂点パズル片)を示す図である。 [22] FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a first vertex puzzle piece (or a second vertex puzzle piece) constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 23]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 1頂点パズル
片 (または第 2頂点パズル片)を示す図である。 [23] First vertex puzzle constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention It is a figure which shows a piece (or 2nd vertex puzzle piece).
圆 24]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 2頂点パズル 片を示す図である。 [24] FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a second vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 25]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、貫通孔が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 25 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 26]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、貫通孔が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 26 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 27]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、貫通孔が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 27 is a view showing a structure of a rim tip portion in which a through hole is formed in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 28]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、凸部が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 29]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、凸部が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 30]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成するパズル片におけ る、凸部が形成されたリム先端部の構造を示す図である。 FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a structure of a rim tip portion formed with a convex portion in a puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 31]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを正しく結合することにより 得られる、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造物を示す 斜視図である。 FIG. 31 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 32]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を 示す斜視図である。 FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 33]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 3頂点パズル 片を示す斜視図である。 [33] FIG. 33] A perspective view showing a third vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 34]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 4頂点パズル 片を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing a fourth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 35]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを正しく結合することにより 得られる、 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造物を示す 斜視図である。 FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 36]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する結合パズル片を
示す斜視図である。 FIG. 36 shows a combined puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view shown.
圆 37]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 5頂点パズル 片を示す斜視図である。 [37] FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing a fifth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 38]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを構成する第 6頂点パズル 片を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 38 is a perspective view showing a sixth vertex puzzle piece constituting a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 39]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る立体パズルを正しく結合することにより 得られる、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造物を示す 斜視図である。 FIG. 39 is a perspective view showing a structure having a frame shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly joining a three-dimensional puzzle according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 40]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイを示す斜視図である。 FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 41]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイの、折り畳む途中の状態を示す斜視図で あり、 FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing a state in the middle of folding of a foldable three-dimensional display having the shape of a primary approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
[図 42]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイの、平面状に折り畳んだ状態を示す斜視 図である。 FIG. 42 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention, in a folded state in a plane.
[図 43]図 41の立体ディスプレイに設けられた骨を示す斜視図である。 43 is a perspective view showing bones provided in the three-dimensional display in FIG. 41. FIG.
[図 44]図 40〜図 43に示す立体ディスプレイを作成するための型紙を示す平面図で ある。 FIG. 44 is a plan view showing a pattern for creating the three-dimensional display shown in FIGS. 40 to 43.
[図 45]図 40〜図 43に示す立体ディスプレイを作成する方法を説明するための図で ある。 FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining a method of creating the stereoscopic display shown in FIGS. 40 to 43.
[図 46]レンチキュラープリント面を説明するための図である。 FIG. 46 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
[図 47]レンチキュラープリント面を説明するための図である。 FIG. 47 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
[図 48]レンチキュラープリント面を説明するための図である。 FIG. 48 is a diagram for explaining a lenticular print surface.
[図 49]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 4つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイを 示す斜視である。 FIG. 49 is a perspective view showing a stereoscopic display in which four images can be seen according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
圆 50]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態で用いる型紙を示す平面図である。 [50] FIG. 50 is a plan view showing a pattern used in still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 51]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 4個のパズル片カ なる立体パズルを
解く方法を説明するための図である。 [FIG. 51] A three-dimensional puzzle consisting of four puzzle pieces according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the method to solve.
[図 52]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 16個のパズル片カもなる立体パズルを 解く方法を説明するための図である。 FIG. 52 is a diagram for explaining a method of solving a three-dimensional puzzle that is also composed of 16 puzzle pieces according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 53]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイの、広げた状態を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 53 is a perspective view showing an unfolded state of a foldable three-dimensional display having the shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 54]本発明のさらに他の実施の形態に係る 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイの、平面状に折り畳んだ状態を示す斜視 図である。 FIG. 54 is a perspective view showing a foldable three-dimensional display having a shape of a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to still another embodiment of the present invention, folded in a plane.
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0027] 〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕 [Method of creating a solid on which two images are formed]
n—シェルピンスキー四面体(nは自然数)は、 4n個の正四面体からなる。例えば、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体は 4個の正四面体からなり、 2 シェルピンスキー四面体 は 16個の正四面体からなる。 An n-Sherpinski tetrahedron (n is a natural number) consists of 4 n regular tetrahedrons. For example, 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron consists of 4 regular tetrahedrons, and 2 Sherpinski tetrahedron consists of 16 regular tetrahedrons.
[0028] n シェルピンスキー四面体は、互いに対向する 2辺(互いに接しない 2辺)の組を 3 つ有している。これらの辺の組のうちから 1つを選び、その組を構成する 2つの辺の一 方を第 1辺、他方を第 2辺とする。そして、第 1辺の中点力も第 2辺の中点に向力 方 向を X方向、その逆方向(第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点に向力う方向)を X方向と する。 n シェルピンスキー四面体に X方向力 平行光をあてると、 4n個の正四面体 全ての 2面 (第 1辺を構成するかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺)に光があたり、正方 形の影ができる。同様に、—X方向から平行光をあてると、 4n個の正四面体全ての残 りの 2面 (第 2辺を構成するかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺)に光があたり、正方形 の影ができる。したがって、 n—シェルピンスキー四面体を X方向から見ると、各正四 面体の 2面ずつが見え、全体が正方形に見える。また、 n シェルピンスキー四面体 を— X方向力も見ると、各正四面体の残り 2面ずつが見え、全体が正方形に見える。 [0028] The n-Sherpinski tetrahedron has three sets of two sides facing each other (two sides not in contact with each other). Select one of these pairs of sides, and set one of the two sides that make up the set as the first side and the other as the second side. The midpoint force of the first side is also directed to the midpoint of the second side in the X direction, and the opposite direction (the midpoint force of the second side is directed toward the midpoint of the first side) in the X direction. Let's say. When the X-direction force parallel light is applied to the n Sherpinski tetrahedron, the light hits all two sides of the 4 n regular tetrahedrons (the side that forms the first side or is parallel to the first side) A square shadow is created. Similarly, when parallel light is applied from the -X direction, light hits the remaining two faces (sides that constitute the second side or are parallel to the second side) of all 4 n regular tetrahedrons, A square shadow is created. Therefore, when the n-Sherpinski tetrahedron is viewed from the X direction, two faces of each regular tetrahedron are visible, and the whole appears square. Also, if you look at the n-Sherpinski tetrahedron — the X direction force, you can see the remaining two faces of each regular tetrahedron, and the whole looks square.
[0029] このことから、 n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対し、基材を構成す る正四面体の形状を持つ基材断片の各面に対して、 X方向および X方向力 基材 を見るとそれぞれ 1枚の画像が見えるように画像の断片を形成することによって、 2枚 の画像 (絵、写真、ロゴ、文字など)を n—シェルピンスキー四面体上に形成すること
ができる。 [0029] From this, for the base material having the shape of an n-Shellpinski tetrahedron, the X direction and X Directional force Forms two images (pictures, photos, logos, letters, etc.) on an n-Shelpinsky tetrahedron by forming a fragment of the image so that each image can be seen when looking at the directional force substrate To do Can do.
[0030] n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材上に 2枚の画像が形成された立体 の作成方法について、以下に詳細に説明する。この方法で作成された立体は、実施 の形態 1の広告表示物に用いられる。また、この立体は、実施の形態 2〜5のパズル の完成時の形状とほぼ等しい。ここでは、基材を、第 1辺 (X方向から見たときに一番 手前に見える辺)が水平、第 2辺(一 X方向から見たときに一番手前に見える辺)が鉛 直となるように配置するものとする。 [0030] A method of creating a solid in which two images are formed on a base material having an n-Shellpinsky tetrahedron shape will be described in detail below. The solid created by this method is used for the advertising display of the first embodiment. In addition, this solid is almost the same as the completed shape of the puzzles of Embodiments 2-5. Here, the first side (the side that is the foremost when viewed from the X direction) is horizontal, and the second side (the side that is the foremost when viewed from the X direction) is lead straight. It shall be arranged so that
[0031] まず、正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合すること によって、 n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材を得る。基材断片の材質は 、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ブラスティック (熱可塑性榭脂および熱硬 化性榭脂)や金属等である。また、基材断片は、外形が正四面体の形状であれば、 内部は空洞があってもなくてもよい。基材断片同士の結合方法も、特に限定されるも のではないが、例えば、接着剤を用いて基材断片同士を接着する方法が採用できる [0031] First, 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a regular tetrahedron shape are combined to obtain a base material having an n-Shellpinski tetrahedron shape. The material of the base material fragment is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a blast (thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin) or metal. In addition, the base piece may or may not have a cavity if the outer shape is a regular tetrahedron. The method for bonding the base material fragments is not particularly limited. For example, a method of bonding the base material fragments using an adhesive can be employed.
[0032] 次に、 2辺が水平な正方形を 45度回転した正方形 (つまり、頂点が上下左右にあり 、一方の対角線が水平、他の対角線が鉛直である正方形)の形状を持つシートに絵 や写真等の画像を形成することによって得られるシートを 2枚用意する。これら 2枚の シートをそれぞれシート PAOおよび PBOと呼び、シート PAOおよび PBOに形成された 画像をそれぞれ画像 PA (第 1の画像)および画像 PB (第2の画像)と呼ぶ。 [0032] Next, a picture is drawn on a sheet having the shape of a square that is rotated by 45 degrees from a square with two sides horizontally (that is, a vertex whose top and bottom, left and right, one diagonal is horizontal, and the other diagonal is vertical). Prepare two sheets that can be obtained by forming images such as images. These two sheets are called the sheets PAO and PBO, respectively, and the images formed on the sheets PAO and PBO are called the image PA (first image) and the image PB ( second image), respectively.
[0033] 次に、シート PAOを縦方向(鉛直方向)に 3倍の倍率で引き延ばして縦長に変形 し、菱形のシート PAを得る。また、シート PBOを横方向(水平方向)に 3倍の倍率で 引き延ばして横長に変形し、菱形のシート PBを得る。この変形処理は、シート PAお よび PBを変形する物理的な手法で行ってもよいが、画像処理によって行うとよい。画 像処理を用いる場合、シート PAOおよび PBOからスキャナーによって画像 P Aおよび PBを読み取って画像 P Aおよび PBのデータを取得した後、画像 PAおよび PBのデ ータに対して上記変形に相当する画像処理を行い、処理後の画像データを、上記菱 形のシート PAおよび PBと同一の形状を持つ 2枚のシートにそれぞれ印刷すればよ い。画像処理を用いる場合、シート PAOおよび PBOを用意する代わりに、画像 PAお
よび画像 PBのデータ、あるいは画像 PAおよび画像 PBがー部に形成された長方形 のシートを用いてもよい。 [0033] Next, the sheet PAO is stretched in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction) at a magnification of 3 times and deformed in the longitudinal direction to obtain a diamond-shaped sheet PA. In addition, the sheet PBO is stretched in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction) at a magnification of 3 times and deformed horizontally to obtain a diamond-shaped sheet PB. This deformation process may be performed by a physical method of deforming the sheets PA and PB, but may be performed by image processing. When using image processing, after reading images PA and PB from the sheets PAO and PBO with a scanner to acquire image PA and PB data, the image processing corresponding to the above deformation is performed on the image PA and PB data. The processed image data can be printed on two sheets having the same shape as the diamond-shaped sheets PA and PB. When using image processing, instead of preparing sheets PAO and PBO, Also, a rectangular sheet with image PA and image PB data or image PA and image PB formed in the area may be used.
[0034] 次に、菱形のシート PAを、その一方の辺に平行な方向に沿って 2n個に等分に切断 した後、上記の辺に隣り合う辺に平行な方向に沿って 2n個に等分に切断し、 4n個の 同形の菱形のシートを作成する。同様に、菱形のシート PBを、その一方の辺に平行 な方向に沿って 2n個に等分に切断した後、上記の辺に隣り合う辺に平行な方向に沿 つて 2n個に等分に切断し、 4n個の同形の菱形のシートを作成する。 [0034] Next, a diamond sheet PA, after cutting into aliquoted into 2 n pieces along a direction parallel to one of its sides, 2 along a direction parallel to adjacent sides to the side n Cut into equal pieces and create 4 n identical rhombus sheets. Similarly, the sheet PB diamond, after cutting into aliquoted into 2 n pieces along a direction parallel to one of its sides, the along connexion 2 n pieces in a direction parallel to adjacent sides to the sides equal Cut into 4 minutes and create 4 n identically shaped rhombus sheets.
[0035] 最後に、シート PAから得られた 4n個のシートを、 X方向力 見たときに第 1の画像 P Aが現れるように、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平 行である辺を挟む 2つの面に貼る。同様に、シート PB力も得られた 4n個のシートを、 —X方向から見たときに第 2の画像 PBが現れるように、各基材断片における他の 2つ の面(第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面)に貼る。 これにより、 X方向から見れば第 1の画像 PAが見え、 X方向力 見れば第 2の画像 PBが見える、 n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体が得られる。 [0035] Finally, 4 n sheets obtained from the sheet PA are a part of the first side in each base material fragment so that the first image PA appears when the force in the X direction is viewed. Or stick it on two sides with a side parallel to the first side. Similarly, when the 4 n sheets that have obtained the sheet PB force are viewed from the -X direction, the other two faces (the second side of each side) Affixed to two surfaces that are part of or parallel to the second side. As a result, a solid having the shape of an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained, in which the first image PA can be seen from the X direction and the second image PB can be seen from the X direction force.
[0036] 次に、基材が 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ場合について、基材上に 2 枚の画像を形成する方法をさらに詳細に説明する。 [0036] Next, a method for forming two images on a base material in the case where the base material has a 1-shell pinski tetrahedron shape will be described in more detail.
[0037] 1—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材 5は、図 1に示すように、面 1Α· 1Β· 1C ' IDを有する正四面体の形状を持つ基材断片 1、面 2A' 2B' 2C' 2Dを有する正 四面体の形状を持つ基材断片 2、面 3Α· 3Β· 3C' 3Dを有する正四面体の形状を持 っ基材断片 3、および面 4Α -4B-4C- 4Dを有する正四面体の形状を持つ基材断片 4力らなる。面 1Α· 2Α·4Αは、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の 1つの面(以下、「Α」と 記す)を構成し、面 3Αは、面 Αに平行である。面 2Β· 3Β·4Βは、 1 シェルピンスキ 一四面体の他の 1つの面(以下、「Β」と記す)を構成し、面 1Bは、面 Βに平行である。 面 1C ' 3C'4Cは、 1—シェルピンスキー四面体のさらに他の 1つの面(以下、「C」と 記す)を構成し、面 2Cは、面 Cに平行である。面 ID' 2D· 3Dは、 1—シェルピンスキ 一四面体のさらに他の 1つの面(以下、「D」と記す)を構成し、面 4Dは、面 Dに平行 である。 [0037] 1—Substrate 5 having the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron, as shown in FIG. 1, is a substrate fragment 1 having the shape of a regular tetrahedron having surface 1Α · 1Β · 1C ′ ID, surface 2A '2B' 2C 'Substrate fragment with tetrahedron shape with 2D, surface 3Α · 3Β · 3C' Substrate fragment with tetrahedron shape with 3D, and surface 4 面 -4B-4C -Substrate fragment with regular tetrahedron shape with 4D 4 forces. Surfaces 1Α, 2Α, and 4Α constitute one surface of the 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron (hereinafter referred to as “Α”), and surface 3Α is parallel to surface Α. Surfaces 2Β, 3Β, and 4Β constitute one other surface (hereinafter referred to as “Β”) of 1 shell pin ski tetrahedron, and surface 1B is parallel to surface Β. Surface 1C '3C'4C constitutes another surface of the 1-Shelpinsky tetrahedron (hereinafter referred to as "C"), and surface 2C is parallel to surface C. The surface ID '2D · 3D constitutes another surface (hereinafter referred to as “D”) of the 1-shell pinski tetrahedron, and the surface 4D is parallel to the surface D.
[0038] まず、前述した方法で、菱形のシート PAおよび PBを用意する。
[0039] 次に、図 2 (a)に示すように、菱形のシート PAを、その一方の辺に平行な方向に沿 つて 2個に等分に切断した後、上記の辺に隣り合う辺に平行な方向に沿って 2個に等 分に切断し、 4個の同形の菱形のシートを作成し、図 2 (a)のように真上の菱形力 左 回りに順に PA1〜PA4と名付ける。同様に、図 2 (b)に示すように、菱形のシート PB を、その一方の辺に平行な方向に沿って 2個に等分に切断した後、上記の辺に隣り 合う辺に平行な方向に沿って 2個に等分に切断し、 4個の同形の菱形のシートを作成 し、図 2 (b)のように真上の菱側力 右回りに順に PB1〜PB4と名付ける。 [0038] First, rhombus sheets PA and PB are prepared by the method described above. Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (a), the rhombus sheet PA is cut into two equal parts along a direction parallel to one side thereof, and then the side adjacent to the above side. Cut into two equal parts along the direction parallel to, create four identical rhombus sheets, and name them PA1 to PA4 sequentially in the counterclockwise diamond force counterclockwise as shown in Fig. 2 (a) . Similarly, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), the rhombic sheet PB is cut into two equal parts along a direction parallel to one side thereof, and then parallel to the side adjacent to the above side. Cut into two equal parts along the direction, create four identical rhombus sheets, and name them PB1 to PB4 in the clockwise direction, as shown in Fig. 2 (b).
[0040] 最後に、シート PA1〜PA4を、 x方向から見たときに第 1の画像 PAが現れるように、 各基材断片 1〜4における第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面、すなわち、面 1A〜4Aおよび面 1B〜4Bに貼る。より詳細には、シート P A1〜PA4の上半分 PA1U〜PA4Uを面 1A〜4Aに貼り、シート PA1〜PA4の下 半分 PAIDを面 1B〜4Bに貼る。同様に、シート PB1〜PB4を、 x方向力も見たと きに第 2の画像 PBが現れるように、各基材断片 1〜4における他の 2つの面、すなわ ち面 1C〜4Cおよび面 1D〜4Dに貼る。より詳細には、シート PB1〜PB4の左半分 P B1L〜PB4Lを面 1C〜4Cに貼り、シート PA1〜PA4の右半分 PAIRを面 1D〜4D に貼る。これにより、 X方向から見れば第 1の画像 PAが見え、 X方向から見れば第 2 の画像 PBが見える、 1—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体 10が得られる。 [0040] Finally, the sheet PA1 to PA4 is a part of the first side or the first side in each of the base material fragments 1 to 4 so that the first image PA appears when viewed from the x direction. Affixed to two surfaces, ie, surfaces 1A to 4A and surfaces 1B to 4B. More specifically, the upper half PA1U to PA4U of sheets PA1 to PA4 is attached to faces 1A to 4A, and the lower half PAID of sheets PA1 to PA4 is attached to faces 1B to 4B. Similarly, when the sheets PB1 to PB4 are also viewed in the x-direction force, the other two surfaces in each substrate fragment 1 to 4, that is, surfaces 1C to 4C and surface 1D, so that the second image PB appears. Apply to ~ 4D. More specifically, the left halves P B1L to PB4L of sheets PB1 to PB4 are affixed to faces 1C to 4C, and the right half PAIR of sheets PA1 to PA4 is affixed to faces 1D to 4D. As a result, a solid 10 having the shape of a 1-Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained in which the first image PA can be seen from the X direction and the second image PB can be seen from the X direction.
[0041] 得られた立体 10を、面 1A, 1C, 1Dによって共有される頂点から基材 5の中心に向 力う方向に見た様子を図 3に示す。 [0041] FIG. 3 shows a state in which the obtained solid 10 is viewed in a direction from the apex shared by the surfaces 1A, 1C, and 1D toward the center of the substrate 5.
[0042] なお、ここでは、画像が形成されたシートを、基材に貼ることによって基材上に画像 を形成する方法について説明したが、基材上に画像を形成する方法は、これに限定 されるものではなぐ例えば、画像が形成されたシートを基材断片に貼った後、基材 断片同士を結合させる方法;基材断片上に塗装や印刷等によって画像を形成した後 、基材断片同士を結合させる方法等であってもよい。 [0042] Although a method for forming an image on a substrate by pasting a sheet on which the image is formed on the substrate has been described here, the method for forming an image on the substrate is not limited thereto. For example, a method in which a sheet on which an image is formed is pasted on a base piece, and then the base pieces are joined together; after forming an image on the base piece by painting or printing, the base piece For example, a method of bonding each other may be used.
[0043] 画像が形成されたシートを基材断片に貼った後、基材断片同士を結合させる方法 について、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材 5を用 、た場合を例に挙 げて説明する。 [0043] Regarding a method of bonding the base material pieces after pasting the sheet on which the image is formed to the base material pieces, the case where the base material 5 having the shape of 1 shellpinsky tetrahedron is used is taken as an example. Explain.
[0044] まず、前述した方法で、菱形のシート PA1〜PA4および PB1〜PB4を用意する。
[0045] 次に、基材 5を構成する正四面体形の基材断片 1〜4を、それぞれの 1つの面が水 平となるように並べる。そして、菱形のシート PA1および PB1を 1つの正四面体形の 基材断片 1の 2面ずつに貼り、菱形のシート PA2および PB2を 1つの正四面体形の 基材断片 2の 2面ずつに貼り、菱形のシート PA3および PB3を 1つの正四面体形の 基材断片 3の 2面ずつに貼り、菱形のシート PA4および PB4を 1つの正四面体形の 基材断片 4の 2面ずつに貼る。このとき、画像 Aおよび Bの上下と、基材断片 1〜4の 上下とがー致するように、シート PA1〜PA4および PB1〜PB4を貼る。これらにより、 画像 Aおよび Bの断片が形成された正四面体形の基材断片 1〜4 (以下、 1P〜4Pと 記す)が得られる。 First, rhombus sheets PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 are prepared by the method described above. [0045] Next, the tetrahedral substrate fragments 1 to 4 constituting the substrate 5 are arranged so that each one surface is horizontal. Then, the rhombus sheets PA1 and PB1 are pasted on each of the two sides of one tetrahedral base piece 1, and the rhombus sheets PA2 and PB2 are pasted on the two sides of one regular tetrahedral base piece 2. Paste the rhomboid sheets PA3 and PB3 on each of the two sides of one tetrahedral base piece 3 and paste the rhomboid sheets PA4 and PB4 on the two sides of one regular tetrahedral base piece 4. At this time, the sheets PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 are pasted so that the top and bottom of the images A and B coincide with the top and bottom of the base material fragments 1 to 4. As a result, tetrahedral substrate fragments 1 to 4 (hereinafter referred to as 1P to 4P) in which the fragments of images A and B are formed are obtained.
[0046] そのようにして画像 Aおよび Bの断片が形成された正四面体形の基材断片 2P〜4P を、図 3のように配置する。このとき、基材断片 2P〜4Pにおけるシート PA2〜PA4の 下半分が貼られた面は、下を向いている。そして、基材断片 2P〜4Pの 3つの接点を 、接続する。そして、接続した基材断片 2P〜4Pの上に、画像 Aおよび Bの断片が形 成された基材断片 1Pを、図 3のような向きに乗せて基材断片 2P〜4Pと接続する。こ れにより、図 3に示す立体 10が得られる。 [0046] The tetrahedral substrate fragments 2P to 4P in which the fragments of images A and B are thus formed are arranged as shown in FIG. At this time, the surface on which the lower half of the sheets PA2 to PA4 in the base material fragments 2P to 4P is attached faces downward. Then, the three contact points of the base material pieces 2P to 4P are connected. Then, the base material fragment 1P in which the fragments of the images A and B are formed on the connected base material fragments 2P to 4P is placed in the direction shown in FIG. 3 and connected to the base material fragments 2P to 4P. As a result, the solid 10 shown in FIG. 3 is obtained.
[0047] 次に、画像が形成されたシートを基材断片に貼った後、基材断片同士を結合させ る方法で、 2 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ表示物を作成する方法につ!ヽ て説明する。 [0047] Next, there is a method for creating a display object having a shape of 2 shell pin ski tetrahedrons by pasting a sheet on which an image is formed to base material pieces and then bonding the base material pieces together. !
[0048] まず、前述した方法で、図 2 (a)と同様に、菱形のシート PAを切断して 4個の同形の 菱形のシートを作成し、真上の菱形力 左回りに順に PA1〜PA4と名付ける。そして 、図 2 (a)と同様に、菱形のシート PA1を切断して 4個の同形の菱形のシートを作成し 、真上の菱形力も左回りに順に 11〜14となづける。シート PA1と同様にして、シート PA2、 PA3、 PA4をそれぞれ切断して 4個の同型の菱形のシートを作成し、真上の 菱形力ら左回りに川頁に 21〜24、 31〜34、 41〜44と名付ける。このようにして、図 4 ( a)に示すように、計 16個の同型の菱形シートを作成する。 [0048] First, in the same manner as in Fig. 2 (a), the rhombus sheet PA is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the diamond power on the top is in turn counterclockwise PA1 ~ Name it PA4. Then, in the same manner as in FIG. 2 (a), the rhombus sheet PA1 is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the diamond force on the top is also assigned 11-14 in order counterclockwise. Cut sheets PA2, PA3, and PA4 in the same way as sheet PA1 to create four identical rhombus sheets, and counterclockwise rhombus forces 21-24, 31-34, Name them 41-44. In this way, as shown in Fig. 4 (a), a total of 16 identical rhombus sheets are created.
[0049] 同様にして、まず図 2 (b)と同様に菱形のシート PBを切断して 4個の同形の菱形の シートを作成し、真上の菱形力も右回りに順に PB1〜PB4と名付ける。そして、図 2 ( b)と同様に、菱形のシート PB1を切断して 4個の同形の菱形のシートを作成し、真上
の菱形力も右回りに順に 11〜14と名付ける。シート PB1と同様にして、 PB2、 PB3、 PB4を切断して 4個の同型の菱形のシートを作成し、真上の菱形から右回りに順に 2 1〜24、 31〜34、 41〜44と名付ける。このようにして、図 4 (b)に示すように、計 16 個の同型の菱形シートを作成する。 [0049] Similarly, first, the rhombus sheet PB is cut in the same manner as in Fig. 2 (b) to create four identical rhombus sheets, and the rhombus forces directly above are also named PB1 to PB4 in order clockwise. . Then, as in Fig. 2 (b), the rhombus sheet PB1 is cut to create four identical rhombus sheets, The diamond powers are also named 11-14 in order clockwise. Cut sheet PB2, PB3, and PB4 in the same way as sheet PB1 to create four identical rhombus sheets, and turn them in the clockwise order from the diamond just above 2 1-24, 31-34, 41-44 Name it. In this way, a total of 16 identical rhombus sheets are created as shown in Fig. 4 (b).
[0050] 次に、基材を構成する 4つの正四面体形の基材断片を、それぞれの 1つの面が水 平となるように並べる。そして、基材断片 1〜4に対してシート PA1〜PA4および PB1 〜PB4を貼ったのと同様にして、上記 4つの基材断片に対して、シート PAから得られ たシート 11〜14およびシート PBから得られたシート 11〜14を貼る。そして、前述し た基材断片 1P〜4Pの接続方法と同様にして、 4つの基材断片を接続する。これによ つて、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体が得られる。 [0050] Next, the four regular tetrahedron-shaped substrate pieces constituting the substrate are arranged so that each one surface is horizontal. Then, in the same manner that the sheets PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 were attached to the base material fragments 1 to 4, the sheets 11 to 14 and the sheets obtained from the sheet PA were applied to the four base material fragments. Paste sheets 11 to 14 obtained from PB. Then, the four base material fragments are connected in the same manner as the connection method of the base material fragments 1P to 4P described above. This gives a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron.
[0051] 同様の処理を、シート PAから得られたシート 21〜24およびシート PBから得られた シート 21〜24、シート PAから得られたシート 31〜34およびシート PBから得られたシ ート 31〜34、シート PAから得られたシート 41〜44およびシート PBから得られたシ ート 41〜44につ!/、ても行うことにより、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体が 3つ得られる。 [0051] The same treatment was performed on sheets 21 to 24 obtained from sheet PA and sheet 21 to 24 obtained from sheet PB, sheets 31 to 34 obtained from sheet PA and sheet PB obtained from sheet PB. 31-34, sheets 41-44 obtained from sheet PA, and sheets 41-44 obtained from sheet PB! /, Even if performed, three 1 Shelpinski tetrahedrons are obtained.
[0052] そして、得られた 4つのシェルピンスキー四面体を、前述した基材断片 1P〜4Pの 接続方法と同様にして接続することにより、 X方向から見れば第 1の画像 PAが見え、 —X方向から見れば第 2の画像 PBが見える、 2—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を 持つ立体が得られる。 [0052] Then, by connecting the four shell pin ski tetrahedrons obtained in the same manner as the connection method of the base material fragments 1P to 4P described above, the first image PA can be seen from the X direction, —If you look from the X direction, you can see the second image PB.
[0053] 以上のようにして得られる 2 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体を図 12に 示す。図 12にお!/ヽて、 11〜14, 21〜24, 31〜34,および 41〜44は、それぞれと 同じ番号を付した図 4 (a)および図 4 (b)のシートが貼られた正四面体形の基材断片 を示す。 FIG. 12 shows a solid having the shape of a two-shell Pinsky tetrahedron obtained as described above. In Fig. 12, the sheets of Fig. 4 (a) and Fig. 4 (b) with the same numbers are attached to 11-14, 21-24, 31-34, and 41-44, respectively. A regular tetrahedral base piece is shown.
[0054] また、 nが 3以上の X方向力 見れば第 1の画像 PAが見え、 x方向力 見れば第 2 の画像 PBが見える、 n シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体も、同様の手法 で作成することができる。 [0054] In addition, the first image PA can be seen if the force in the X direction with n equal to or greater than 3 is seen, and the second image PB can be seen if the force in the x direction is seen. This method can be used.
[0055] 〔実施の形態 1〕 [Embodiment 1]
本発明の広告表示物は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項でのベ た、 X方向力も見れば第 1の画像が見え、—X方向から見れば第 2の画像が見える、 n
シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体において、上記 2つの画像として 2つの 広告画像を用いたものである。すなわち、本発明の広告表示物は、第 1および第 2の 広告画像が基材表面に形成された広告表示物であって、上記基材は、ほぼ正四面 体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得られる、ほぼ n— シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものであり、上記基材の 4辺のうち、互いに対 向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記基材を第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の 中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 1の広告画像が現れるように、各基材断片における 、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の広 告画像の断片が形成されており、上記基材を第 2辺の中点力ゝら第 1辺の中点へ向か う方向に見たときに第 2の広告画像が現れるように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の 一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の広告画像の断 片が形成されている。本広告表示物の作成方法は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体 の作成方法〕の項でのベた方法でもよいし、また、〔実施の形態 5〕の項で述べる方法 によってもよい。 The advertisement display according to the present invention can be seen in the [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], as seen in the X direction force, the first image, and in the −X direction, the second image. Can see the n In a solid with the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron, two advertising images are used as the above two images. That is, the advertisement display object of the present invention is an advertisement display object in which the first and second advertisement images are formed on the surface of the base material, and the base material has a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n Is a natural n-Sherpinski tetrahedron shape obtained by combining pieces of base material pieces (any natural number). Of the four sides of the base material, two sides facing each other Assuming that the first side and the second side are used, each base material is displayed so that the first advertisement image appears when the base material is viewed from the midpoint of the first side toward the midpoint of the second side. Fragments of the first advertisement image are formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the first side or parallel to the first side in the fragment, and the substrate is placed on the second side. It is a part of the second side in each base piece so that the second advertisement image appears when viewed from the midpoint force toward the midpoint of the first side. The two surfaces sandwiching the edge are parallel to the two sides, fragments of the second advertisement image is formed. The method for creating this advertisement display may be the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed] or the method described in the section [Embodiment 5].
[0056] 上記広告画像としては、例えば、店舗や企業などのロゴマーク、商品名や企業名な どの文字が挙げられる。 [0056] Examples of the advertisement image include characters such as a logo mark of a store or a company, a product name, or a company name.
[0057] 以上のように、本発明の広告表示物は、表示しょうとする 2種類の広告画像を n—シ エルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材表面に形成したもの(例えば、表示しようと する写真やロゴなどを n シェルピンスキー四面体表面に貼り付けたもの)である。本 発明の広告表示物では、 n シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材を構成する 4n個の基材断片に対し、それぞれの 2面には第 1の広告画像の断片が形成され、他 の 2面には第 2の広告画像の断片が形成されている。本発明の広告表示物を X方向 力 見た時および X方向から見た時、 2つの異なる広告画像 (第 1および第 2の広 告画像)が見える。 n—シェルピンスキー四面体は、数学的な規則で構成されたフラ クタル立体であり、人々の注目を集める魅力のある形状を持っている。それに、この 形状がある方向力 見ると絵が現れることの驚きで、広告画像を人々の印象に焼き付 けることができる。この、ある方向力 見ると絵が現れるという現象は、この形状が持つ 数学的な性質に基づいており、人々の知的好奇心を力きたてることになる。これによ
り、この広告表示物の効果を高めることが期待される。 [0057] As described above, the advertisement display object of the present invention is one in which two types of advertisement images to be displayed are formed on the surface of a substrate having the shape of an n-shell pinski tetrahedron (for example, an attempt is made to display). A photograph or logo to be attached to the surface of the n-Sherpinski tetrahedron). In the advertisement display of the present invention, for 4 n pieces of base material constituting the base material having the shape of n shellpinski tetrahedron, a piece of the first advertisement image is formed on each of the two surfaces. A fragment of the second advertisement image is formed on the other two surfaces. When the advertisement display object of the present invention is viewed in the X direction and viewed from the X direction, two different advertisement images (first and second advertisement images) are visible. The n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron is a fractal solid composed of mathematical rules and has an attractive shape that attracts people's attention. In addition, it is surprising that a picture appears when looking at a certain direction force of this shape, and the advertisement image can be burned into the impression of people. This phenomenon that a picture appears when you look at a certain direction force is based on the mathematical nature of this shape, and it will power people's intellectual curiosity. This Therefore, it is expected to enhance the effect of this advertisement display.
[0058] 本発明の広告表示物は、例えば店頭などに、 2枚の看板の代わりに置けば、これら 看板と同様の広告効果を得ることができる。したがって、本発明の広告表示物は、「 立体的な看板」とも言うべき広告効果を奏する。したがって、例えば、コンビ-エンス ストアやファーストフード店(例えばノヽンバーガー店)などの店で、店のロゴマークなど が第 1および第 2の広告画像として形成された本発明の広告表示物を店の宣伝のた めに店頭に置くことが想定される。 [0058] If the advertisement display object of the present invention is placed in place of two signboards, for example, at a storefront or the like, the same advertisement effect as these signboards can be obtained. Therefore, the advertisement display thing of the present invention has the advertising effect which should be called "three-dimensional signboard". Therefore, for example, in a store such as a convenience store or a fast food store (for example, a non-burger store), the advertisement display material of the present invention in which the logo mark of the store is formed as the first and second advertisement images is displayed. It is assumed to be placed in the store for advertising purposes.
[0059] また、本発明の広告表示物は、本発明のパズルを普及させるために用いることもで きる。例えば、コンビ-エンスストアやファーストフード店などの店で、店のロゴマーク が第 1および第 2の広告画像として形成された本発明の広告表示物を店の宣伝のた めに店頭に置き、同時に、店内で本発明のパズルを販売することが想定される。こう すれば、一般の人々が、店を利用した時や店の前を通りかかった時に広告表示物を 見ることで、シェルピンスキー四面体に書かれた絵に目が慣れ、本発明のパズルに 興味を示すようになると考えられる。 [0059] The advertisement display of the present invention can also be used to spread the puzzle of the present invention. For example, in a store such as a convenience store or a fast food store, the advertising display material of the present invention in which the store logo mark is formed as the first and second advertisement images is placed on the storefront to promote the store, At the same time, it is assumed that the puzzle of the present invention is sold in the store. In this way, the general public gets used to the picture written on the Sherpinski tetrahedron by looking at the advertising display when using the store or passing in front of the store, and the puzzle of the present invention is used. It is thought that it will show interest.
[0060] 本発明の広告表示物は、 2つの広告画像の両方が人に見える(表と裏に見える)よ うに、すなわち人力 方向および X方向の両方から見えるように置く必要がある。し たがって、本発明の広告表示物は、立てた形 (全ての面が床などの載置面力 離れ て 、る形態)で置く必要がある。 [0060] The advertisement display of the present invention needs to be placed so that both of the two advertisement images can be seen by humans (front and back), that is, from both the human power direction and the X direction. Therefore, it is necessary to place the advertising display of the present invention in an upright form (a form in which all surfaces are separated from the placing surface force such as the floor).
[0061] 広告表示物は、 X方向および X方向が水平となるように支持されることが好ましい 。これにより、 2つの広告画像の両方が水平な 2つの方向力 人に見えるので、多くの 人にとって見やす!/、広告画像の表示が実現できる。 [0061] The advertisement display object is preferably supported so that the X direction and the X direction are horizontal. This makes it possible for both people to see both advertisement images in two horizontal directions, making it easy for many people to see! / Displaying advertisement images.
[0062] 本発明の広告表示物の展示方法としては、第 2辺(一 X方向から見たときに一番手 前に見える辺)を鉛直として、展示台に垂直に固定することが考えられる。さらに、そ れにカ卩えて、第 1辺(X方向から見たときに一番手前に見える辺)が水平に保たれるよ うに、第 1辺の両端を透明なプラスチック状のものなどで支持することも考えられる。ま た、第 1辺の上側の頂点と、第 2辺の両端の 2つの頂点の合わせて 3つの頂点で、上 方からひもや針金などでつるすことも考えられる。また、 2つの広告画像が、頂点が上 下左右にある正方形ではなぐ縦と横の辺に囲まれた正方形になるように、 x、および
—x方向の軸を中心に 45度回転した状態で、展示台に固定することも考えられる。こ のように固定したときにも、 X方向および X方向が水平となるように支持されることに 注意されたい。 [0062] As a display method of the advertisement display object of the present invention, it is conceivable to fix the second side (the side that is closest to the front when viewed from one X direction) vertically and fix it vertically to the display stand. In addition, in order to keep the first side (the side that is closest to the front when viewed from the X direction) horizontal, both ends of the first side should be transparent plastic. Support is also possible. Also, it is possible to hang from the top with a string or wire at the top of the first side and the top of the two sides of the second side. Also, x, and so that the two advertising images are squares surrounded by the vertical and horizontal sides, not the squares with vertices — It may be fixed on the display stand after rotating 45 degrees around the x axis. Note that even when fixed in this way, the X direction and the X direction are supported horizontally.
[0063] また、上記展示台に回転させる駆動装置(回転手段)を備えることも考えられる。回 転装置を備えて回転軸を中心として回転させることにより、どの方向から見ても 2種類 の広告画像を一定時間毎に見ることができる。これにより、より多くの人に 2種類の広 告画像を見てもらうことができ、広告効果をより高めることができる。また、単に平面的 な広告画像が回転するのとは異なり、特定のタイミングでのみ広告画像が現れるので 、人々の興味を引くことができる。 [0063] It is also conceivable to provide a driving device (rotating means) for rotating the display stand. By providing a rotation device and rotating it around the rotation axis, it is possible to view two types of advertising images at regular intervals from any direction. As a result, more people can see the two types of advertising images, and the advertising effectiveness can be further enhanced. Also, unlike simply rotating a flat advertising image, the advertising image appears only at a specific timing, so it can attract people's interest.
[0064] 駆動装置による台の回転速度は、人が広告画像を認識しやすいように、ゆっくりとし た速度にすることが好ましい。また、回転軸の位置は、 2種類の広告画像のどちらが 表示された時にも、手前の辺までの距離が同じになる様に設定することが望ましい。 台に固定する代わりに上方から吊るした時にも同様である。 [0064] The rotation speed of the table by the driving device is preferably a slow speed so that a person can easily recognize the advertisement image. In addition, the position of the rotation axis should be set so that the distance to the front side is the same regardless of which of the two types of advertising images is displayed. The same is true when hung from above instead of being fixed to the base.
[0065] 両方の画像を同じ方向力 見えるためには、回転軸は、 X方向および X方向と垂 直である必要がある。回転軸を鉛直方向にとる場合を考える。この場合、表示物は、 X方向および X方向が水平となるように回転する。このような広告表示物の設置方 法としては、第 2辺を鉛直として回転軸を第 2辺と平行にすることも考えられるし、また 、広告表示物を x、および X方向の軸を中心に 45度回転した状態で展示台に固定 し、第 1辺、第 2辺以外の、互いに対向する 2辺の組の中点を結んだ線を回転軸とす ることも考えられる。後者では、より人々の予期しづらい形状 (姿)の変化が見られ、よ り知的好奇心がそそられる。 [0065] In order to see both images in the same directional force, the rotation axis needs to be perpendicular to the X direction and the X direction. Consider the case where the rotation axis is taken in the vertical direction. In this case, the display object rotates so that the X direction and the X direction are horizontal. As a method for installing such an advertisement display object, it may be considered that the second side is vertical and the rotation axis is parallel to the second side, and the advertisement display object is centered on the x and X-axis axes. It is also possible to fix it to the exhibition table in a state where it is rotated 45 degrees, and use the line connecting the midpoints of the two opposite sides other than the first and second sides as the rotation axis. In the latter, changes in the shape (appearance) of people are more difficult to anticipate, which intensifies intellectual curiosity.
[0066] 〔本発明の立体パズルの概要〕 [Outline of the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention]
次に、本発明の立体パズルの概要について説明する。本発明の立体パズルは、立 体的嵌め合わせ絵(立体ジグソーパズルはこの 1種)とも 、うべきものである。 Next, the outline | summary of the three-dimensional puzzle of this invention is demonstrated. The three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention should be a solid fitting picture (three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle is one type of this).
[0067] 本発明の立体パズルは、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項でのベた 、 X方向から見れば第 1の画像が見え、—X方向力も見れば第 2の画像が見える、 n- シェノレピンスキー四面体の开状を持つ立体を構成する、 4n個の正四面体のパズノレ片 を備えている。それぞれの正四面体には、 2面に対して第 1の画像の断片が形成され
、他の 2面に対して第 2の画像の断片が形成されている。 [0067] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is the second image if the first image can be seen from the X direction, and the -X direction force can be seen. It has 4 n regular tetrahedron pazunore pieces that make up a solid with an open shape of an n- Shenolepinsky tetrahedron. Each tetrahedron has a first image fragment for two sides. A fragment of the second image is formed on the other two surfaces.
[0068] すなわち、本発明の立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピ ンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片を備える立体パズルであって、上記完成品の互 いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記完成品を第 1辺の中点か ら第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向(X方向)に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画像が現れる ように、各パズル片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を 挟む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、上記完成品を第 2辺の中点 力も第 1辺の中点へ向力 方向(一 X方向)に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の画像が 現れるように、各パズル片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行で ある辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されており、完成品におけるパズ ル片同士の結合点に対応する頂点のうちの少なくとも 1つ力 正解以外の少なくとも 1 つのパズル片の少なくとも 1つの頂点にも着脱自在に結合することが可能な構造を備 えている。 [0068] That is, three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, 4 n (n almost as finished product with n-order approximation Sherupi Nsuki tetrahedral shape is obtained, having approximately the shape of a regular tetrahedron when brought into correct coupling Is a solid puzzle with a number of puzzle pieces, where the two sides facing each other are the first and second sides, and the finished product is the midpoint of the first side. From the first side of each puzzle piece, or the first side of each puzzle piece so that the first image that is almost square appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side (X direction). Fragments of the first image are formed on two faces that sandwich a side that is parallel to one side, and the midpoint force of the second side is also directed toward the midpoint of the first side. In each puzzle piece that is part of the second side or the second side so that a second image that is approximately square appears when viewed in the direction) Fragments of the second image are formed on two faces that sandwich the side parallel to the edge, and at least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the puzzle pieces in the finished product is at least 1 other than the correct force It has a structure that can be detachably connected to at least one apex of two puzzle pieces.
[0069] 上記第 1および第 2の画像としては、特に限定されるものではなぐ絵、写真、ロゴ、 文字などが挙げられる。 [0069] Examples of the first and second images include, but are not limited to, pictures, photographs, logos, characters, and the like.
[0070] 第 1および第 2の画像が表面に形成された n—シェルピンスキー四面体 (完成品)を 構成する正四面体の形状を持つ 4n個のパズル片は、ばらばらの状態にされて遊戯 者に与えられる。そして、遊戯者は、パズル片の各面に形成されている第 1および第 2の画像に基づいて、もとの n—シェルピンスキー四面体(完成品)を作成する。すな わち、遊戯者は、パズル片の各面に形成されている第 1および第 2の画像のつながり 具合いをヒントに、第 1および第 2の画像が再現されるようにパズル片の頂点同士を 結合させていくことにより、ばらばらの状態の 4n個のパズル片を、 n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品に組み立てる。 4n個のパズル片が正しく完成品に 組み立てられたときには、完成品を X方向および— X方向(正方形の影が生じる方向) から見れば、 2つの画像が再現される。 [0070] The 4 n puzzle pieces having the regular tetrahedron shape that forms the n- Shelpinsky tetrahedron (finished product) on which the first and second images are formed are separated. And given to players. Then, the player creates the original n-Sherpinski tetrahedron (finished product) based on the first and second images formed on each side of the puzzle piece. In other words, the player uses the hints of the connection between the first and second images formed on each side of the puzzle piece as hints so that the first and second images are reproduced. By joining together, 4 n pieces of disjointed puzzle pieces are assembled into a finished product with the shape of an nth-order approximate shellpin ski tetrahedron. When 4 n pieces of puzzle are correctly assembled into a finished product, two images are reproduced if the finished product is viewed from the X direction and the X direction (the direction in which the shadow of the square appears).
[0071] 本発明の立体パズルでは、完成品におけるノズル片同士の結合点に対応する頂 点のうちの少なくとも 1つ力 正解以外の少なくとも 1つのパズル片の少なくとも 1つの
頂点にも着脱自在に結合することが可能な構造を備えている。その、もっとも結合す る頂点が多い場合は、すべてのパズル片のすべての頂点が、すべてのパズル片の すべての頂点と結合可能な場合である。その時には、パズル片の頂点同士を正しく 結合させて完成品(第 1および第 2の画像が再現される n—シェルピンスキー四面体) を得るためには、 1つの頂点について 4 X (4n—l)個の頂点の中から正解の頂点(そ の 1つの頂点と結合すべき頂点)を探し出す作業が必要になる。さらに、接続すべき 2 つの頂点を決定したとしても、その頂点で、どの辺とどの辺が一直線になってつなが るのかということに関して、 9通りの可能性がある。したがって、完成品を得るためには 、ジグゾ一パズルのように、パズル片の各面に形成されている第 1および第 2の画像 のつながり具合いをヒントに、正解を探す作業が必要になる。本立体パズルでは、パ ズルの実現方法の制約や、パズルの難易度を適度にすることを目的として、結合す る頂点がより少なくなつて 、る場合も想定して 、る。 [0071] In the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, at least one of the vertices corresponding to the connection point between the nozzle pieces in the finished product is at least one of at least one puzzle piece other than the correct answer It has a structure that can be detachably connected to the apex. The most connected vertices are when all vertices of all puzzle pieces can be combined with all vertices of all puzzle pieces. At that time, in order to correctly connect the vertices of the puzzle pieces to obtain a finished product (n-Sherpinski tetrahedron in which the first and second images are reproduced), 4 X (4 n It is necessary to find the correct vertex (vertex to be combined with that one vertex) from -l) vertices. Furthermore, even if two vertices to be connected are determined, there are nine possibilities regarding which edge and which edge are connected at that vertex. Therefore, in order to obtain a finished product, it is necessary to search for a correct answer using hints as to how the first and second images are formed on each side of the puzzle piece, like a jigsaw puzzle. In this three-dimensional puzzle, it is assumed that there will be fewer vertices to be joined in order to limit the method of realizing the puzzle and to make the puzzle difficult.
[0072] したがって、本発明の立体パズルによれば、以下の効果が得られる。 Therefore, according to the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained.
[0073] (1)本発明の立体パズルを組み立てる作業は、作業が進むにつれて絵などの画像 が完成していくので、ジグゾ一ノズルと同様に、楽しみ(面白さ)を持つ。したがって、 ジグゾ一パズルと同様に、遊戯者に画像を完成させる楽しみを与えることができる立 体嵌め合わせ絵である。特に、本発明の立体パズルは、完成させることによって 2種 類の画像を再現することが可能であるので、立体パズルを完成させる楽しみが大き ヽ (1) The work for assembling the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention has fun (interesting) as with a jigsaw nozzle because an image such as a picture is completed as the work proceeds. Therefore, similar to the jigsaw puzzle, it is a solid fitting picture that can give the player the pleasure of completing the image. In particular, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can reproduce two types of images when completed, so there is great pleasure in completing the three-dimensional puzzle.
[0074] それ以外に、この立体パズルは、以下のような効果を奏する。 [0074] In addition, this solid puzzle has the following effects.
[0075] (2)本発明の立体パズルを遊戯者が組み立てる作業は、パズル片を 3次元的に移 動させたり 3次元的に回転させたりする作業となる。そのため、遊戯者が、本発明の 立体パズルを解くには、立体図形を想像する力が必要とされる。したがって、遊戯者 は、本発明の立体パズルを解く作業を行うことで、立体図形を想像する力が養われ、 立体図形に対する興味も沸く。それゆえ、本発明の立体パズルは、中学生や高校生 等が空間図形を理解するための学習教材の一種 (知育パズル)としても適している。 また、本発明の立体パズルは、立体図形を想像する力が要求される、難解でやりが いのあるものである。
[0076] (3)シェルピンスキー四面体は、フラクタルな立体図形の代表であり、一般の人にも 分力り易い数学的にきれいな性質をたくさん持っている。それゆえ、シェルピンスキー 四面体の近似体の形状を持つ本発明の立体パズルを解く作業を遊戯者が行うことで 、現代数学の基本的な考え方であるフラクタルの概念を、遊びながら自然に身につ けることができる。 [0075] (2) The task of assembling the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention by the player is a task of moving the puzzle pieces three-dimensionally or rotating them three-dimensionally. Therefore, in order for a player to solve the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure is required. Therefore, the player can develop the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure by solving the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, and is interested in the three-dimensional figure. Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention is also suitable as a kind of learning material (teaching puzzle) for junior high school students and high school students to understand spatial figures. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is difficult and challenging because it requires the ability to imagine a three-dimensional figure. [0076] (3) The Sherpinski tetrahedron is a representative of fractal solid figures, and has many mathematically clean properties that are easy to distribute to ordinary people. Therefore, when a player performs the task of solving the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention having the shape of a shell pin ski tetrahedron, the concept of fractal, which is the basic concept of modern mathematics, is naturally learned while playing. It can be done.
[0077] (4)完成した立体パズルは、見た目もきれ ヽなので、装飾品として優れて!/ヽる。した がって、本発明の立体パズルは、パズルを解く作業を行わないときや、パズルを解く ことに飽きたときには、装飾品として飾っておくことができる。そのときには、完成した 立体パズルは、 2つの画像の両方が人に見える(表と裏に見える)ように、すなわち人 力 方向および X方向の両方から見えるように置く必要がある。したがって、完成し た立体パズルは、立てた形 (全ての面が床などの載置面力 離れて 、る形態)で置く 必要がある。また、手動ででも回転させられることが望ましい。その場合、前述した広 告表示物専用の台の設置方法を用いればょ 、。 [0077] (4) The completed three-dimensional puzzle is gorgeous and looks great as an ornament! Therefore, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can be displayed as a decorative item when the task of solving the puzzle is not performed or when the user is tired of solving the puzzle. At that time, the completed 3D puzzle needs to be placed so that both images are visible to humans (front and back), that is, from both the human power direction and the X direction. Therefore, the completed 3D puzzle must be placed in an upright form (a form in which all surfaces are separated from the placement surface force such as the floor). Moreover, it is desirable that it can be rotated manually. In that case, use the above-mentioned stand installation method for the advertising display.
[0078] (5)完成した立体パズルは、広告表示物としても有用であり、実施の形態 1の広告 表示物と同様の用途にも使用することができる。 (5) The completed three-dimensional puzzle is also useful as an advertisement display object, and can be used for the same application as the advertisement display object of the first embodiment.
[0079] 本発明の立体パズルは、パズル片同士の結合部分を作成することによって初めて 実現できるものである。このパズル片同士の結合部分を作成する方法は、当業者が 容易に想到できない、技術的に困難なものである。 [0079] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention can be realized only by creating a joint portion between puzzle pieces. This method of creating a joint portion between puzzle pieces is technically difficult and cannot be easily conceived by those skilled in the art.
[0080] 本発明の立体パズルを遊戯者がパズルとして楽しむことができるものとするために は、パズル片同士の結合部分の構造は、正解の組み合わせ (完成品が得られる組み 合わせ)である 2つのパズル片が互いに結合できるだけではなぐ正解以外の組み合 わせである 2つのパズル片も互いに結合できることが必要である。 [0080] In order to make it possible for a player to enjoy the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention as a puzzle, the structure of the connecting part of the puzzle pieces is a combination of correct answers (a combination to obtain a finished product) 2 It is necessary that two puzzle pieces, which are combinations other than the correct answer that cannot be combined with each other, can also be combined with each other.
[0081] 本発明の立体パズルにおいては、各パズル片の各頂点が、他の多くのパズル片の 多くの頂点と結合可能であることが好ましい。また、正四面体を自由に組み合わせて n—シェルピンスキー四面体を作成する場合、互いに結合可能な 2つの頂点は、どの 辺とどの辺とがー直線になるかによつて、 9通りの結合形態で互いに結合可能である 。本発明の立体パズルにおける互いに結合可能な 2つの頂点は、上記の 9通りの結 合形態(互いに一直線上に揃う、一方のパズル片の辺と他方のパズル片の辺との組
み合わせに対応する 9通りの結合形態)の全てで互いに結合可能であることが望まし い。 In the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, it is preferable that each vertex of each puzzle piece can be combined with many vertices of many other puzzle pieces. In addition, when creating an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron by freely combining regular tetrahedrons, the two vertices that can be connected to each other are divided into nine ways depending on which side and which side are straight. They can be connected to each other in a combined form. The two vertices that can be connected to each other in the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention are the above-mentioned nine connection forms (a set of one puzzle piece side and the other puzzle piece side that are aligned with each other). It is desirable to be able to connect with each other in all nine types of connection).
これにより、立体パズルの正解を探索する探索空間が広くなり、立体パズルの解決能 力の高 、遊戯者に、やりが!/、のある難度の高 、立体パズルを提供できる。 As a result, the search space for searching for the correct answer of the three-dimensional puzzle is widened, and the three-dimensional puzzle can be provided with a high level of difficulty in solving the three-dimensional puzzle and having a challenging level for the player.
[0082] 一方で、この立体パズルは十分に難度が高ぐこの立体パズルを組むこと自体に楽 しみがあるので、初心者や、立体パズルを組むことだけを楽しみにしている人には、 十分なヒントが与えられることが望ましい。ヒントとしては、接続部の仕組み上、正解以 外の多くの組み合わせで接続不可能にすることも考えられるし、正解の 2つの頂点の 組に同じ色がつけられていることも考えられる。最初から幾つかの頂点が接続されて いる状態や、幾つかの頂点が角度も含めて固定された状態でパズルが遊戯者に与 えられることも考えられる。あるいは、正解となった時に Xおよび一 Xの方向力も見える 画像が遊戯者に与えられることが考えられる。 [0082] On the other hand, this 3D puzzle has enough difficulty to build this 3D puzzle itself, so it is enough for beginners and those who are only looking forward to building a 3D puzzle. It is desirable that hints be given. As a hint, due to the mechanism of the connection part, it is possible to make the connection impossible with many combinations other than the correct answer, and it is also possible that the pair of two correct vertices is colored the same. It is conceivable that a puzzle is given to a player with several vertices connected from the beginning, or with some vertices fixed, including the angle. Or, when the answer is correct, it is possible that the player is given an image that also shows the direction force of X and X.
[0083] パズル片同士の結合部分の構造は、いろいろな形態が考えられる力 代表的な 3 つの形態を以下に説明する。 [0083] The structure of the connecting portion between puzzle pieces can be considered in various forms. Three typical forms will be described below.
[0084] 〔実施の形態 2〕 [Embodiment 2]
本発明の立体パズルの実施の一形態について以下に説明する。 One embodiment of the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention will be described below.
[0085] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、前述した本発明の立体パズルにおいて、各パズル片 には、 2つの頂点が N極、他の 2つの頂点が S極となるように磁石が埋め込まれている ものである。 [0085] In the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment, in the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention described above, each puzzle piece is embedded with a magnet so that two vertices are N poles and the other two vertices are S poles. There is something.
[0086] 磁石は、各パズル片の互いに対向する 2辺のそれぞれに沿って 1つの頂点力 他 の頂点まで延びるように埋め込む力、あるいは、各パズル片の 4つの頂点に、 N極が 2つ、 S極が 2つになるように磁石を埋め込む。磁石を辺に沿って埋め込んだ構成の 方が、各頂点に磁石を埋め込んだ構成よりも磁石の数を減らすことができる(例えば 、完成品が 2—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものである場合には、磁石の 数を 64個から 32個に減らすことができる)力 各磁石が大きくなり、力えってコストが 高くなることが予想される。 [0086] The magnet has one vertex force along each of the two opposite sides of each puzzle piece, the force to embed it to the other vertex, or two N poles at the four vertices of each puzzle piece. Embed the magnet so that there are two S poles. A configuration in which magnets are embedded along the side can reduce the number of magnets compared to a configuration in which magnets are embedded at each apex (for example, the finished product has a 2-shell pinski tetrahedron shape). (In some cases, the number of magnets can be reduced from 64 to 32). Forces Each magnet is expected to increase in size and cost.
[0087] また、磁石は、完成品の結合点に対応する 2つの頂点(異なる 2つのパズル片の頂 点)のうち、一方の頂点が N極、他方の頂点が S極となるように配置されている。これ
により、各パズル片を正しく組み合わせたときに、完成品の結合点に対応する 2つの 頂点が磁力によって互いに結合する。また、各パズル片の各頂点は、他の全てのパ ズル片における 2つの頂点に結合できるので、各パズル片を正解とは異なる組み合 わせで組み立てて、完成品と同じ n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状とすることも可 能である (ただし、画像が再現されない)。 [0087] In addition, the magnets are arranged so that one of the two vertices (the vertices of two different puzzle pieces) corresponding to the connection point of the finished product has N pole and the other vertex has S pole. Has been. this Thus, when each puzzle piece is correctly combined, the two vertices corresponding to the connection point of the finished product are connected to each other by magnetic force. In addition, each vertex of each puzzle piece can be connected to two vertices in all other puzzle pieces, so each puzzle piece is assembled in a combination different from the correct answer, and is the same as the finished product. It is also possible to have a tetrahedral shape (however, the image is not reproduced).
[0088] 本実施形態の立体パズルの 1例について、図 5 (al)、図 5 (a2)、図 5 (b)、図 5 (c) 、図 5 (d)、および図 6に基づいて以下に説明する。この例では、各パズル片が、 2つ の画像の断片が形成された正四面体の形状を持つ基材断片に対して、形成された 2 つの画像の断片の中心線に相当する辺に沿って磁石を配置するものとして説明して いる。各頂点に磁石を埋め込む場合は、各頂点の磁性が以下の説明と同じになるよ うに埋め込めばよい。また、この例では、完成したときに 1 シェルピンスキー四面体 の形状を持つ完成品となる立体パズルについて説明する。 [0088] One example of the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment will be described based on FIG. 5 (al), FIG. 5 (a2), FIG. 5 (b), FIG. 5 (c), FIG. 5 (d), and FIG. This will be described below. In this example, each puzzle piece is along a side corresponding to the center line of the two image fragments formed, with respect to a base piece having a regular tetrahedron shape with two image fragments formed. It is explained that the magnet is arranged. When embedding a magnet at each vertex, it is only necessary to embed the magnet so that the magnetism at each vertex is the same as described below. In this example, we will explain a 3D puzzle that, when completed, will be a finished product with the shape of a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron.
[0089] 立体パズルは、図 5 (al)、図 5 (a2)、図 5 (b)、図 5 (c)に示す 4つのパズル片 51〜 54カゝらなる。パズル片 51〜54は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項 で説明した、画像 PAの断片 PA1〜PA4および画像 PBの断片 PB1〜PB4が表面 に形成された基材断片 1P〜4Pに対して、各基材断片 1P〜4Pにおける、画像 PAの 断片 PA 1〜PA4の中心線に相当する辺および画像 PBの断片 PB 1〜PB4の中心 線に相当する辺に沿ってそれぞれ 1つの頂点力も他の頂点まで延びるように磁石 51 a〜54aおよび磁石 51b〜54bを埋め込んだものである。ノ ズル片 51と 52は 2つの 磁石ともに同じ極性をもつ。この磁石の配置を、配置 (a)と呼ぶことにする。パズル片 53は、磁石 51b ' 52bが図面上で手前側が S極となる極性を持つ一方、磁石 53bが 図面上で手前側が N極となる極性を持つ。この磁石の配置を、配置 (b)と呼ぶことに する。また、パズル片 54は、磁石 5 la ' 52aが図面上で上側が N極となる極性を持つ 一方、磁石 54aが図面上で上側が S極となる極性を持つ。この磁石の配置を、配置( c)と呼ぶことにする。基材断片の辺に沿って磁石を埋め込む方法は、この 3種類のほ 力に、配置(a)の両方の磁石の向きを逆にしたもの、すなわち、画像 P Aの断片の中 心線に相当する辺に配置された磁石が図面上で上側が S極となる極性を持ち、画像 PBの断片の中心線に相当する辺に配置されたの磁石が図面上で手前側が N極とな
る極性を持つものが存在する(図 5 (d)参照)。この磁石の配置を、配置 (d)と呼ぶこと にする。 The three-dimensional puzzle includes four puzzle pieces 51 to 54 shown in FIG. 5 (al), FIG. 5 (a2), FIG. 5 (b), and FIG. 5 (c). The puzzle pieces 51 to 54 are the base piece on which the image PA fragments PA1 to PA4 and image PB fragments PB1 to PB4 are formed on the surface described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. For 1P to 4P, along the side corresponding to the center line of the image PA fragment PA 1 to PA4 and the side corresponding to the center line of the image PB fragments PB 1 to PB4 in each base material fragment 1P to 4P The magnets 51a to 54a and the magnets 51b to 54b are embedded so that one vertex force also extends to the other vertex. Nozzle pieces 51 and 52 have the same polarity in both magnets. This magnet arrangement is referred to as arrangement (a). The puzzle piece 53 has a polarity in which the magnet 51b'52b has a south pole on the front side in the drawing, while the magnet 53b has a polarity in which the front side has a north pole on the drawing. This magnet arrangement is referred to as arrangement (b). The puzzle piece 54 has a polarity such that the magnet 5 la '52a has an N pole on the upper side in the drawing, while the magnet 54a has a polarity on the upper side in the drawing. This magnet arrangement will be referred to as arrangement (c). The method of embedding magnets along the edges of the base material fragment is equivalent to the center line of the image PA fragment, in which the direction of both magnets in the arrangement (a) is reversed to these three types of forces. The magnet placed on the side that has a polarity with the S pole on the upper side in the drawing and the magnet placed on the side corresponding to the center line of the image PB fragment has the N pole on the front side in the drawing (See Fig. 5 (d)). This magnet arrangement is called arrangement (d).
[0090] 本実施形態の立体パズルを正しく組み立てて得られる n シヱルピンスキー四面体 の 4つの頂点の磁性に関しても、 4つの頂点の磁性配置は、これら 4つの配置のどれ かと一致する。以下、 n シェルピンスキー四面体の 4つの頂点の磁性に関しても、 配置(a)〜配置(d) t 、う呼び方を用いることにする。 [0090] Regarding the magnetism of the four vertices of the n-Sielpinski tetrahedron obtained by correctly assembling the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment, the magnetic arrangement of the four vertices matches any of these four arrangements. In the following, we will use the arrangement (a) to arrangement (d) t, also referred to as the magnetism of the four vertices of the n Sherpinski tetrahedron.
[0091] パズル片 51〜54の場合、配置(a)のパズル片 51 · 52および配置(b)のパズル片 5 3、配置(c)のパズル片 54を組み合わせることで、図 6に示すような配置(a)の磁性配 置を持つ 1 シェルピンスキー四面体を作成することができる。同様にして、配置(a) 〜配置(d)の 1 シェルピンスキー四面体力 配置(a)〜配置(d)のパズル片を組み 合わせることによって作成できる。それぞれの配置の 1 シェルピンスキー四面体が、 V、くつの配置(a)〜配置(d)のパズル片力 構成されるかを表にまとめたの力 表 1で ある。 [0091] In the case of puzzle pieces 51 to 54, the combination of the puzzle piece 51 · 52 of the arrangement (a), the puzzle piece 53 of the arrangement (b), and the puzzle piece 54 of the arrangement (c) is combined as shown in FIG. It is possible to create a 1-Shellpinski tetrahedron with a magnetic arrangement of (a). Similarly, it can be created by combining 1-Shellpinsky tetrahedral force arrangement (a) to arrangement (d) puzzle pieces of arrangement (a) to arrangement (d). Table 1 summarizes whether each Shelpinski tetrahedron of each configuration is composed of V, one piece of puzzle configuration (a) to configuration (d).
[0092] [表 1] [0092] [Table 1]
同様にして、それぞれの磁性配置を持つ配置 (a)をもつ (n— 1) シェルピンスキ 一四面体を 2個と、配置(b)、(c)をもつ(n— 1) シェルピンスキー四面体それぞれ 1個から、配置(a)をもつ n—シェルピンスキー四面体が作成できる。配置 (b)、(c)、 ( d)を持つ n—シェルピンスキー四面体についても、同様に、表 1に示された個数の配 置(a)〜配置(d)の(n— 1) シェルピンスキー四面体から作成することができる。こ のことから、配置(a)をもつ 2 シェルピンスキー四面体は、配置(a)をもつパズル片 6 個、配置 (b)をもつパズル片 4個、配置(c)をもつパズル片 4個、配置(d)をもつパズ ル片 2個から作成できる。 Similarly, (n— 1) shell pin ski tetrahedrons with arrangements (a) with their respective magnetic arrangements, and (n— 1) shell pin ski tetrahedrons with arrangements (b) and (c). An n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron with configuration (a) can be created from each body. Similarly for the n-Sherpinsky tetrahedrons with configurations (b), (c), and (d), the number of configurations (a) to (d) (n-1) ) Can be created from a Sherpinski tetrahedron. Thus, a 2 Sherpinski tetrahedron with configuration (a) has 6 puzzle pieces with configuration (a), 4 puzzle pieces with configuration (b), and 4 puzzle pieces with configuration (c). It can be created from two puzzle pieces with the number (d).
[0093] 遊戯者は、パズル片に描かれた画像の断片、および、頂点の磁性をヒントにしなが ら、 4つの(m— 1)—シェルピンスキー四面体(m= l, 2, · · ·, n;「0 シェルピンスキ 一四面体」は正四面体(パズル片)を表すものとする)から m シェルピンスキー四面
体を作成する作業を繰り返すことによって、 n シェルピンスキー四面体を作成するこ とがでさる。 [0093] The player uses four (m-1) -Sherpinski tetrahedrons (m = l, 2, ···) with hints on the image fragments drawn on the puzzle pieces and the magnetic properties of the vertices. · ·, N; “0 shell pin ski tetrahedron” represents a regular tetrahedron (puzzle piece) to m shell pin ski tetrahedron By repeating the process of creating a body, it is possible to create an n-Sherpinski tetrahedron.
[0094] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、以下の利点を備えている。 [0094] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
[0095] (1)パズル片同士を任意の角度で近づけるだけでパズル片同士を結合させること ができるので、遊戯者が扱いやすぐ遊戯者が自由にパズル片同士を結合させたり パズル片を回転したりしながらパズルを解くことができる。 [0095] (1) Since the puzzle pieces can be joined by simply bringing the puzzle pieces close to each other at an arbitrary angle, the player can handle them and the player can freely join the puzzle pieces or rotate the puzzle pieces. And solve puzzles.
[0096] (2)パズル片以外の結合用部品が必要なぐまた、パズル片の外形がほぼ完全な 正四面体となるので、完成したパズルは、ほぼ完全な n—シェルピンスキー四面体と なる。そのため、パズル完成時に画像がきれいに浮かびあがる。 [0096] (2) The connecting piece other than the puzzle piece is necessary. Moreover, since the outer shape of the puzzle piece is a nearly perfect tetrahedron, the completed puzzle becomes a nearly perfect n-Sherpinski tetrahedron. . Therefore, the image comes out neatly when the puzzle is completed.
[0097] (3)パズル片以外の結合用部品が必要な 、ので、パズル片以外の結合用部品を 用いる場合と比較して、結合操作が容易であり、遊戯者に手先の器用さが要求され ない。パズル片以外の結合用部品が必要ないので、結合用部品の紛失に注意したり 、結合用部品を子供が飲み込まない様に注意したりする必要がない。 [0097] (3) Since a connecting part other than a puzzle piece is required, the connecting operation is easier than when using a connecting part other than a puzzle piece, and the player needs dexterity at hand. Not. Since there is no need for connecting parts other than puzzle pieces, there is no need to be careful not to lose the connecting parts or to prevent children from swallowing the connecting parts.
[0098] (4)完成した立体パズル(n シェルピンスキー四面体)の 4つの頂点にも磁性があ るので、完成した立体パズルを飾る(ディスプレイする)時に、完成した立体パズルを 、磁石を用いて容易に固定できる。 [0098] (4) Since the four vertices of the completed 3D puzzle (n-Sherpinsky tetrahedron) have magnetism, when displaying (displaying) the completed 3D puzzle, the completed 3D puzzle is displayed using a magnet. Can be easily fixed using.
[0099] なお、上述した構成では、パズル片の頂点の組み合わせのうち、同一極性の磁性 を持つ頂点の組み合わせは、互いに結合できない。そのため、磁同一極性の磁性を 持つ頂点の組み合わせは、最初力 正解の組み合わせ力 排除される。これにより、 頂点の組み合わせの正解を探索する探索空間が狭くなる。そのため、立体パズルの 解決能力の低い遊戯者 (初心者など)に、適度なヒントを与え、立体パズルの難度を 下げることができる。 [0099] In the above-described configuration, combinations of vertices having magnetism of the same polarity among the combinations of vertices of the puzzle pieces cannot be coupled to each other. Therefore, combinations of vertices with magnetism of the same magnetic polarity are excluded from the initial force correct combination force. This narrows the search space for searching for the correct combination of vertices. For this reason, it is possible to give moderate hints to players with low 3D puzzle solving ability (beginners, etc.) and reduce the difficulty of 3D puzzles.
[0100] また、上述した構成では、全てのパズル片の全ての頂点に磁石を配置していたが、 完成した立体パズルの頂点に対応する、パズル片の頂点には、磁石を配置しなくて もよい。ただし、その場合、完成した立体パズルの頂点に対応する頂点を持つノ ズル 片が、 1つの頂点で他のパズル片と結合できなくなる。そのため、立体パズルの正解 を探索する探索空間が狭くなるだけでなぐ遊戯者が、完成した立体パズルの頂点 に対応する頂点を持つパズル片を他のパズル片(完成した立体パズルの頂点に対
応する頂点を持たないパズル片)と容易に区別できるようになる。その結果、立体パ ズルの解決能力の低い遊戯者に、適度なヒントを与え、立体パズルの難度を下げるこ とがでさる。 [0100] In the configuration described above, magnets are arranged at all vertices of all puzzle pieces, but magnets are not arranged at the vertices of the puzzle pieces corresponding to the vertices of the completed three-dimensional puzzle. Also good. However, in that case, a nozzle piece with a vertex corresponding to the vertex of the completed 3D puzzle cannot be combined with another puzzle piece at one vertex. Therefore, a player who only has a narrow search space for searching for the correct answer of a three-dimensional puzzle can use a puzzle piece having a vertex corresponding to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle as another puzzle piece (to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle). It can be easily distinguished from puzzle pieces that do not have a corresponding vertex. As a result, players with low ability to solve 3D puzzles will be given appropriate hints and the difficulty of 3D puzzles will be reduced.
[0101] ただし、全てのパズル片の全ての頂点に磁石を配置すると、前述したように、完成し た立体パズルを飾る時に完成した立体パズルを磁石を用いて容易に固定できると ヽ う効果が得られる。また、全てのパズル片の全ての頂点に磁石を配置すると、立体パ ズルの正解を探索する探索空間が広くなり、また、遊戯者が、完成品の頂点に対応 する頂点を持つパズル片を他のパズル片 (完成品の頂点に対応する頂点を持たな いパズル片)と容易に区別できない。そのため、立体パズルの解決能力の高い遊戯 者に、やりが 、のある難度の高 、立体パズルを提供できる。 [0101] However, if magnets are placed at all vertices of all puzzle pieces, as described above, the completed 3D puzzle can be easily fixed using magnets when decorating the completed 3D puzzle. can get. In addition, if magnets are placed at all vertices of all puzzle pieces, the search space for searching the correct answer of the three-dimensional puzzle will be widened, and the player will be able to find other puzzle pieces with vertices corresponding to the vertices of the finished product. Cannot be easily distinguished from the puzzle pieces (the puzzle pieces that do not have vertices corresponding to the vertices of the finished product). Therefore, it is possible to provide a highly challenging 3D puzzle to a player with high 3D puzzle solving ability.
[0102] 〔実施の形態 3〕 [Embodiment 3]
本実施形態の立体パズルは、前述した本発明の立体パズルにおいて、(2 X 4n— 2 )個の棒をさらに備え、各パズル片の頂点には、上記棒が挿脱自在に挿入しうる穴が 設けられて 、るものである。 The three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment further includes (2 X 4 n — 2) bars in the above-described three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention, and the bars can be removably inserted into the vertices of each puzzle piece. A hole is provided.
[0103] 上記パズル片は、以下のようにして得られる。すなわち、まず、中空な正四面体形 の基材断片における各頂点の近傍の部分を各頂点とパズル片の中心とを結ぶ直線 に垂直な面 (合計 4つの面)に沿って切り落とし、基材断片の中の空洞と接続すること によって、三角形の穴をあける。この切り落とす部分の体積は、できるだけ小さいこと が望ましい。パズル片の構成材料としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば ブラスティックを用いることができる。 [0103] The puzzle piece is obtained as follows. That is, first, in the hollow tetrahedral base piece, a portion near each vertex is cut off along a plane perpendicular to the straight line connecting each vertex and the center of the puzzle piece (a total of four faces). Drill a triangular hole by connecting to the cavity inside. It is desirable that the volume of the portion to be cut off is as small as possible. The constituent material of the puzzle piece is not particularly limited, and for example, a blast can be used.
[0104] 上記棒は、パズル片の結合部分の個数、すなわち(2 X 4n— 2)個だけ用意されて いる。棒は、上記穴に、四面体の辺の内面に沿わせながらちょうど挿入できる太さを 持つものである。棒の構成材料としては、棒によってパズル片をしつ力りと固定できる ように、剛性の高い材料、例えば金属を用いることが好ましい。また、棒の長さは、ノ ズルの組み立てやすさと、棒による支持強度 (棒の材質に依存する)との兼ね合いか ら適宜決定すればよい。パズル片にあける穴を小さくすることによりパズル片の切り取 る部分を小さくするために、棒はできるだけ細 、ほうカ^、 、。 [0104] The number of the above-mentioned sticks is the same as the number of connected portions of the puzzle pieces, that is, (2 X 4 n -2). The rod has such a thickness that it can be inserted into the hole along the inner surface of the side of the tetrahedron. As a constituent material of the rod, it is preferable to use a material having high rigidity, for example, a metal so that the puzzle piece can be firmly fixed by the rod. In addition, the length of the rod may be determined as appropriate in consideration of the ease of assembly of the nozzle and the support strength of the rod (depending on the material of the rod). To reduce the size of the puzzle piece by making the hole in the puzzle piece smaller, the stick is as thin as possible.
[0105] 棒の中央部には、棒力パズル片内部の空洞に落ちて穴力 外れることがないように
、上記穴よりも太い径を持つ張り出し部が形成されている。張り出し部は、パズル片 同士を結合させたときにパズル片間に生じる隙間を埋めるような形状となっていること が望ましい。 [0105] In the center of the stick, don't fall into the hollow inside the stick puzzle piece and lose the hole power. An overhanging portion having a diameter larger than that of the hole is formed. It is desirable that the overhang portion has a shape that fills a gap generated between the puzzle pieces when the puzzle pieces are joined together.
[0106] 棒の一例について説明する。図 7 (a)および図 7 (b)に示すように、この例の棒 62は 、五面体の形状を持つ張り出し部 62aを有している。張り出し部 62aは、図 7 (a)に示 すように 2つのパズル片 61の頂点の穴 61aに棒 62の両端を差し込み接続し、 2つの パズル片 61の辺を一直線にしたときに、 2つのパズル片 61における切り落とした部 分(四面体)を埋める形状となっている。張り出し部 62aは、 2つのパズル片 61におけ る切り落とした部分(四面体)をつなげた形状である。この例では、 2つのパズル片 61 の頂点の穴 61aに棒 62の両端をそれぞれ奥まで差し込むと、 2つのパズル片 61の 辺が一直線となり、 2つのパズル片 61における切り落とした部分が張り出し部 62aで 埋められ、 2つのパズル片 61における、各頂点の近傍の部分を切り落とす前の基材 断片の頂点に相当する位置が互!、に一致し、 2つのパズル片 61が結合される。 [0106] An example of the bar will be described. As shown in FIGS. 7 (a) and 7 (b), the rod 62 in this example has an overhanging portion 62a having a pentahedral shape. As shown in Fig. 7 (a), the overhanging portion 62a is connected to both ends of the rod 62 by inserting and connecting the ends of the rod 62 into the hole 61a at the apex of the two puzzle pieces 61. It fills the cut-out part (tetrahedron) of the two puzzle pieces 61. The overhanging portion 62a has a shape in which the cut portions (tetrahedrons) of the two puzzle pieces 61 are connected. In this example, when both ends of the stick 62 are inserted all the way into the hole 61a at the apex of the two puzzle pieces 61, the sides of the two puzzle pieces 61 are in a straight line, and the cut off portions of the two puzzle pieces 61 are overhanging parts 62a. In the two puzzle pieces 61, the positions corresponding to the vertices of the base piece before cutting off the portions in the vicinity of each vertex coincide with each other, and the two puzzle pieces 61 are joined.
[0107] このように棒を介してパズル片をつなげることを、 4つのパズル片の 6つの結合点で 行うことにより、 1 シェルピンスキー四面体が得られ、各パズル片が固定される。また 、 4つの 1 シェルピンスキー四面体に対して同様の処理を行うことにより、 2 シェル ピンスキー四面体が得られ、各パズル片が固定される。同様の処理を繰り返すことに より、各パズル片が固定され、任意の n シェルピンスキー四面体が得られる。 [0107] By connecting the puzzle pieces via the sticks in this way at the 6 joining points of the 4 puzzle pieces, 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained, and each puzzle piece is fixed. In addition, by performing the same processing on the four 1-shell Pinsky tetrahedrons, a 2-shell Pinsky tetrahedron is obtained, and each puzzle piece is fixed. By repeating the same process, each puzzle piece is fixed and an arbitrary n-Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained.
[0108] 前記の棒 62を用いた 2つのパズル片 61の結合形態は、 2つのパズル片 61におけ る、各頂点の近傍の部分を切り落とす前の基材断片の頂点に相当する位置が互い に一致する形態であった力 図 8 (a)に示すように、 2つのパズル片 61における、基 材断片から切り落とした部分 (正四面体)が互いに重なり合うように 2つのパズル片 61 を結合する形態も考えられる。この結合形態では、パズル片 61同士の隙間が狭くな るので、張り出し部の大きさを、図 7 (a)および図 7 (b)の形態よりも小さくすることがで きるという利点がある。この結合形態を実現するためには、棒 62に代えて、図 8 (a)〜 図 8 (c)に示すように、基材断片から切り落とした部分 (正四面体)に相当する正四面 体の形状を持つ張り出し部 63aを持つ棒 63を用いればょ 、。 [0108] The connection form of the two puzzle pieces 61 using the rod 62 is such that the positions corresponding to the vertices of the base piece before the portions near the vertices in the two puzzle pieces 61 are cut off. As shown in Fig. 8 (a), the two puzzle pieces 61 are joined so that the parts (tetrahedrons) cut from the base piece pieces overlap each other as shown in Fig. 8 (a). Forms are also conceivable. This coupling form has an advantage that the gap between the puzzle pieces 61 is narrowed, so that the size of the overhanging portion can be made smaller than in the forms of FIGS. 7 (a) and 7 (b). In order to realize this connection form, instead of the rod 62, a regular tetrahedron corresponding to a portion (tetrahedron) cut off from the base material fragment as shown in FIGS. 8 (a) to 8 (c). If you use a rod 63 with an overhang 63a with the shape of
[0109] この場合、頂点で画像が連続的につながるようにするためには、各ノズル片 61の
正四面体に相当する部分に形成される画像が、全体の画像を切断した各切断線の ところで、頂点力も切り落とした四面体の部分の幅だけ、パズル片 61間で互いに重 複する必要がある。これは、完成品の画像を見るときに、欠点ではなぐ力えって、画 像の全体像を見易くする。 [0109] In this case, in order to continuously connect the images at the vertices, The image formed in the part corresponding to the regular tetrahedron must overlap each other between the puzzle pieces 61 by the width of the tetrahedron part from which the vertex force is cut off at each cutting line obtained by cutting the entire image. . This makes it easier to see the entire image when looking at the finished product image, rather than the drawbacks.
[0110] 棒が穴に挿入した後で抜けにくいように、図 8 (c)に示すように、棒 63の先端部に膨 らんだ部分 63cを設けることが好ましい。これにより、遊戯者が立体パズルで遊ぶ時 に、穴に一度さした棒が勝手に抜けてしまうことを回避でき、遊戯者にとって便利であ る。 [0110] As shown in FIG. 8 (c), it is preferable to provide a bulging portion 63c at the tip of the rod 63 so that the rod is not easily pulled out after being inserted into the hole. As a result, when a player plays with a three-dimensional puzzle, it is possible to prevent the stick once in the hole from being pulled out without permission, which is convenient for the player.
[0111] 上記棒および穴は、上記棒を穴に奥まで挿入すると上記棒の角度が各パズル片の 辺にほぼ平行な角度で固定されるようになっていることが好ましい。これにより、 2つ のパズル片を接続した状態で、角度や方向も含めて固定できる。よって、パズル片を 完成品に組み立てる作業が容易になる。 [0111] It is preferable that the rod and the hole are fixed so that the angle of the rod is substantially parallel to the side of each puzzle piece when the rod is inserted into the hole all the way. As a result, the two puzzle pieces can be fixed together, including the angle and direction. Therefore, the task of assembling the puzzle pieces into a finished product becomes easy.
[0112] このように上記棒を穴に奥まで差し込んだら上記棒が固定される構成を実現するた めには、例えば、図 8 (c)に示すように、棒 63に対して張り出し部 63aに沿って溝 63b を形成すればよい。これにより、棒 63を穴 61aに奥まで差し込むと、パズル片 61の穴 61aの周囲がその溝 63bに引っ掛かって、棒 63が固定される。ただし、この固定は仮 の固定であり、棒 63を外そうと思えば容易に外せるようになつている。 [0112] In order to realize a configuration in which the rod is fixed when the rod is inserted all the way into the hole as described above, for example, as shown in FIG. A groove 63b may be formed along the line. Thus, when the rod 63 is inserted into the hole 61a as far as it will go, the periphery of the hole 61a of the puzzle piece 61 is caught in the groove 63b, and the rod 63 is fixed. However, this fixing is a temporary fixing and can be easily removed if the rod 63 is to be removed.
[0113] なお、本実施形態のノズル片の各面にも画像の断片が形成されているが、その 配置および形成方法は、棒 63を用いた場合に切断線のところで絵を重複させる必要 があることを除 、て〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項でのベたものと 全く同様であるので、説明を省略する。 [0113] Although image fragments are also formed on each surface of the nozzle piece of the present embodiment, the arrangement and the formation method need to overlap the picture at the cutting line when the rod 63 is used. Except for this, it is exactly the same as that described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], and the description thereof will be omitted.
[0114] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、以下の利点を備えている。 [0114] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
[0115] (1)任意の 2つの頂点が結合可能(各パズル片の各頂点が他の全てのパズル片の 全ての頂点と結合可能)であるので、探索空間が広ぐ立体パズルの難度をより一層 高めることができる。 [0115] (1) Since any two vertices can be combined (each vertex of each puzzle piece can be combined with all vertices of all other puzzle pieces), the difficulty of 3D puzzles with a wide search space can be reduced. It can be further increased.
[0116] (2)実施の形態 2と比較して、磁石が不要となる分、製造コストを低減できる。 [0116] (2) Compared to Embodiment 2, the manufacturing cost can be reduced by the amount that a magnet is not required.
[0117] (3)完成した立体パズル (n シェルピンスキー四面体)の 4つの頂点にも穴がある ので、完成した立体パズルを飾る(ディスプレイする)時に、穴に嵌合するような棒を
設置場所に立てて固定しておき、その棒を完成した立体パズルの穴に嵌合させるこ とで、完成した立体パズルを容易に設置場所に固定できる。 [0117] (3) Since there are holes at the four vertices of the completed 3D puzzle (n Shellpinsky tetrahedron), a stick that fits into the hole is displayed when decorating (displaying) the completed 3D puzzle. The completed 3D puzzle can be easily fixed to the installation place by standing and fixing it at the installation location and fitting the stick into the hole of the completed 3D puzzle.
[0118] なお、上記の利点(1)が得られなくなるが、棒の紛失を防ぎ、結合作業を容易にす るために、図 8 (c)に示す 63cを大きくすることにより、棒の一端側をパズル片に最初 力も接続しておき離れな 、ようにしてもょ 、。 [0118] Although the above-mentioned advantage (1) cannot be obtained, in order to prevent the rods from being lost and to facilitate the joining work, by increasing 63c shown in Fig. 8 (c), one end of the rods can be obtained. Do n’t leave your side connected to the puzzle piece at first.
[0119] 〔実施の形態 4〕 [Embodiment 4]
本実施形態の立体パズルは、自由につけたりはずしたり可能で、 360度回転可能 なジョイントをパズル片同士の結合部分に設けたものであり、ジョイントが、互いに結 合する凸部および凹部からなるものである。 The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is provided with a joint that can be freely attached and detached and can be rotated 360 degrees at a joint between puzzle pieces, and the joint is composed of a convex part and a concave part that are joined to each other. It is.
[0120] すなわち、本実施形態の立体パズルは、前述した本発明の立体パズルにぉ 、て、 各パズル片の 2つの頂点には、凸部が形成されている一方、他の 2つの頂点には上 記凸部が嵌合しうる凹部が形成されており、上記凸部は、頂点を中心とする球の形状 を備えており、上記凹部の表面は、上記の球と同半径をもつ、頂点を中心とする半球 面である。半球面は、四面体の中心と当該頂点とを通り、線分に垂直で、頂点を通る 切り口をもっている。これにより、一方のパズル片の凸部を他方のパズル片の凹部に 対して二つのパズル片の四面体の中心と結合する頂点の 3点が一直線に並ぶように 押し付けたときに、凸部が凹部に嵌合し、かつ、両パズル片の中心を結ぶ直線を中 心として 360度回転可能な状態となる。 That is, the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment is similar to the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention described above, and the two vertices of each puzzle piece are formed with convex portions, while the other two vertices are formed. Is formed with a concave portion into which the convex portion can be fitted, and the convex portion has a spherical shape centering on the apex, and the surface of the concave portion has the same radius as the sphere. A hemispherical surface centered at the apex. The hemisphere passes through the center of the tetrahedron and the vertex, is perpendicular to the line segment, and has a cut through the vertex. As a result, when the convex part of one puzzle piece is pressed against the concave part of the other puzzle piece so that the three points of the vertex connecting the center of the tetrahedron of the two puzzle pieces are aligned, the convex part is It will be able to rotate 360 degrees centered on the straight line that connects the center of both puzzle pieces.
[0121] パズル片を正しく結合して、両パズル片の 1つずつの辺を一直線にするためには、 ジョイントは、上記凸部を 3つの方向に tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ倒 せる必要がある。また、ジョイントは、上記凸部を倒した状態で固定できることが望まし い。そのようなジョイントは、球などの凸部に 3つの突起をつけたものと、それを受ける 凹部に 3つの切目を入れたものとによって、実現することができる。すなわち、そのよう なジョイントは、上記凸部および凹部を以下のように構成することで実現できる。すな わち、上記凸部の表面に、さらに、凸部に接する 3つのそれぞれの面に垂直な板状 突起 (その延長面が凸部の中心と正四面体の中心を通る)を形成し、上記凹部の表 面に、さらに、凹部に接する 3つの面の中心から凹部の中心へ向力う方向に沿って伸 びるスリット(その延長面が凹部の中心と正四面体の中心を通る)を形成する。さらに
、上記板状突起およびスリットを、上記凸部を上記凹部に嵌合させて上記板状突起 の位置をスリットの位置に合わせると、上記板状突起をスリットに侵入させることによつ て上記凸部を上記凹部のスリットの方向にほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアンの角度だけ倒 すことが可能となるように形成する。そして、奥まで倒した状態である程度接続が固定 される様、板状突起には溝をつけて、溝に沿ってスリットが入ってくるときには力がか からないが、それ以外の方向力 スリットを入れる時には多少力が必要で、また逆に、 多少力をかけな 、と、スリットから板状突起が抜けな 、ようにする。 [0121] In order to connect the puzzle pieces correctly and to align the sides of each puzzle piece in a straight line, the joint must be connected to the convex part in three directions tan— 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 It is necessary to defeat only the angle. In addition, it is desirable that the joint can be fixed in a state where the convex portion is tilted. Such a joint can be realized by using a convex part such as a sphere with three protrusions and a concave part that receives it with three cuts. That is, such a joint can be realized by configuring the convex portion and the concave portion as follows. In other words, on the surface of the convex part, plate-like protrusions (extension surfaces passing through the center of the convex part and the center of the regular tetrahedron) perpendicular to each of the three surfaces in contact with the convex part are formed. In addition, a slit extending along the direction of the force toward the center of the recess from the center of the three surfaces in contact with the recess (the extended surface passes through the center of the recess and the center of the tetrahedron) Form. further When the plate-like protrusion and the slit are fitted into the concave portion and the position of the plate-like protrusion is adjusted to the position of the slit, the plate-like protrusion is caused to enter the slit to cause the protrusion. The part is formed so that it can be tilted by an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians in the direction of the slit of the recess. In order to fix the connection to some extent when it is tilted all the way to the back, a groove is formed in the plate-like protrusion, and no force is applied when the slit enters along the groove, but other direction force slits Some force is required when inserting, and conversely, do not apply some force, so that the plate-like protrusion does not come out from the slit.
[0122] 上記構成によれば、上記凸部を上記凹部に嵌合させて上記板状突起の位置をスリ ットの位置に合わせ、上記板状突起をスリットに侵入させることによって上記凸部を上 記凹部のスリットの方向にほぼ tan—1 {212)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ倒すこと で、 2つのパズル片を、両者の辺同士が 1直線上に揃う角度で結合することができる 。また、スリットに侵入させる板状突起を 3つの板状突起力 選択し、板状突起を侵入 させるスリットを 3つのスリットから選択することで、 1直線上に揃う 2つの辺の組み合わ せは、 9通り全てが実現可能である。 [0122] According to the above configuration, the convex portion is fitted into the concave portion, the position of the plate-like projection is adjusted to the position of the slit, and the plate-like projection is inserted into the slit, thereby causing the convex portion to enter. By tilting the dent in the above-mentioned recess direction by an angle of approximately tan— 1 (212) radians (approximately 70 degrees), two puzzle pieces can be joined at an angle such that both sides are aligned on a straight line. it can . Also, by selecting three plate-like projection forces for the plate-like protrusions that penetrate the slit and selecting from three slits for the slits that allow the plate-like projections to penetrate, the combination of two sides aligned on a straight line is 9 Everything is feasible.
[0123] ノズル片の材質は、ブラスティック等とすればよ!、。また、パズル片にお 、て上記凸 部および凹部を形成する位置は、実施の形態 2のパズル片における S極および N極 が存在する位置とすればよい。したがって、全てのパズル片の全ての頂点に上記凸 部または凹部が形成されている。なお、立体パズルの難度を下げるために、完成した 立体パズルの頂点に対応するパズル片の頂点には、上記凸部および凹部を形成し ない構成としてもよい。ただし、全てのパズル片の全ての頂点に上記凸部または凹部 を形成すると、立体パズルの難度を上げることができる。 [0123] The nozzle piece should be made of plastic or the like! In the puzzle piece, the position where the convex portion and the concave portion are formed may be a position where the S pole and the N pole exist in the puzzle piece of the second embodiment. Therefore, the above-mentioned convex part or concave part is formed at every vertex of every puzzle piece. In addition, in order to reduce the difficulty of the three-dimensional puzzle, the above-described convex portion and concave portion may not be formed at the vertex of the puzzle piece corresponding to the vertex of the completed three-dimensional puzzle. However, the difficulty level of a three-dimensional puzzle can be increased by forming the above-mentioned convex portions or concave portions at all vertices of all puzzle pieces.
[0124] 上記ジョイントの一例について、図 9 (a)〜図 9 (d)、図 10 (a)〜図 10 (c)、および図 11に基づ!/、て以下に説明する。 [0124] An example of the joint will be described below based on Figs. 9 (a) to 9 (d), Figs. 10 (a) to 10 (c), and Fig. 11.
[0125] 図 9 (a)〜図 9 (d)は、上記ジョイントを構成する凸部が 1つの頂点のみに形成され たパズル片(作成途中のパズル片)を示す図である。なお、実際のパズル片では、前 述したように全ての頂点に凸部または凹部が形成されている。図 9 (a)は、凸部が 1つ の頂点のみに形成されたパズル片を凸部が上を向くように水平面に置いたときの上 面図、すなわち、凸部が 1つの頂点のみに形成されたパズル片の頂点をその頂点か
らパズル片の中心に向力う方向に見た図である。図 9 (b)は、凸部が 1つの頂点のみ に形成されたパズル片の、図 9 (a)の一点鎖線に沿った断面を細線の矢印の方向か ら見た様子を示す断面図である。図 9 (c)は、凸部が 1つの頂点のみに形成されたパ ズル片を図 9 (a)の太線の矢印の方向から見た図である。図 9 (d)は、凸部が 1つの 頂点のみに形成されたパズル片を、図 9 (a)の太線点線矢印の方向から見た斜視図 である。 FIGS. 9 (a) to 9 (d) are diagrams showing a puzzle piece (puzzle piece being created) in which the convex portions constituting the joint are formed at only one vertex. In an actual puzzle piece, as described above, convex portions or concave portions are formed at all vertices. Figure 9 (a) shows a top view of a puzzle piece with a convex part formed on only one vertex, placed on a horizontal surface with the convex part facing up, that is, the convex part is only on one vertex. Whether the apex of the formed puzzle piece is its apex It is the figure seen in the direction which faces the center of a puzzle piece. Fig. 9 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section along the dashed line in Fig. 9 (a), as seen from the direction of the thin line arrow, of the puzzle piece with the convex portion formed at only one vertex. is there. Fig. 9 (c) is a view of the puzzle piece having a convex portion formed only at one vertex from the direction of the thick arrow in Fig. 9 (a). FIG. 9 (d) is a perspective view of a puzzle piece having a convex portion formed only at one vertex as seen from the direction of the thick dotted arrow in FIG. 9 (a).
[0126] 図 9 (a)〜図 9 (d)に示すように、上記ジョイントを構成する凸部は、パズル片 80の 頂点を中心とした球形部 80aと、パズル片 80の頂点に接する 3つの面それぞれと球 形部 80aとを繋ぐように形成された、上記 3つの面に垂直な板状突起 80bとからなる。 板状突起 80bには、球面に沿って、凹部の厚みと同じ幅の浅い溝が掘られている。 板状突起 80bは、具体的には、図示した通り、球の半径より長い半径をもつ円盤の一 部であり、凸部を形成する頂点を上にして平面上にパズル片を置いたときに、水平面 より上に現れない大きさである。そして、球の縁に沿って、凹部の厚みと同じ幅で、浅 い溝が掘られている。 [0126] As shown in FIGS. 9 (a) to 9 (d), the convex portions constituting the joint are in contact with the spherical portion 80a centering on the apex of the puzzle piece 80 and the apex of the puzzle piece 80. The plate-shaped protrusion 80b perpendicular to the three surfaces is formed to connect each of the two surfaces and the spherical portion 80a. In the plate-like protrusion 80b, a shallow groove having the same width as the concave portion is dug along the spherical surface. Specifically, as shown in the figure, the plate-like protrusion 80b is a part of a disk having a radius longer than the radius of the sphere, and when the puzzle piece is placed on a plane with the apex forming the convex part up. The size does not appear above the horizontal plane. A shallow groove is dug along the edge of the sphere with the same width as the thickness of the recess.
[0127] 図 10 (a)〜図 10 (c)は、上記ジョイントを構成する凹部力^つの頂点のみに形成さ れたパズル片(作成途中のパズル片)を示す図である。なお、実際のパズル片では、 前述したように全ての頂点に凸部または凹部が形成されている。図 10 (a)は、凹部が 1つの頂点のみに形成されたパズル片を凹部が上を向くように水平面に置いたときの 上面図、すなわち、凹部力^つの頂点のみに形成されたパズル片の頂点をその頂点 力もパズル片の中心に向力 方向に見た図である。図 10 (b)は、凹部が 1つの頂点 のみに形成されたパズル片の、図 10 (a)の一点鎖線に沿った断面を細線の矢印の 方向から見た様子を示す断面図である。図 10 (c)は、凹部が 1つの頂点のみに形成 されたパズル片を図 10 (a)の太線の矢印の方向から見た図である。 [0127] FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c) are diagrams showing puzzle pieces (puzzle pieces being created) formed only at the vertices of the concave force constituting the joint. In an actual puzzle piece, as described above, convex portions or concave portions are formed at all vertices. Fig. 10 (a) shows a top view of a puzzle piece with a concave part formed only at one vertex on a horizontal surface with the concave part facing up, that is, a puzzle piece formed with only one vertex with a concave force. It is the figure which looked at the apex of the vertices in the direction of the force in the center of the puzzle piece. FIG. 10 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 10 (a) from the direction of the thin line arrow of the puzzle piece in which the concave portion is formed only at one vertex. Fig. 10 (c) is a diagram of a puzzle piece with a recess formed only at one vertex as seen from the direction of the thick arrow in Fig. 10 (a).
[0128] 図 10 (a)〜図 10 (c)に示すように、凹部は、球形部 80aを受けるパズル片 90の頂 点を中心にした半球形の内面および外面を有する、おわん状の部分 90aを持つ。こ の部分 90aには、パズル片 90の 3つの面の中心線(頂点とそれに対向する面の 1辺 の中点とを結ぶ線)に沿って、面に接する所までスリット (切れ目) 90bが入れられて いる。
[0129] 図 9 (a)〜図 9 (d)に示すパズル片 80と、図 10 (a)〜図 10 (c)に示すパズル片 90と を組み合わせると、図 11に示すようにしてパズル片 80とパズル片 90とが結合される。 なお、図 11は、ノズル片 80とパズル片 90とが結合した様子を、頂点を通る平面(図 9 (a)および図 10 (a)の一点鎖線に対応)で切断した断面図である。 [0128] As shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c), the recess has a bowl-shaped portion having a hemispherical inner surface and an outer surface centered on the top of the puzzle piece 90 that receives the spherical portion 80a. Has 90a. This part 90a has slits (cuts) 90b along the center line of the three faces of the puzzle piece 90 (the line connecting the apex and the midpoint of one side of the opposite face) until it touches the face. It is put in. [0129] When the puzzle piece 80 shown in FIGS. 9 (a) to 9 (d) and the puzzle piece 90 shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c) are combined, the puzzle is formed as shown in FIG. Piece 80 and puzzle piece 90 are combined. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the state in which the nozzle piece 80 and the puzzle piece 90 are coupled, cut along a plane passing through the apex (corresponding to the alternate long and short dash line in FIGS. 9A and 10A).
[0130] なお、本実施形態のパズル片の各面にも画像の断片が形成されている力 その配 置および形成方法は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項でのベたのと 全く同様であるので、説明を省略する。 [0130] It should be noted that the force by which image fragments are also formed on each side of the puzzle piece of the present embodiment. The arrangement and formation method are as described in [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. The explanation is omitted because it is exactly the same as that described above.
[0131] また、本実施形態では、結合部分のジョイントの大きさは、完成品の絵に目障りとな らな 、程度にすることが好ま 、。 [0131] In the present embodiment, it is preferable that the size of the joint of the coupling portion is set to a level that does not obscure the picture of the finished product.
[0132] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、以下の利点を備えている。 [0132] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
[0133] (1)遊戯者が扱いやすぐ自由にパズル片同士をくつつけたり回転したりしながら正 解を考えることができる。また、 2つのパズル片が同じ頂点で接続する 9通りの形態を 遊戯者が明確に把握できるので、遊戯者が正解を考えやすい。 [0133] (1) The player can think about the correct answer while handling and immediately putting the puzzle pieces together and rotating them. In addition, since the player can clearly grasp the nine forms in which two puzzle pieces are connected at the same vertex, the player can easily think of the correct answer.
[0134] (2) 2つのパズル片を接続した状態で、結合角度や結合方向も固定できる。よって 、 1 -シェルピンスキー四面体から 2—シェルピンスキー四面体、 2 -シェルピンスキ 一四面体から 3—シェルピンスキー四面体へと順に組み立てていく以外の順で、 n— シェルピンスキー四面体 (nは 2以上)の形状を持つ完成品を組み立てることができる 。また、互いに画像がつながった 1対のパズル片を組み合わせて固定しておくことが できる。これらにより、パズル片を完成品に組み立てる作業が容易になる。 (2) With two puzzle pieces connected, the coupling angle and direction can be fixed. Therefore, 1—Sherpinski tetrahedron, 2—Sherpinski tetrahedron, 2—Shellpinski tetrahedron to 3—Sherpinski tetrahedron, in order, n—Sherpinski tetrahedron A finished product with a body shape (n is 2 or more) can be assembled. Also, a pair of puzzle pieces with images connected to each other can be combined and fixed. These facilitate the task of assembling the puzzle pieces into a finished product.
[0135] (3)実施の形態 2と比較して、磁石が不要となる分、製造コストを低減できる。特に、 本実施形態の立体パズルは、安価なブラスティックだけで製造することが可能であり 、その場合、製造コストをより一層低減できる (3) Compared to Embodiment 2, the manufacturing cost can be reduced by the amount that the magnet is not required. In particular, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment can be manufactured only with an inexpensive blast, and in that case, the manufacturing cost can be further reduced.
(4)パズル片以外の結合用部品が必要な 、ので、パズル片以外の結合用部品を 用いる場合と比較して、結合操作が容易であり、遊戯者に手先の器用さが要求され ない。パズル片以外の結合用部品が必要ないので、結合用部品の紛失に注意したり 、結合用部品を子供が飲み込まない様に注意したりする必要がない。 (4) Since connecting parts other than puzzle pieces are required, the connecting operation is easier than in the case of using connecting parts other than puzzle pieces, and the player is not required to use dexterity at hand. Since there is no need for connecting parts other than puzzle pieces, there is no need to be careful not to lose the connecting parts or to prevent children from swallowing the connecting parts.
[0136] また、上述した構成では、パズル片の頂点の組み合わせのうち、同じ形状を持つ頂 点の組み合わせは、互いに結合できない。そのため、同じ形状を持つ頂点の組み合
わせは、最初力 正解の組み合わせ力 排除される。これにより、実施の形態 1と同 様に、頂点の組み合わせの正解を探索する探索空間が狭くなる。そのため、立体パ ズルの解決能力の低い遊戯者に、適度なヒントを与え、立体パズルの難度を下げるこ とがでさる。 [0136] Further, in the configuration described above, among the combinations of the vertices of the puzzle pieces, combinations of the vertices having the same shape cannot be coupled to each other. Therefore, the combination of vertices with the same shape The first force correct combination power is eliminated. As a result, as in the first embodiment, the search space for searching for the correct combination of vertexes is narrowed. For this reason, it is possible to give a moderate hint to a player who has a low ability to solve a three-dimensional puzzle and lower the difficulty of a three-dimensional puzzle.
[0137] 〔実施の形態 5〕 [Embodiment 5]
本発明の立体パズルのさらに他の実施の形態について、図 13〜図 15に基づいて 以下に説明する。 Still another embodiment of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
[0138] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、図 13 (a)および図 13 (b)に示すように、前述した本 発明の立体パズルにおいて、(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材 72をさらに備え、各連結部 材 72は、棒を中点でほぼ tan_ 1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げた形状を 有し、各パズル片 71の各頂点には、連結部材 72が揷脱自在に挿入しうる穴 71aが 各パズル片 71の中心に向かって続くように設けられているものである。なお、連結部 材 72の曲がっている位置は、中点からずれていてもよいが、穴 71aに挿入される両 側の直線部分の長さを十分に確保するためには、中点付近であることが好ま 、。 As shown in FIGS. 13 (a) and 13 (b), the three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment includes (2 × 4 n —2 ) connecting members 72 in the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention described above. In addition, each connecting member 72 has a shape in which the rod is bent at an intermediate point of an angle of approximately tan _ 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees). A hole 71a into which the member 72 can be removably inserted is provided so as to continue toward the center of each puzzle piece 71. The bent position of the connecting member 72 may be shifted from the midpoint.However, in order to ensure sufficient length of the straight portions on both sides inserted into the hole 71a, the bent position of the link 72 is near the midpoint. I prefer to be there.
[0139] ノズル片 71の構成材料としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、プラス ティック (非発泡の合成樹脂または半合成樹脂)や、発泡ウレタン (ウレタンフォーム) 等の発泡榭脂 (合成樹脂または半合成樹脂の発泡成形体)を用いることができる。 [0139] The constituent material of the nozzle piece 71 is not particularly limited. For example, plastic (non-foamed synthetic resin or semi-synthetic resin), foamed resin such as foamed urethane (urethane foam) ( Synthetic resin or semi-synthetic resin foam moldings) can be used.
[0140] 連結部材 72は、パズル片 71同士の結合部分の個数、すなわち(2 X 4n— 2)個だ け用意されている。 [0140] The connecting members 72 are prepared only for the number of connecting portions of the puzzle pieces 71, that is, (2 X 4 n -2).
[0141] 連結部材 72は、棒を中点でほぼ tan_1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げ た形状、すなわち等しい長さの 2つの直線部分 (棒状の部分)がほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラ ジアン (約 70度)の角度で結合された形状を有している。連結部材 72としては、 (1) 1 点でほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げることが可能な棒 (例えば 針金)を中点で曲げることによって得られるもの;(2)棒を中点でほぼ tan—1 {212)ラ ジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げた形状に最初力 成形されたもの;(3)等しい長さ の 2つの棒を中点でほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度で接合したもの等が 挙げられる。これらのうち、太さが均一な連結部材 72を作成しやすいことから、(1)が 好ましい。
[0142] 連結部材 72の構成材料としては、遊戯者が連結部材 72を穴 71aへ挿入する作業 を行う時に、形状が崩れない程度の剛性を持っていればよいが、例えば金属を用い ることが考免られる。 [0141] The connecting member 72 has a shape in which the bar is bent at an intermediate point of an angle of approximately tan _1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees), that is, two straight portions (bar-shaped portions) of equal length are approximately tan — It has a shape joined at an angle of 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees). The connecting member 72 can be obtained by (1) bending a bar (for example, a wire) that can be bent at an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) at one point; (2) Initially formed into a shape bent at an angle of approximately tan- 1 (212) radians (approximately 70 degrees) at the midpoint; (3) Two rods of equal length at the midpoint Examples include those joined at an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees). Of these, (1) is preferable because the connecting member 72 having a uniform thickness can be easily formed. [0142] As a constituent material of the connecting member 72, it is sufficient that the player has a rigidity that does not collapse when the player inserts the connecting member 72 into the hole 71a. For example, a metal is used. Is exempted.
[0143] 連結部材 72の太さは、完成した立体パズルの画像を邪魔しない程度 (例えば lm m以下)に細くすることが好ましい。また、連結部材 72の太さは、ほぼ均一であること が好ましい。連結部材 72の長さは、連結部材 72を中点までパズル片 71の頂点から 穴 71a内に挿入したときに、連結部材 72がパズル片 71の中心まで到達しない範囲 で、完成した立体パズルが壊れにくい程度に適宜決定すればよい。連結部材 72の 断面形状は、この例では円であるが、特に限定されるものではない。 [0143] It is preferable that the thickness of the connecting member 72 is reduced to such an extent that it does not interfere with the completed three-dimensional puzzle image (for example, lm m or less). Further, it is preferable that the thickness of the connecting member 72 is substantially uniform. The length of the connecting member 72 is such that the connecting member 72 does not reach the center of the puzzle piece 71 when the connecting member 72 is inserted into the hole 71a from the top of the puzzle piece 71 to the middle point. What is necessary is just to determine suitably to such an extent that it is hard to break. The cross-sectional shape of the connecting member 72 is a circle in this example, but is not particularly limited.
[0144] パズル片 71の穴 71aは、連結部材 72を挿入するだけで連結部材 72が固定され、 力を加えずに連結部材 72が勝手に回転したりぬけたりしない程度に連結部材 72を 摩擦により保持できることが望ましい。例えば、パズル片 71を発泡ウレタン等のような 反発弾性を持つ材料で製造し、穴 71aを、連結部材 72の直線部分 72aに相当する 長さの穴の途中まで形成しておぐすなわち連結部材 72の直線部分 72aより短く形 成しておくことが考えられる。これにより、最初に遊戯者が連結部材 72をさした時の 力によって、穴 71aがパズル片 71の中心に向かって広げられ (連結部材 72の直線 部分 72aに相当する長さの穴の残りの部分が形成され)、連結部材 72が穴 71a内に 保持される。また、パズル片 71を発泡ウレタン等のような反発弾性を持つ材料で製造 し、穴 71aの径を連結部材 72の径より小さくしてもよい。なお、上記の反発弾性を持 つ材料としては、発泡ウレタン以外の弾性発泡体、ゴム、熱可塑性エラストマ一などを 用いることちでさる。 [0144] In the hole 71a of the puzzle piece 71, the connecting member 72 is fixed simply by inserting the connecting member 72, and the connecting member 72 is rubbed to the extent that the connecting member 72 does not rotate or pass through without applying force. It is desirable to be able to hold by. For example, the puzzle piece 71 is made of a material having rebound resilience, such as urethane foam, and the hole 71a is formed halfway through a hole having a length corresponding to the straight portion 72a of the connecting member 72, that is, the connecting member. It is conceivable that the straight part 72 of 72 is formed shorter than the straight part 72a. As a result, the force when the player first places the connecting member 72 causes the hole 71a to expand toward the center of the puzzle piece 71 (the remaining hole of the length corresponding to the straight portion 72a of the connecting member 72). The connecting member 72 is held in the hole 71a. Alternatively, the puzzle piece 71 may be made of a material having rebound resilience such as urethane foam, and the diameter of the hole 71a may be smaller than the diameter of the connecting member 72. As the material having the above rebound resilience, an elastic foam other than urethane foam, rubber, a thermoplastic elastomer, or the like can be used.
[0145] 次に、本実施形態に係る立体パズルを組み立てる方法について説明する。 [0145] Next, a method for assembling the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment will be described.
[0146] まず、 2つのノズル片 71の頂点を結合するときには、両者の穴 71aに連結部材 72 を中点まで挿入すればよい。すなわち、 2つのノズル片 71の穴 71aに、連結部材 72 の 2つの直線部分 72a全体を挿入すればょ 、。 [0146] First, when the apexes of the two nozzle pieces 71 are joined, the connecting member 72 may be inserted to the midpoint between the holes 71a of the two nozzle pieces 71. That is, the entire two straight portions 72a of the connecting member 72 are inserted into the holes 71a of the two nozzle pieces 71.
[0147] 2つのパズル片 71 (「パズル片 71A」とする)が結合しているときに、もう一つのパズ ル片 71 (「パズル片 71B」とする)を結合するには、パズル片 71Bにおけるパズル片 7[0147] When two puzzle pieces 71 (referred to as "Puzzle piece 71A") are joined, another puzzle piece 71 (referred to as "Puzzle piece 71B") can be joined using puzzle piece 71B. Puzzle pieces in 7
1Aと結合しょうとする 2つの頂点に設けられた穴 71aに対して、 2つの連結部材 72を
それぞれ中点まで挿入し、図 14 (a)に示すように、パズル片 71B力も突き出した 2つ の連結部材 72の残りの直線部分 72aの向きを、パズル片 71Bの結合する方向の面 に垂直になるようにし、あらかじめ結合している 2つのパズル片 71Aにおけるパズル 片 71Bと結合しょうとする頂点の上方の位置(穴 71aの延長線上の位置)から 2本の 連結部材 72を滑らすようにパズル片 71Aの 2つの穴 71aに同時に挿入すればよい。 これにより、図 14 (b)に示すように、 3つのパズル片 71A.71Bが互いに結合される。 Two connecting members 72 are attached to the holes 71a provided at the two apexes to be connected to 1A. Insert each to the middle point, and as shown in Fig. 14 (a), the direction of the remaining straight portions 72a of the two connecting members 72 that also project the force of the puzzle piece 71B is perpendicular to the plane in which the puzzle piece 71B is joined The two puzzle pieces 71A in the two puzzle pieces 71A that are connected in advance are slid from the position above the apex to be connected to the puzzle piece 71B (position on the extension line of the hole 71a) to slide the two connecting members 72 It only has to be inserted into the two holes 71a of the piece 71A at the same time. As a result, as shown in FIG. 14 (b), the three puzzle pieces 71A and 71B are coupled to each other.
[0148] これら 3つのパズル片 71A.71Bが結合しているときに、もう一つのパズル片 71 (「 パズル片 71 C」とする)を結合して 1 シェルピンスキー四面体を得るには、パズル片 71Cにおけるパズル片 71Α· 71Βと結合しょうとする 3つの頂点に設けられた穴 71a に対して、 3つの連結部材 72を中点まで挿入し、図 15 (a)に示すように、 3つの連結 部材 72の残りの直線部分 72aの向きを、パズル片 71Cの結合する方向の面に垂直 になるようにし、あら力じめ結合している 3つのパズル片 71Α· 71Βにおけるパズル片 71Cと結合しょうとする頂点の上方の位置(穴 71aの延長線上の位置)から 3本の連 結部材 72を滑らすようにパズル片 71Α· 71Βの 3つの穴 71aに同時に挿入すればよ い。これにより、図 15 (b)に示す 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品 70 が得られる。 [0148] When these three puzzle pieces 71A.71B are joined, another puzzle piece 71 (referred to as "Puzzle Piece 71 C") can be joined to obtain a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron. In the puzzle piece 71C, three connecting members 72 are inserted to the midpoints in the holes 71a provided at the three vertices to be connected to the puzzle pieces 71Α and 71Β, as shown in Fig. 15 (a). The puzzle pieces 71C in the three puzzle pieces 71Α and 71Β are joined together by forcefully connecting the remaining straight portions 72a of the two connecting members 72 so that they are perpendicular to the plane in which the puzzle pieces 71C are joined. Insert the three connecting members 72 from the position above the apex to be connected (position on the extension line of the hole 71a) into the three holes 71a of the puzzle pieces 71Α and 71Β at the same time. As a result, a finished product 70 having the shape of a 1-shell pinski tetrahedron shown in FIG. 15 (b) is obtained.
[0149] 4つの n シェルピンスキー四面体から(n+ 1) シェルピンスキー四面体を作成す るときも、上述した 1 シェルピンスキー四面体を作成するときと同様の方法で (n + 1 [0149] Creating an (n + 1) Sherpinski tetrahedron from four n Sherpinski tetrahedrons (n + 1) is similar to creating a 1 Sherpinski tetrahedron as described above.
)一シヱルピンスキー四面体を作成すればよい。 ) Create a single seal pinski tetrahedron.
[0150] なお、本実施形態のパズル片 71の各面にも画像の断片が形成されているが、その 配置および形成方法は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項でのベた ものと全く同様であるので、説明を省略する。 It should be noted that image fragments are also formed on each surface of the puzzle piece 71 of the present embodiment, and the arrangement and formation method thereof are described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. The explanation is omitted because it is exactly the same as the previous one.
[0151] 本実施形態の立体パズルは、以下の利点を備えている。 [0151] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present embodiment has the following advantages.
[0152] (1)任意の 2つの頂点が結合可能(各パズル片の各頂点が他の全てのパズル片の 全ての頂点と結合可能)であるので、実施の形態 2および 4と比較して、探索空間が 広ぐ立体パズルの難度をより一層高めることができる。 [0152] (1) Since any two vertices can be combined (each vertex of each puzzle piece can be combined with all vertices of all other puzzle pieces), compared to Embodiments 2 and 4 The difficulty of a 3D puzzle with a wide search space can be further increased.
[0153] (2)実施の形態 2と比較して、磁石が不要となる分、製造コストを低減できる。 [0153] (2) Compared to Embodiment 2, the manufacturing cost can be reduced by the amount that a magnet is not required.
[0154] (3)実施の形態 3と比較して、小さい力でパズル片同士を結合できる。
[0155] (4)また、パズル片を 1つずつ結合することが可能であり、また、パズル片を 1つず つ結合しても、ノズル片同士の角度を固定することができる。したがって、実施の形 態 2や実施の形態 3と比較して、パズル片を完成品に組み立てる作業が容易になる。 (3) Compared to Embodiment 3, puzzle pieces can be coupled with a small force. [0155] (4) Also, it is possible to join the puzzle pieces one by one, and even if the puzzle pieces are joined one by one, the angle between the nozzle pieces can be fixed. Therefore, as compared with Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3, the task of assembling a puzzle piece into a finished product becomes easier.
[0156] (5)完成した立体パズルは、実施の形態 2と比較して壊れにくぐまた、実施の形態 3と比較してよりシェルピンスキー四面体に近い形状となる。 (5) The completed three-dimensional puzzle is more difficult to break than the second embodiment, and has a shape closer to a shell pin ski tetrahedron than the third embodiment.
[0157] また、この作成方法は、実施の形態 1における広告表示物の作成にも利用できる。 [0157] This creation method can also be used to create an advertisement display in the first embodiment.
その際には、完成後に、連結部材 72を接着剤などで穴 71aに固定することが好まし い。 In that case, it is preferable to fix the connecting member 72 to the hole 71a with an adhesive or the like after completion.
[0158] 本実施形態に係る完成品 70は、装飾品(デコレーション)、広告表示物、立体ロゴ などの立体ディスプレイとして有用であり、また、上述したように、壊れにくぐまた、 n —シェルピンスキー四面体により近 、形状であると!/、う利点を有して 、る。したがって 、 4n個のパズル片 71および(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材 72を、立体パズルとすること なぐ最初力 組み立てて立体ディスプレイとして販売してもよい。この立体ディスプレ ィにおいては、基材断片の全ての頂点に穴 71aを設ける必要はなぐ基材断片同士 の結合点に対応する頂点のみに穴 71aを設ければよい。また、連結部材 72は、両側 が異なる基材断片の穴に挿入されていればよいが、穴 71aから抜けない状態で接着 剤などにより固定されて 、ることが望ま 、。 [0158] The finished product 70 according to the present embodiment is useful as a three-dimensional display such as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, and a three-dimensional logo, and, as described above, is difficult to break. It is closer to the ski tetrahedron and has the advantage of being shaped! Therefore, 4 n pieces of puzzle 71 and (2 × 4 n −2) connecting members 72 may be assembled as a three-dimensional puzzle and sold as a three-dimensional display. In this three-dimensional display, it is not necessary to provide the holes 71a at all the vertices of the base material fragments, and the holes 71a may be provided only at the vertices corresponding to the connection points between the base material fragments. Further, the connecting member 72 may be inserted into the holes of the different base material pieces on both sides, but it is desirable that the connecting member 72 be fixed with an adhesive or the like so as not to come out of the hole 71a.
[0159] この立体ディスプレイの用途としては、部屋の中や店舗の中などに飾って楽しむこと が考えられる。また、立体ディスプレイ上の画像としては、例えば、寺社などの観光ス ポットの写真、学術機関や企業などのロゴが挙げられる。 [0159] As an application of this stereoscopic display, it may be possible to display it in a room or a store and enjoy it. Examples of images on a stereoscopic display include photographs of tourist spots such as temples and shrines and logos of academic institutions and companies.
[0160] また、上述した立体パズル(4n個のパズル片 71および(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材 7 2の組み合わせ)力 パズルとしての要素を排除したキットも、立体ディスプレイの作 成に有用である。 [0160] In addition, the above-described three-dimensional puzzle (a combination of 4 n pieces of puzzle 71 and (2 X 4 n — 2) connecting members 7 2) force puzzles can also be used to create a three-dimensional display. It is useful for development.
[0161] すなわち、本発明の実施の一形態に係る立体ディスプレイの作成キットは、パズル 片 71と同様の形状を持つ 4n個の基材断片と、(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材 72とを含ん でいる。 [0161] In other words, the stereoscopic display creation kit according to the embodiment of the present invention includes 4 n pieces of base material having the same shape as the puzzle piece 71 and (2 X 4 n -2) connected pieces. Member 72.
[0162] この作成キットは、基材断片の組み立て方を購入者に明示せず、パズルとして購入 者に楽しませるようになつていてもよぐ最初力 添付の説明書などにより丁寧にどこ
とどことが接続されるかを明示し、購入者がパズルとして楽しまずに組み立てられるよ うになつていてもよい。したがって、完成品における基材断片同士の結合点に対応す る頂点のうちの少なくとも 1つ力 正解以外の少なくとも 1つの基材断片の少なくとも 1 つの頂点にも着脱自在に結合することが可能な構造を備えて 、る必要はな 、。すな わち、立体パズルのように、連結部材 72を何度も抜き差し (挿脱)できるようになって おらず、一度しか差せな 、ようになって 、てもよ 、。 [0162] This creation kit does not clearly show how to assemble the base piece to the purchaser, but can be used to entertain the purchaser as a puzzle. It is possible to specify where things are connected and allow the purchaser to assemble them as fun puzzles. Therefore, at least one of the vertices corresponding to the joining points of the base material pieces in the finished product can be detachably connected to at least one vertex of at least one base piece other than the correct answer It is not necessary to have In other words, like the three-dimensional puzzle, the connecting member 72 can not be inserted / removed (inserted / removed) many times, and can only be inserted once.
[0163] 上記作成キットとしては、例えば、発泡ウレタンで形成された 4n個(4個、 16個、 64 個、または" の基材断片と、針金で形成された(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材 72とを 含むものを販売することが考えられる。なお、連結部材 72に代えて、購入者が加工 することによって連結部材 72を形成するための部品、例えば、(2 X 4n— 2)個の連結 部材 72に相当する長さを持つ 1本の針金や、中点で曲げると連結部材 72となるよう な(2 X 4n— 2)個の針金を用いてもよい。ただし、これらの場合、購入者が加工する 手間が必要となるので、連結部材 72を用いる方が好ましい。 [0163] The above-mentioned preparation kit includes, for example, 4 n (4, 16, 64, or "" base material fragments formed of urethane foam and a wire (2 X 4 n — 2 It is conceivable to sell a product that includes a single connecting member 72. Instead of the connecting member 72, a part for forming the connecting member 72 by processing by the purchaser, for example, (2 X 4 n -2) 1 wire with a length corresponding to 72 connecting members 72 or (2 X 4 n -2) wires that become the connecting member 72 when bent at the midpoint may be used. However, in these cases, it is preferable to use the connecting member 72 because it requires labor for the purchaser to process.
[0164] 上記基材断片には、画像が形成されたシート (写真など)を貼り付けるなどの方法に より最初力も画像が形成されていてもよぐ作成キットの購入者が画像が形成された シート(写真など)を貼り付けるなどの方法により好みの画像を形成できるようになって いてもよい。後者の場合においては、 2枚の画像 (写真など)のデータが与えられると 、基材断片に貼り付ける画像形成済みシート (写真の断片など)の型紙をプリンタから 出力させる処理をコンピュータに実行させるためのソフトウェアを記憶した記録媒体を 、上記作成キットに添付してもよい。 [0164] An image was formed on the above-mentioned base piece by a purchaser of a preparation kit that may have an initial image formed by a method such as attaching a sheet (such as a photograph) on which an image has been formed. The user may be able to form a desired image by a method such as pasting a sheet (such as a photograph). In the latter case, when data for two images (photos, etc.) is given, the computer is caused to execute a process of outputting a pattern of an image-formed sheet (photo fragments, etc.) to be pasted to the base piece from the printer. A recording medium storing software for the above may be attached to the preparation kit.
[0165] この作成キットは、立体ディスプレイを作成すると!/、う目的に利用できる他、この作 成の過程にお!、て、シェルピンスキー四面体と!/、う立体図形の構造につ!、て学ぶこ とのできる学習教材としても有用である。 [0165] This creation kit can be used to create 3D displays! /, And can be used in the process of creating 3D displays! It is also useful as a learning material that can be learned.
[0166] なお、本発明に係る立体パズルは、 4n個のほぼ正四面体の形状を持ち、第 1の画 像の断片および第 2の画像の断片が形成された紙カゝらなるパズル片と、パズル片同 士を着脱可能な手段であって使用者が容易に入手可能な手段 (例えば、セロハンテ ープや、結合しょうとする 2つのパズル片の頂点に差し込み可能な棒 (例えばピアノ 線棒の様に硬 、針金)など)とで実現することができる。
[0167] この場合、立体パズルを提供するメーカーは、 4n個のパズル片を作成するための型 紙を使用者に販売し、使用者が、型紙から 4n個のパズル片を作成し、作成した 4n個 のパズル片と、使用者が用意したパズル片同士を着脱可能な手段とを用いて立体パ ズルを作成してもよい。例えば、図 50に示すように、 4個のパズル片 1P〜4Pを作成 するための型紙 100は、切り取り線と、折り目と、 12個ののりしろ a〜cと、第 1の画像 P Aの断片 PA1〜PA4と、第 2の画像 PBの断片 PB1〜PB4とが紙上に形成されてな り、上記切り取り線に沿って切り取り、折り目をすベて山になるように折り、のりしろ a〜 cにのりを貼って組み立てると、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数) 個のパズル片が作成できるように、切り取り線(図 50に実線で示す)、折り目(図 50に 破線で示す)、および、のりしろ a〜cが構成されており、 4個のパズル片 1P〜4Pは、 正しく結合させたときにほぼ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が 得られるようなものである。なお、第 1の画像 PAの断片 PA1〜PA4および第 2の画 像 PBの断片 PB1〜PB4は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述 ベたのと同様にして形成されている。また、各パズル片を組み立てるには、まず、より 大きい 2つの正三角形の形状を持つのりしろ aおよび bの間にある 3つの折り目と、より 小さいのりしろ cとより大きいのりしろ cとを繋ぐ折り目とを山形に折り、のりしろ cの表面 をのりしろ aの裏面に糊付けすることで、正四面体を作成する。次いで、残り 2枚の正 三角形の裏面をのりしろ aおよび bの表面に糊付けすることで、パズル片を作成する。 [0166] In addition, three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention, 4 n pieces have approximately the shape of a tetrahedron, the first images fragment and the second paper mosquito fragment was formed in the imageゝRanaru Puzzle A means that can be attached to and removed from the puzzle piece and is easily available to the user (e.g. cellophane tape or a stick that can be inserted into the apex of two puzzle pieces to be joined (e.g. piano) It can be realized with a hard, wire like wire rod). [0167] In this case, manufacturer of solid puzzle, 4 n pieces of selling type paper for creating the puzzle piece to the user, the user creates a 4 n pieces of the puzzle piece from paper, A 3D puzzle may be created using the 4 n pieces of puzzle created and a means that allows the user to attach and detach the puzzle pieces. For example, as shown in FIG. 50, a pattern 100 for creating four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P includes a cut line, a crease, twelve margins a to c, and a fragment PA1 of the first image PA. ~ PA4 and the second image PB fragment PB1 ~ PB4 are formed on the paper, cut along the above cut line, fold all over the crease, and paste on a to c Assemble the cut lines (shown as solid lines in Fig. 50) and fold lines (shown as broken lines in Fig. 50) so that 4 n pieces (n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces with a regular tetrahedron shape can be created. ), And margins a to c are configured, and the four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P, when correctly combined, will give a finished product with the shape of a first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. It ’s like that. The fragments PA1 to PA4 of the first image PA and the fragments PB1 to PB4 of the second image PB are the same as described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. Is formed. In order to assemble each puzzle piece, first, three creases between two larger equilateral triangles a and b, and a crease connecting the smaller margin c and the larger margin c. Create a regular tetrahedron by folding it into a chevron and pasting the surface of the glue c onto the back of the glue a. Next, glue the remaining two backs of regular triangles to the front and back surfaces of a and b to create a puzzle piece.
[0168] 上記型紙 100を用いれば、使用者は、上記切り取り線に沿って切り取り、折り目に 沿って折り、のりしろ a〜cにのりを貼って組み立てると、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4 n(nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片 1P〜4Pが作成できる。そして、使用者は、これら のパズル片 1P〜4P同士を着脱可能な手段 (セロハンテープや、結合しょうとする 2 つのパズル片の頂点に差し込み可能な棒 (例えばピアノ線棒の様に硬 、針金)など) で着脱することにより、前記構成の立体パズルと同様にして、立体パズルを楽しむこ とができる。なお、パズル片同士を着脱可能な手段として棒を用いる場合、パズル片 1P〜4Pのそれぞれの頂点を小さくはさみで切り、棒がぎりぎり通る位の穴をあければ よい。 [0168] If the pattern 100 is used, the user cuts along the cut line, folds along the crease, and pastes the paste a to c to form a substantially tetrahedral shape 4 n (n is any natural number) puzzle pieces 1P-4P can be created. The user can then attach / detach these puzzle pieces 1P to 4P (such as cellophane tape or a stick that can be inserted into the apex of two puzzle pieces to be joined (for example, hard and wire like a piano wire stick). ), Etc.), the 3D puzzle can be enjoyed in the same manner as the 3D puzzle having the above configuration. In addition, when using a stick as a means by which the puzzle pieces can be attached and detached, it is only necessary to cut each vertex of the puzzle pieces 1P to 4P with a small pair of scissors and make a hole as far as the stick passes.
[0169] 上記立体パズルは、パズル片同士のどの頂点とどの頂点をつなげたら画像がつな
力 て 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体ができるかを考えて、楽しむことができる。す なわち、上記立体パズルは、画像のつながり方力も対応する頂点を探す、立体ジグ ゾーパズルである。 [0169] In the above three-dimensional puzzle, when you connect which vertex and which vertex of the puzzle pieces, the image is connected You can enjoy it by thinking if you can make a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. In other words, the above-mentioned three-dimensional puzzle is a three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle that searches for vertices corresponding to image connection methods.
[0170] 上記立体パズルは、例えば以下に示す方法で解くことができる。ここでは、図 50に 示す型紙 100から作成されるパズル片 1P〜4Pを用いた立体パズルの解き方につい て説明するが、前述した他の実施の形成に係る立体パズルも同様の方法で解くこと ができる。 [0170] The three-dimensional puzzle can be solved by the following method, for example. Here, how to solve a three-dimensional puzzle using puzzle pieces 1P to 4P created from the pattern 100 shown in FIG. 50 will be described. However, a three-dimensional puzzle according to another embodiment described above can be solved in a similar manner. it can.
[0171] (1)まず、パズル片(正四面体) 1P〜4Pの向きを揃える。パズル片(正四面体) 1P 〜4Pには、 2面ずつ使って 2枚の画像 (絵や写真等) PAおよび PBが形成されて 、る 。片方の画像 PBは横長の菱形であり、片方の画像 PAは縦長である。横長の画像 P Bを「表画像」、縦長の画像 PAを「裏画像」と呼ぶことにする。表画像 PBも裏画像 PA も上の頂点は同じはずである。そこで、各ノズル片 1P〜4Pに形成された表画像断 片 PB1〜PB4および裏画像断片 PA1〜PA4のどの頂点が上かを考え、上と考えら れる頂点が上に来るようにパズル片 1P〜4P (正四面体)を置く。このとき、パズル片 1 P〜4Pの底面は裏の絵になるはずである。次に、各パズル片 1P〜4Pについて表画 像断片 PB1〜PB4の半分ずつが形成された 2つの面が手前にくるように正四面体の 向きを変える。パズル片 1P〜4Pを 4つともこの向きにすれば、手前のななめ上から見 ると、表画像断片 PB1〜PB4がすべて見えるはずである。 [0171] (1) First, align the orientation of the puzzle pieces (tetrahedron) 1P to 4P. Puzzle pieces (regular tetrahedrons) 1P to 4P have two images (pictures, photos, etc.) PA and PB formed on two sides. One image PB is a horizontally long diamond, and one image PA is vertically long. The horizontally long image P B is called “front image”, and the vertically long image PA is called “back image”. The top vertices of the front image PB and the back image PA should be the same. Therefore, consider the top of the front image fragments PB1 to PB4 and the back image fragments PA1 to PA4 formed on each nozzle piece 1P to 4P, and the puzzle pieces 1P so that the vertex considered to be above is on the top. Put ~ 4P (tetrahedron). At this time, the bottom of the puzzle pieces 1P-4P should be the back picture. Next, change the orientation of the regular tetrahedron so that the two faces on which half of the image pieces PB1 to PB4 are formed are in front of each puzzle piece 1P to 4P. If all four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P are oriented in this direction, all the front image fragments PB1 to PB4 should be visible when viewed from the front lick.
[0172] (2)この 4つの表画像断片 PB1、 PB2、 PB3、および PB4はそれぞれ、図 2 (b)に 示すように、 1つの表画像 PBの上部分、右部分、下部分、および左部分に当たる。そ こで、各パズル片に形成された表画像断片が上部分 (PB1)、右部分 (PB2)、下部 分 (PB3)、および左部分 (PB4)のどれに当たるかを、表画像断片の内容から判断 する。そして、 4つのパズル片 1P〜4Pを、図 51に示すように配置する。このとき、表 画像 PBの下部分 (PB3)が形成されたパズル片 3Pの頂点と、表画像 PBの上部分 (P B1)が形成されたパズル片 1Pの頂点とが重なるように手前の斜め上から(図の矢印 の方向から)見ると、 4つのパズル片 1P〜4Pの表画像断片がつながって表画像 PB 力 S (上下を頂点とする正方形の形状で)見えるはずである。この状態で、 3つのパズル 片 2P〜4Pをつなげる。
[0173] (3)この状態で、表画像 PBの上部分 (PB1)が形成されたパズル片 IP (正四面体) を持ち上げて、パズル片 2P〜4P (正四面体)の一番上の頂点と、パズル片 1P (正四 面体)の下側の 3つの頂点とをつなげる。これにより、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面 体の形状を持ち、 2つの画像 PAおよび PBが見える立体 (完成品)が出来上がる。 [0172] (2) The four table image fragments PB1, PB2, PB3, and PB4 are respectively the upper, right, lower, and left of one table image PB, as shown in FIG. 2 (b). Hit the part. Therefore, the contents of the table image fragment indicate whether the table image fragment formed on each puzzle piece corresponds to the upper part (PB1), right part (PB2), lower part (PB3), or left part (PB4). Judging from Then, four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P are arranged as shown in FIG. At this time, the top of the puzzle piece 3P in which the lower part (PB3) of the front image PB is formed and the top of the puzzle piece 1P in which the upper part (P B1) of the front image PB is formed overlap with each other. When viewed from above (from the direction of the arrows in the figure), the table image fragments of the four puzzle pieces 1P to 4P should be connected and visible in the table image PB force S (in the shape of a square with the top and bottom vertices). In this state, connect 3 puzzle pieces 2P-4P. [0173] (3) In this state, lift the puzzle piece IP (regular tetrahedron) on which the upper part (PB1) of the table image PB is formed, and place it on the top of the puzzle pieces 2P to 4P (regular tetrahedron). Connect the vertices to the lower three vertices of puzzle piece 1P (regular tetrahedron). This creates a solid (finished product) that has the shape of a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron and allows you to see two images PA and PB.
[0174] 第 1の画像 PAの断片および第 2の画像 PBの断片が形成された 16個のパズル片か ら 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を形成する立体パズルを解く場合には、 16個の パズル片を図 52に示すように配置し、 4ピースの時と同様に、手前から斜めの角度で 見たときに、各断片の表の絵がつながって一つの絵になるようにします。図 52におい て各パズル片に付されて ヽる符号は、そのパズル片に形成されて ヽる第 2の画像 PB に対応する、図 4 (b)の画像断片の符号である。表画像 PBのつながり方が分かりにく い時には、裏画像 P Aも利用すればよい。図 52のように配置できたら、図 52における 4つのパズル片 11〜14、 4つのパズル片 21〜24、 4つのパズル片 31〜34、および 4つのパズル片 41〜44でそれぞれ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を作成し、合計 4つの 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を得る。これら 4つの 1次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体を、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を作成したときと同様に接合すれば、 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持ち、 2つの画像 P Aおよび PBが見える立 体 (完成品)が出来上がる。 [0174] When solving a 3D puzzle that forms a quadratic approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron from 16 puzzle pieces in which the first image PA piece and the second image PB piece are formed, 16 pieces The puzzle pieces are arranged as shown in Figure 52, and when viewed at an oblique angle from the front, as in the case of four pieces, the front picture of each piece is connected to form one picture. In FIG. 52, the reference numeral given to each puzzle piece is the reference numeral of the image fragment in FIG. 4 (b) corresponding to the second image PB formed on the puzzle piece. If it is difficult to understand how the front image PB is connected, the back image P A can also be used. Once arranged as shown in Figure 52, the first approximate shells in the four puzzle pieces 11-14, four puzzle pieces 21-24, four puzzle pieces 31-34, and four puzzle pieces 41-44 in Figure 52, respectively. Create a Pinsky tetrahedron and obtain a total of four first-order shell Pinsky tetrahedrons. If these four first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedrons are joined in the same way as when the first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron was created, it has the shape of a second order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, and two images PA and A standing body (completed product) with PB visible is completed.
[0175] 同様のことを繰り返せば、 nが 3以上の 4n個のパズル片力 n次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体を形成する立体パズル、例えば、 64個のパズル片から 3次近似シェルピン スキー四面体を形成する立体パズルも解くことができる。 [0175] If we repeat the same, n is 3 or more 4 n puzzle piece forces nth order approximate shell pin skis Three-dimensional puzzles that form a tetrahedron, for example, third order approximate shell pin ski four sides from 64 puzzle pieces You can also solve 3D puzzles that form your body.
[0176] 〔実施の形態 6〕 [Embodiment 6]
本発明の立体パズルのさらに他の実施の形態について、図 16〜図 31に基づいて 以下に説明する。 Still another embodiment of the three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
[0177] 本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体のフレーム(全ての辺の集合)の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、 n 次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の各頂点に対応する 4個のパズル片(頂点パズル片 ) 102· 103 (図 20〜図 24参照)と、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する正四 面体同士の結合部分に対応する 2(2n+1)— 2 (nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片 (結
合パズル片) 101 (図 16〜図 19参照)とを含むものである。 [0177] The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has an n-th order approximation such that when correctly combined, a finished product having the shape of a frame (a set of all sides) of an approximately n-th order shellpin ski tetrahedron is obtained. Four puzzle pieces (vertex puzzle pieces) 102 · 103 (see Fig. 20 to Fig. 24) corresponding to each vertex of the Sherpinski tetrahedron and the regular tetrahedrons that make up the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron 2 ( 2n + 1) — 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzle pieces ( Puzzle pieces) 101 (see FIGS. 16 to 19).
[0178] パズル片 101について、図 16〜図 19に基づいて説明する。図 16は、パズル片 10 1の構造を示す斜視図であり、図 17は、パズル片 101を図 16に示す上方向から見た 様子を示す上面図であり、図 18は、パズル片 101を図 17に示す右方向力も見た様 子を示す側面図であり、図 19は、パズル片 101を図 17に示す前方向力も見た様子 を示す前面図である。 [0178] The puzzle piece 101 will be described with reference to Figs. FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the structure of the puzzle piece 101. FIG. 17 is a top view showing the puzzle piece 101 as viewed from above as shown in FIG. 16. FIG. 18 shows the puzzle piece 101. FIG. 19 is a side view showing a state in which the rightward force shown in FIG. 17 is also seen, and FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state in which the puzzle piece 101 is also seen in the forward force shown in FIG.
[0179] 2(2n+1)— 2個のパズル片 101は、全て同一の形状を有している。図 16〜図 19に示 すように、パズル片(結合パズル片) 101の各々は、基点部 101aと、基点部 101aか ら異なる方向へ放射状に伸びるように設けられた 3つのリム (第 1リム) 101b〜101d および 3つのリム(第 2リム) 101e〜101gとからなる。 [0179] 2 ( 2n + 1) — The two puzzle pieces 101 all have the same shape. As shown in FIGS. 16 to 19, each of the puzzle pieces (joint puzzle pieces) 101 has a base point 101a and three rims (first 1) provided so as to extend radially from the base point 101a in different directions. Rim) 101b to 101d and three rims (second rim) 101e to 101g.
[0180] これら第 1リム(リム 101b〜101d)の各々は、他の 2つの第 1リムの伸びる方向に対 して 60度の角度をなすように設けられている。すなわち、リム 101bとリム 101cとのな す角度、リム 101cとリム 101dとのなす角度、およびリム 101dとリム 101bとのなす角 度は、いずれも 60度である。同様に、これら第 2リム(リム 101e〜101g)の各々は、他 の 2つの第 2リムの伸びる方向に対して 60度の角度をなすように設けられて 、る。す なわち、リム 101eとリム 101fとのなす角度、リム 101fとリム 101gとのなす角度、およ びリム 101gとリム 101eとのなす角度は、いずれも 60度である。 [0180] Each of the first rims (rims 101b to 101d) is provided so as to form an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the extending direction of the other two first rims. That is, the angle between rim 101b and rim 101c, the angle between rim 101c and rim 101d, and the angle between rim 101d and rim 101b are all 60 degrees. Similarly, each of these second rims (rims 101e to 101g) is provided so as to form an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the extending direction of the other two second rims. That is, the angle between the rim 101e and the rim 101f, the angle between the rim 101f and the rim 101g, and the angle between the rim 101g and the rim 101e are all 60 degrees.
[0181] リム 101b〜101gは、概ね二等辺三角形を底面とする三角柱の形状を有し、その 側面同士のなす角度は、 1つが正四面体の 2面の間の角度と等しい角度、すなわち t an_1(2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)であり、他の 2つは互いに等 、角度 (約 55度)である 。なお、リム 101b〜: LOlgは、後述するように、貫通孔 (または凹部)が先端に形成さ れているか、あるいは凸部が先端に形成されているので、完全な三角柱ではない。し 力しながら、図 16〜図 19では、図面の簡素化のために、完全な三角柱としてリム 10 lb〜: LOlgを描き、リム 101b〜101gにおける、貫通孔 (または凹部)および凸部が 形成された接続部の形状は、これら図 16〜図 19には示さず、別の図 25〜図 30にの み示している。ただし、図 17では、貫通孔 (または凹部)が形成されたリムと、凸部が 形成されたリムとを区別するために、貫通孔 (または凹部)が形成されたリムの先端に は記号「B」を付け、凸部が形成されたリムの先端には記号「A」を付けて 、る。
[0182] 図 17に記号で示すように、パズル片 101の 6つのリム 101b〜101gのうち、 3つの 先端には凹部または貫通孔 (以下、適宜「凹型接続点」と称する)が形成され、残り 3 つの先端には、上記凹型接続点に対して嵌脱自在な凸部(以下、適宜「凸型接続点 」と称する)が形成されている。より詳細には、 3つのリム 101b〜101d (第 1リム)のう ち、 1つのリム 101bの先端には凹型接続点が形成され、残り 2つのリム lOlc ' lOld の先端には凸型接続点が形成されている。 3つの第 2リムのうち、 2つのリム lOlf ' 10 lgの先端には凹型接続点が形成され、残り 1つのリム 101eの先端には凸型接続点 が形成されている。 [0181] The rims 101b to 101g have a triangular prism shape with an isosceles triangle as a bottom surface, and the angle between the side surfaces is equal to the angle between two surfaces of a regular tetrahedron, that is, t an _1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees), the other two are equal to each other and are at an angle (about 55 degrees). Note that the rim 101b: LOlg is not a perfect triangular prism because a through-hole (or recess) is formed at the tip or a projection is formed at the tip, as will be described later. However, in FIGS. 16 to 19, in order to simplify the drawing, a rim 10 lb to LOLO is drawn as a complete triangular prism, and through holes (or recesses) and protrusions are formed in the rims 101 b to 101 g. The shape of the connected portion is not shown in FIGS. 16 to 19, but is shown only in other FIGS. 25 to 30. However, in FIG. 17, in order to distinguish between a rim having a through hole (or recess) and a rim having a protrusion, the symbol “ “B” is attached, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex portion is formed. [0182] As indicated by the symbols in FIG. 17, among the six rims 101b to 101g of the puzzle piece 101, three tips are formed with recesses or through holes (hereinafter referred to as “concave connection points” as appropriate) At the remaining three tips, convex portions (hereinafter referred to as “convex connection points” where appropriate) that can be freely inserted into and removed from the concave connection points are formed. More specifically, of the three rims 101b to 101d (first rim), a concave connection point is formed at the tip of one rim 101b, and a convex connection point is formed at the tip of the remaining two rims lOlc 'lOld. Is formed. Of the three second rims, two rims lOlf '10 lg have a concave connection point at the tip, and a remaining rim 101e has a convex connection point.
[0183] 図 17に示すように、第 1リムのうちの 1つのリム 101cと第 2リムのうちの 1つのリム 101 fとは、同一直線上に揃っており、一方のリム 101cの先端に凸型接続点が形成され、 他方のリム 101fの先端に凹型接続点が形成されている。また、第 1リムのうちのリム 1 01cを除く 2つのリム 101b ' lOldは、一方のリム 101bの先端に凹型接続点が形成さ れ、他方のリム lOldの先端に凸型接続点が形成されている。さらに、図 17の投影像 上で 180度の角度をなすリム 101bとリム 101gとは、パズル片 101の中心を通り図 17 の紙面に垂直(リム 101b ' lOld' 101e ' 101gの先端を結んでできる面に垂直)な軸 を中心として一方を 180度回転させると、他方に完全に重なるように形成されて!、る。 したがって、リム 101bの先端と同様にリム 101gの先端にも凹型接続点が形成されて いる。また、図 17の投影像上で 180度の角度をなすリム lOldとリム 101eとは、パズ ル片 101の中心を通り図 17の紙面に垂直な軸を中心として一方を 180度回転させる と、他方に完全に重なるように形成されている。したがって、リム lOldの先端と同様に リム 101eの先端にも凸型接続点が形成されている。 [0183] As shown in FIG. 17, one rim 101c of the first rim and one rim 101f of the second rim are aligned on the same straight line, and are arranged at the tip of one rim 101c. A convex connection point is formed, and a concave connection point is formed at the tip of the other rim 101f. In addition, the two rims 101b′lOld excluding the rim 101c in the first rim have a concave connection point formed at the tip of one rim 101b and a convex connection point formed at the tip of the other rim lOld. ing. Furthermore, the rim 101b and the rim 101g that form an angle of 180 degrees on the projected image of FIG. 17 pass through the center of the puzzle piece 101 and are perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17 (the rim 101b 'lOld' 101e ' If one is rotated 180 degrees around an axis that is perpendicular to the surface that can be formed, it will be completely overlapped with the other! Accordingly, a concave connection point is formed at the tip of the rim 101g as well as at the tip of the rim 101b. In addition, the rim lOld and the rim 101e that form an angle of 180 degrees on the projected image of FIG. 17 are rotated by 180 degrees about an axis that passes through the center of the puzzle piece 101 and is perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. It is formed so as to completely overlap the other. Accordingly, a convex connection point is formed at the tip of the rim 101e as well as the tip of the rim lOld.
[0184] 次に、 4個のパズル片(頂点パズル片) 102 · 103について、図 20〜図 24に基づい て以下に説明する。図 20は、ノズル片 102の構造を示す斜視図であり、図 24は、パ ズル片 103の構造を示す斜視図である。図 21は、パズル片 102 (または 103)を図 2 0 (または図 24)に示す上方向(ただし紙面に対して約 31度 (tan— 1 ( 6/4)ラジアン) 斜め上の方向)から見た様子を示す上面図であり、図 22は、パズル片 102 (または 1 03)を図 20 (または図 24)に示す右方向から見た様子を示す側面図であり、図 23は 、 ノズル片 102 (または 103)を図 20 (または図 24)に示す前方向から見た様子を示
す前面図である。 [0184] Next, the four puzzle pieces (vertex puzzle pieces) 102 · 103 will be described below with reference to Figs. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 102, and FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the structure of the nozzle piece 103. Figure 21 shows the puzzle piece 102 (or 103) from the top shown in Figure 20 (or Figure 24) (however, about 31 degrees (tan — 1 (6/4) radians) diagonally upward) FIG. 22 is a top view showing the appearance, FIG. 22 is a side view showing the puzzle piece 102 (or 1 03) seen from the right direction shown in FIG. 20 (or FIG. 24), and FIG. Figure 102 (or 103) is seen from the front as shown in Figure 20 (or Figure 24). FIG.
[0185] 4個のパズル片 102 · 103は、図 20〜図 23に示すパズル片(第 1頂点パズル片) 1 02の 2個と、図 21〜図 24に示すパズル片(第 2頂点パズル片) 103の 2個と力もなる 。 4つのノ ズノレ片 102 · 103は、全て 3つのリムをもつ。 [0185] The four puzzle pieces 102 and 103 are the two puzzle pieces (first vertex puzzle piece) 102 shown in FIGS. 20 to 23 and the puzzle pieces (second vertex puzzle) shown in FIGS. 21 to 24. One piece) It becomes power with 2 of 103. The four nose pieces 102 · 103 all have three rims.
[0186] パズル片 102は、図 20〜図 23に示すように、頂点部(第 1頂点部) 102aと、頂点部 102aから互いに 60度異なる方向へ向かって放射状に伸びる 3つのリム(第 3リム) 10 2b〜102dと力らなる。同様に、ノズル片 103は、図 21〜図 24に示すように、頂点部 (第 2頂点部) 103aと、頂点部 103aから互いに 60度異なる方向へ向力つて放射状 に ί申びる 3つのリム(第 4リム) 103b〜103dと力らなる。 As shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 23, the puzzle piece 102 has a vertex portion (first vertex portion) 102a and three rims (third portion) that extend radially from the vertex portion 102a in directions different from each other by 60 degrees. Rim) 10 2b ~ 102d Similarly, as shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 24, the nozzle piece 103 has three rims radially extending from the apex portion (second apex portion) 103a and the apex portion 103a directed in directions different from each other by 60 degrees. (4th rim) 103b ~ 103d.
[0187] なお、図 20〜図 24においても、図面の簡素化のために、リム 102b〜102dおよび 103b〜103dを完全な三角柱として描き、リム 102b〜102dおよび 103b〜103dに おける凹型接続点および凸型接続点の形状は、これら図 20〜図 24には示さず、別 の図 25〜図 30にのみ示している。図 20および図 24では、図 17と同様に、凹型接続 点が形成されたリムの先端には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形成されたリムの先 端には記号「A」を付けている。 In FIGS. 20 to 24, the rims 102b to 102d and 103b to 103d are drawn as complete triangular prisms to simplify the drawings, and the concave connection points in the rims 102b to 102d and 103b to 103d The shape of the convex connection point is not shown in FIGS. 20 to 24, but is shown only in other FIGS. 20 and 24, as in FIG. 17, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim where the convex connection point is formed. Is attached.
[0188] 図 20に記号で示すように、ノ ズノレ片 102の 3つのリム 102b〜102dのうち、 1つのリ ム 102bの先端には凹型接続点が形成され、残り 2つのリム 102cおよび 102dの先端 には凸型接続点が形成されている。また、パズル片 103の 3つのリム 103b〜103dの うち、 2つのリム 103bおよび 103cの先端には凹型接続点が形成され、残り 1つのリム 103dの先端には凸型接続点が形成されている。 [0188] Of the three rims 102b to 102d of the nozzle piece 102, a concave connection point is formed at the tip of one rim 102b, and the remaining two rims 102c and 102d A convex connection point is formed at the tip. Of the three rims 103b to 103d of the puzzle piece 103, the two rims 103b and 103c have a concave connection point at the tip, and the remaining rim 103d has a convex connection point. .
[0189] 以下、適宜、凸型接続点をより多く持つパズル片 102を「凸型パズル片」、凹型接 続点をより多く持つパズル片 103を「凹型ノ ズル片」と称する。 Hereinafter, as appropriate, the puzzle piece 102 having more convex connection points is referred to as a “convex puzzle piece”, and the puzzle piece 103 having more concave connection points is referred to as a “concave nozzle piece”.
[0190] リム 102b〜102d* 103b〜103dは、概ね二等辺三角形を底面とする三角柱の形 状を有し、その側面同士のなす角度は、 1つが正四面体の 2面の間の角度と等しい 角度、すなわち tan_1(2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)であり、他の 2つは互いに等しい角度 (約 55度)である。 [0190] The rims 102b to 102d * 103b to 103d have a shape of a triangular prism having an isosceles triangle as a bottom surface, and an angle between the side surfaces is an angle between two surfaces of a regular tetrahedron. An equal angle, ie tan _1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees), and the other two are equal to each other (approximately 55 degrees).
[0191] なお、この例の立体パズルでは、ノ ズル片 101のリム 101b〜101g、パズル片 102 のリム 102b〜102d、およびパズル片 103のリム 103b〜103dの長さは全て等しい。
[0192] 次に、ジム 101b〜101g、ジム 102b〜102d、およびジム 103b〜103dの先端に設 けられた凹型接続点および凸型接続点について、図 25〜図 30に基づいて説明する [0191] In the three-dimensional puzzle of this example, the lengths of the rims 101b to 101g of the nozzle piece 101, the rims 102b to 102d of the puzzle piece 102, and the rims 103b to 103d of the puzzle piece 103 are all equal. Next, the concave connection points and the convex connection points provided at the tips of the gyms 101b to 101g, the gyms 102b to 102d, and the gyms 103b to 103d will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 to 30.
[0193] なお、凹型接続点が形成されたリムは、どのリムも先端部の形状は同一であるので 、ここでは、リム 101bおよびリム lOldを例に挙げて説明する。また、ここでは、凹型 接続点を貫通孔、凸型接続点を凸部とし、貫通孔 (および凸部)の方向をリムの伸び る方向に垂直な方向とした例について説明する。ただし、凹型接続点は、凹部でもよ い。また、貫通孔ゃ凹部の方向は、図示した方向に限定されるものではない。 [0193] Since the rim formed with the concave connection point has the same shape at the tip, the rim 101b and the rim lOld will be described as an example here. Here, an example will be described in which the concave connection point is a through hole, the convex connection point is a convex portion, and the direction of the through hole (and the convex portion) is a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the rim extends. However, the concave connection point may be a concave portion. Further, the direction of the through hole and the recess is not limited to the illustrated direction.
[0194] 凹部および凸部は、互いに接合することにより、 2本のリムが一直線になって固定さ れる形状をして 、ればよ 、。以下はその一例である。 [0194] The concave portion and the convex portion may be shaped so that the two rims are fixed in a straight line by being joined to each other. The following is an example.
[0195] 図 25は、凹型接続点が形成されたリム 101bの先端部の構造を示す前面図であり、 図 26は、図 25に示す右方向からリム 101bの先端部を見た様子を示す側面図であり 、図 27は、図 25に示す下方向からリム 101bの先端部を見た様子を示す下面図であ る。 FIG. 25 is a front view showing the structure of the distal end portion of the rim 101b in which the concave connection point is formed, and FIG. 26 shows a state where the distal end portion of the rim 101b is viewed from the right direction shown in FIG. 27 is a side view, and FIG. 27 is a bottom view showing a state in which the front end portion of the rim 101b is viewed from the downward direction shown in FIG.
[0196] リム 101bの先端部には、図 25〜図 27に示すように、二等辺三角形を底面とする三 角柱に対し、最も面積の広い側面(図 27における下側の面)に平行な断面に沿って 、先端部における上辺 (約 70度の角度をなす 2つの側面に挟まれた辺)側を切り落と し、かつ、切り落とした部分に、最も面積の広い側面に垂直な方向に沿って貫通孔 1 04が形成されている。 [0196] As shown in Figs. 25 to 27, the tip of the rim 101b is parallel to the widest side surface (the lower surface in Fig. 27) with respect to a triangular prism with an isosceles triangle as the bottom surface. Along the cross-section, cut off the upper side (side between two sides forming an angle of about 70 degrees) at the tip, and along the direction perpendicular to the side with the largest area at the cut-off part Through holes 104 are formed.
[0197] 図 28は、凸型接続点が形成されたリム lOldの先端部の構造を示す前面図であり、 図 29は、図 28に示す右方向からリム lOldの先端部を見た様子を示す側面図であり 、図 30は、図 28に示す下方向からリム lOldの先端部を見た様子を示す下面図であ る。 [0197] FIG. 28 is a front view showing the structure of the tip of the rim lOld formed with a convex connection point, and FIG. 29 shows a state where the tip of the rim lOld is viewed from the right direction shown in FIG. FIG. 30 is a bottom view showing a state in which the front end portion of the rim lOld is viewed from the downward direction shown in FIG.
[0198] また、リム lOldの先端部には、図 28〜図 30に示すように、二等辺三角形を底面と する三角柱の頂面に対し、その三角柱と相似形であってより小さい二等辺三角形を 底面とする、より短い三角柱を、その約 70度の角度をなす 2つの側面(図 27における 上側の 2つの面)が元の三角柱における約 70度の角度をなす 2つの側面に繋がって 1つの平面を形成するように設け、かつ、設けた短い三角柱に対して、最も面積の広
い側面に垂直な方向に沿って凸部 105が形成されている。短い三角柱は、リム 101b の先端部における切り落とし部分とほぼ同一の形状およびサイズを有し、凸部 105は 、貫通孔 104とほぼ同一の形状およびサイズを有する。したがって、凸部 105は、貫 通孔 104に嵌合可能である。リム lOldの貫通孔 104がリム 101bの凸部 105と接続さ れると、リム lOldの長手方向に沿った 3つの辺は、リム 101bの長手方向に沿った 3 つの辺と一直線上に揃うことになり、また、リム lOldの 3つの側面の各々は、それに 対応するリム 101bの側面とつながり、 1つずつの平面となる。 [0198] Further, at the tip of the rim lOld, as shown in FIGS. 28 to 30, the smaller isosceles triangle is similar to the triangular prism with respect to the top surface of the triangular prism whose bottom surface is an isosceles triangle. A short triangular prism with a base of 2 and its two sides forming the angle of about 70 degrees (the upper two faces in Fig. 27) are connected to the two sides forming the angle of about 70 degrees in the original triangular prism 1 It is provided so as to form two planes and has the largest area for the provided short triangular prism. A convex portion 105 is formed along a direction perpendicular to the side surface. The short triangular prism has almost the same shape and size as the cut-off portion at the tip of the rim 101b, and the convex portion 105 has almost the same shape and size as the through hole 104. Therefore, the convex portion 105 can be fitted into the through hole 104. When the through-hole 104 of the rim lOld is connected to the convex portion 105 of the rim 101b, the three sides along the longitudinal direction of the rim lOld are aligned with the three sides along the longitudinal direction of the rim 101b. In addition, each of the three side surfaces of the rim lOld is connected to the corresponding side surface of the rim 101b to form one plane.
[0199] 次に、本実施形態に係る立体パズルを解く方法、すなわち、 2(2n+1) - 2個のパズル 片 101と 4個のパズル片 102· 103とを正しく結合させて、ほぼ n次近似シェルビンス キー四面体のフレーム (全ての辺の集合)の形状を持つ完成品を得る方法について 説明する。 [0199] Next, a method of solving the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment, that is, 2 ( 2n + 1)-two puzzle pieces 101 and four puzzle pieces 102 103 are correctly combined, and approximately n Describes how to obtain a finished product with the shape of the next approximate Shelbinsky key tetrahedron frame (a set of all sides).
[0200] 第 1の例として、 6個のパズル片 101と 4個のパズル片 102· 103とを正しく結合させ て、ほぼ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレーム(全ての辺の集合)の形状を持 つ完成品を得る方法について説明する。以下の説明では、パズル片 101における 6 つのリム 101b〜101gのうち、同一直線上に揃っている 2つのリム 101cおよび 101f を「手型リム」、残りの 4つのリム 101を「足型リム」と呼ぶことにする。 [0200] As a first example, six pieces of puzzle 101 and four pieces of puzzle 102 · 103 are correctly combined to form a frame (a set of all sides) of an approximately first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. A method for obtaining a finished product having a shape will be described. In the following description, of the six limbs 101b to 101g in the puzzle piece 101, two rims 101c and 101f aligned on the same straight line are “hand-shaped rims”, and the remaining four rims 101 are “foot-shaped rims”. I will call it.
[0201] まず、 6個のノズル片 101を、互いの足型リムの凹型接続点と凸型接続点とを接続 することで、互いに結合させ、 1つの立体 (body)とする。このようにして 6個のパズル片 101を互いに結合させると、必ず 24個の足型リムの接続点(凹型接続点または凸型 接続点)全てを接続することとなり、シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームカゝら 4つの頂 点の近辺を取り除いた形状の立体ができる。この立体における 4つの頂点に対応す る部分には各々、 3つの手型リムが集まることになる。 3つの手型リムの接続点のタイ プを、 3つの記号「凹」または「凸」で表す(3つの手型リムの接続点のタイプが全て凹 型接続点であれば「凹凹凹」で表す)とすれば、 4つの頂点に対応する部分における 3つの手型リムの接続点のタイプの組み合わせは、 {凹凹凹、凸凸凸、凹凹凸、凹凸 凸}、 {凹凹凹、凹凸凸、凹凸凸、凹凸凸}、 {凸凸凸、凹凹凸、凹凹凸、凹凹凸 }、 { 凹凹凸、凹凹凸、凹凸凸、凹凸凸}の 4種類の組み合わせの何れかとなる。 {凹凹凹 、凸凸凸、凹凹凸、凹凸凸}の組み合わせを持つ立体を形状 Sの立体、 {凹凹凹、凹
凸凸、凹凸凸、凹凸凸}および {凸凸凸、凹凹凸、凹凹凸、凹凹凸 }の組み合わせを 持つ立体を形状 Tの立体、 {凹凹凸、凹凹凸、凹凸凸、凹凸凸}の組み合わせを持つ 立体を形状 uの立体と呼ぶことにする。 [0201] First, the six nozzle pieces 101 are connected to each other by connecting the concave connection point and the convex connection point of each foot-shaped rim to form one body. When the six puzzle pieces 101 are joined together in this way, all 24 foot rim connection points (concave connection points or convex connection points) are always connected, and the frame of the Shellpinski tetrahedron. A solid shape is created by removing the vicinity of the four vertices. Three hand-shaped rims will gather at each of the parts corresponding to the four vertices in this solid. The type of connection point of the three hand rims is represented by the three symbols “concave” or “convex” (if the type of connection points of the three hand rims are all concave connection points, “concave / concave” The combination of the types of connection points of the three hand-shaped rims in the part corresponding to the four vertices is {concave / convex / convex / concave / concave / concave / convex}, {concave / concave / concave / convex, Convex Convex, Concave Convex}, {Convex Convex Convex, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concavity Concave}, {Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Concave Concavity, Convex Convex}. A solid with a combination of {concave / concave / convex / concave / concave / concave / concave / convex} solid of S, {concave / concave Convex Convex, Convex Convex, Concave Convex} and {Convex Convex Convex Concave Concavity Concave Concavity Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Convex Conve We call a solid with shape u solid.
[0202] 形状 Uの立体に対しては、その 4つの頂点に対応する部分にパズル片 102· 103を 嵌めることができる。すなわち、凹型接続点と凸型接続点との接続によって 4つのパ ズル片 102· 103のリムを、 4つの頂点に対応する部分に集まった 3つの手型リムに接 続することができる。これ〖こより、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームが作成 される。 [0202] For a solid of shape U, puzzle pieces 102 and 103 can be fitted to the portions corresponding to the four vertices. That is, by connecting the concave connection point and the convex connection point, the rims of the four puzzle pieces 102 and 103 can be connected to the three hand rims gathered at the portions corresponding to the four apexes. From this, a first-order approximate shellpinski tetrahedron frame is created.
[0203] 一方、形状 Sの立体および形状 Tの立体では、全ての頂点に対応する部分にパズ ル片 102· 103を嵌めることができない。すなわち、 6個のパズル片 101の結合形態と して、形状 Sおよび形状 Tは正解 (シェルピンスキー四面体のフレーム)を導く組み合 わせではない。 [0203] On the other hand, in the solid of the shape S and the solid of the shape T, the puzzle pieces 102 and 103 cannot be fitted to the portions corresponding to all the vertices. That is, as a combined form of the six puzzle pieces 101, the shape S and the shape T are not combinations that lead to the correct answer (the frame of the Shellpinsky tetrahedron).
[0204] し力しながら、形状 Sの立体および形状 Tの立体は、部分的な接続の変更により、 正解(シェルピンスキー四面体のフレーム)を導くことができる。 [0204] However, the solid of the shape S and the solid of the shape T can guide the correct answer (shellpinski tetrahedron frame) by changing the partial connection.
[0205] 凸型接続点は、凹型接続点に対して嵌脱自在であるので、これら 3種類の形状を 持つ立体のいずれにおいても、この立体を構成する 6つのパズル片 101のうちの任 意の 1つを、残り 5つの接続を変えることなく取り外すことができる。また、パズル片 10 1は、図 17の紙面に垂直な軸を中心として 180度回転させると、リム 101bとリム 101g と、リム 101cとリム 101fと、リム 101dとリム 101eと力 それぞれ入れ替わる。このとき、 リム 101bとリム 101gと、リム 101dとリム 101eとは、それぞれ、一方を図 17の紙面に 垂直な軸を中心として 180度回転させると他方に完全に重なるように構成されている 。そのため、パズル片 101を図 17の紙面に垂直な軸を中心として 180度回転させる と、 4つの足型リム 101b ' 101d' 101e' 101gの形状は実質的に変化せず、 2つの手 型リム 101c · 10Πが互いに入れ替わるのみである。したがって、立体から取り外した パズル片 101を、図 17の紙面に垂直な軸を中心として 180度回転させて(図 17にお ける上下を反転させて)、接続し直すことができる。このようにして接続を変更すること で、凸型接続点が先端に形成された手型リム 101cと、凹型接続点が先端に形成さ れた手型リム 101fとが入れ替えられる。
[0206] したがって、形状 Sの立体の場合には、その頂点に集まっている 3つの手型リムの 接続点が「凹凹凹」である頂点と、その頂点に集まっている 3つの手型リムの接続点 力 S「凸凸凸」である頂点とをつなぐパズル片 101を、上述した方法で、取り外し、上下 を反転させて接続し直すことにより、形状 Uの立体に変形することができる。 [0205] Since the convex connection point is detachable with respect to the concave connection point, any one of the six puzzle pieces 101 constituting this solid in any of these three types of solids. One of the can be removed without changing the remaining five connections. Further, when the puzzle piece 101 is rotated 180 degrees around the axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17, the rim 101b and the rim 101g, the rim 101c and the rim 101f, and the rim 101d and the rim 101e are exchanged. At this time, each of the rim 101b, the rim 101g, the rim 101d, and the rim 101e is configured to completely overlap the other when one of them is rotated 180 degrees around an axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. Therefore, when the puzzle piece 101 is rotated 180 degrees about an axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17, the shape of the four foot rims 101b '101d' 101e '101g does not substantially change, and the two hand rims 101c · 10Π are only swapped with each other. Therefore, the puzzle piece 101 removed from the three-dimensional object can be reconnected by rotating 180 degrees about the axis perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 17 (inverting the top and bottom in FIG. 17). By changing the connection in this way, the hand rim 101c having the convex connection point formed at the tip and the hand rim 101f having the concave connection point formed at the tip are exchanged. [0206] Therefore, in the case of a solid of shape S, the connection point of the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the apex is “concave and concave” and the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the apex The puzzle piece 101 that connects the apex that is the connecting point force S “convex and convex” can be transformed into a three-dimensional shape U by removing and reconnecting the puzzle piece 101 upside down by the method described above.
[0207] また、形状 Tの立体の場合には、その頂点に集まっている 3つの手型リムの接続点 が「凹凹凹」である頂点と他の頂点とをつなぐ 3つのパズル片 101bの何れかを、上述 した方法で、取り外し、上下を反転させて接続し直すことにより、形状 Uの立体に変形 することができる。 [0207] Also, in the case of a solid of shape T, any one of the three puzzle pieces 101b that connects the vertex where the connection point of the three hand-shaped rims gathered at the vertex is "concave and concave" and the other vertex. It can be transformed into a solid U shape by removing it and reconnecting it upside down by the method described above.
[0208] そして、形状 Sの立体および形状 Tの立体から変形された形状 Uの立体に対しては 、前述したように、その 4つの頂点に対応する部分にパズル片 102· 103を嵌めること により、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームを作成できる。得られる 1次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの構造を図 31の斜視図に示す。図 31において も、凹型接続点が形成されたリムの先端には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形成さ れたリムの先端には記号「A」を付けている。 [0208] Then, for the solid of shape S and the solid of shape U deformed from the solid of shape T, as described above, the puzzle pieces 102 · 103 are fitted to the portions corresponding to the four vertices. Can create a frame of first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. The structure of the frame of the first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is shown in the perspective view of FIG. Also in FIG. 31, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
[0209] このように、本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、 6つの結合パズル片 101と 2つの凸 型パズル片 102と 2つの凹型パズル片 103とから、接続し直すなどの試行錯誤を繰り 返しながら、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームを作成するパズルである。 本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、遊戯者が試行錯誤を繰り返すうちに自然に完成 する程度であり、多くの人に楽しんでもらうのには、ちょうどいい難易度である。 [0209] Thus, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment repeats trial and error such as reconnection from the six coupled puzzle pieces 101, the two convex puzzle pieces 102, and the two concave puzzle pieces 103. While creating a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron frame is a puzzle. The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is such that it can be naturally completed as the player repeats trial and error, and is just the right degree of difficulty for many to enjoy.
[0210] 次に、 n≥ 2の n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームを作成する手順につい て考える。 [0210] Next, consider the procedure for creating a frame of an nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron with n≥2.
[0211] 形状 Uの立体を考える。形状 Uの立体における、 6つの各辺、すなわち 1次近似シ エルピンスキー四面体の各辺に対応するリム 101c' lOlfには、一端に凸型接続点 が形成され、他端に凹型接続点が形成されている。ここで、 1次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体の各面に対応する、 4つの仮想的な正三角形の面を考え、各面の 3つの辺 に対して凸型接続点が形成されて 、る一端力 凹型接続点が形成されて 、る他端に 向けて矢印を付ける。すると、これら 4つの面のうち、必ず、 2面では周りの 3辺の矢印 がー周し(各頂点に 1つずつの矢印が向力う)、他の 2面では周りの 3辺の矢印が 1周
しない(1つの頂点に 2つの矢印が向かう)。周りの 3辺の矢印が一周している 2面に 共通の辺を手前に持ってくる。そして、その共通の辺の矢印が上から下の方向になる ように配置する。すると、形状 Uの立体には、上記共通の辺と 90度の角度をなす奥の 辺(上記共通の辺に対して形状 Uの立体の中心を挟んで対向する辺)の矢印の向き が左力 右に向力 ものと、上記矢印の向きが右力 左に向力 ものとの 2種類がある 。前者の形状 Uを右手系の形状 U、後者をの形状 Uを左手系の形状 Uとよぶこと〖こ する。また、この状態に形状 Uの立体をおいたときに、左側の頂点(奥の辺の左端)を 左頂点、右側の頂点(奥の辺の右端)を右頂点とよぶことにする。また、形状 Uの立体 において、頂点の周りの 3つの手型リムが「凹凹凸」である頂点を凹頂点、頂点の周り の 3つの手型リムが「凹凸凸」である頂点を凸頂点とよぶことにする。 [0211] Consider a U-shaped solid. The rim 101c'lOlf corresponding to each of the six sides of the solid of shape U, that is, each side of the first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, has a convex connection point at one end and a concave connection point at the other end. Is formed. Here, four virtual equilateral triangle faces corresponding to each face of the first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron are considered, and convex connection points are formed on the three sides of each face. An indented connection point is formed and an arrow is attached to the other end. Then, out of these four faces, the surrounding 3 side arrows will always go around on 2 sides (one arrow at each vertex will be effective), and the other 2 sides will have 3 surrounding arrows. 1 lap Do not (two arrows go to one vertex). Bring a common side to the front on the two sides around which the three surrounding arrows circle. Then, the common side arrows are arranged from top to bottom. Then, the direction of the arrow on the back side (the side facing the common side across the center of the shape U solid) that forms an angle of 90 degrees with the common side is left on the solid of shape U There are two types, one with force directed to the right and one with the above arrow pointing to the right force. The former shape U is called the right-handed shape U, and the latter shape U is called the left-handed shape U. When a solid of shape U is placed in this state, the left vertex (the left end of the back side) is called the left vertex, and the right vertex (the right end of the back side) is called the right vertex. Also, in the solid of shape U, the three hand-shaped rims around the vertices are `` concave irregularities '', the vertices are concave vertices, and the three hand-shaped rims around the vertices are `` concave convex '' as the convex vertices I will call it.
[0212] 左手系の形状 Uの立体と右手系の形状 Uの立体とは、凹頂点と凸頂点を結ぶ手前 の辺以外の 3つの辺のどれかを構成する結合パズル片 101の向きを逆にする(結合 パズル片 101を取り外し、図 17の紙面に垂直な方向に 180度回転して接続し直す) ことにより、相互に変換することが容易に可能である。 [0212] The left-handed U shape and the right-handed U shape are reversed in the direction of the combined puzzle piece 101 that constitutes one of the three sides other than the front side connecting the concave and convex vertices. It is possible to easily convert them to each other by removing (joining puzzle piece 101, rotating 180 degrees in the direction perpendicular to the page of FIG. 17 and reconnecting).
[0213] n≥2の n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームを作成するためには、まず、前 述した形状 Uの立体の作成方法、左手系と右手系との相互変換方法、および 1次近 似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの作成方法とを用いて、左手系の形状 Uの立 体および右手系の形状 Uの立体をそれぞれ 2つと、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体 のフレーム V (右手系でも左手系でもかまわない)を 1つ作成する。フレーム Vの 4つ の頂点の周りに形成された 4つの正四面体のフレームを分解する。すなわち、 10個 のパズル片 101 · 102· 103をばらばらに分解する。そして、 4個の頂点パズル片 102 • 103のリムの全て (計 12個)とそれに結合された (結合パズル片 101の)手型リムとの 間に形状 Uの立体を挿入し、形状 Uの立体の各辺(1次近似シェルピンスキー四面 体の各辺に対応する結合パズル片 101)の一端を頂点パズル片 102 · 103のリムに 接続し、他端を結合パズル片 101の手型リムに接続する。このとき、各パズル片同士 のなす角度は維持されるようにする。このようにすれば、 2次近似シェルピンスキー四 面体のフレームが作成される。その際に、フレーム Vにおいて頂点の周りにある 4つ の頂点パズル片 102· 103の形状を見れば、その頂点パズル片と結合パズル片との
間に、右手系の形状 Uの立体および左手系の形状 Uの立体のどちらを揷入すれば よいか、また、その頂点パズル片に形状 Uの立体のどの頂点が接合すればよいか(ど の頂点を囲む手型リムが接合すればよいか)、一意に定まるはずである。より具体的 には、フレーム Vの頂点パズル片が凸型パズル片 102である場合、その凸型パズル 片 102と結合パズル片との間には、左手系の形状 Uの立体を挿入し、左手系の形状 Uの立体の左頂点を凸型パズル片 102に接合すればよいはずである。また、フレー ム Vの頂点の頂点パズル片が凹型パズル片 103である場合、その凹型パズル片 103 と結合パズル片との間には、右手系の形状 Uの立体を挿入し、右手系の形状 Uの立 体の左頂点を接合すればよいはずである。 [0213] To create a frame of an nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron with n≥2, first, the method of creating a solid of the shape U described above, the method of mutual conversion between the left-handed system and the right-handed system, and 1 Using the method of creating a frame of a second-order shellpinski tetrahedron, two left-handed U-shaped bodies and two right-handed U-shaped solids, and a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedral frame V Create one (can be right-handed or left-handed). Disassemble the frame of four tetrahedrons formed around the four vertices of frame V. That is, 10 pieces of puzzle 101, 102, 103 are disassembled into pieces. Then, insert the shape U solid between all of the four vertices puzzle pieces 102 • 103 rims (total of 12 pieces) and the hand-shaped rims (joined puzzle pieces 101) connected to it. Connect one end of each side of the solid (joint puzzle piece 101 corresponding to each side of the first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron) to the rim of the vertex puzzle piece 102 103, and connect the other end to the hand shaped rim of the join puzzle piece 101 Connect to. At this time, the angle between the puzzle pieces should be maintained. In this way, a frame of a quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is created. At that time, if you look at the shape of the four vertex puzzle pieces 102 · 103 around the vertices in frame V, the vertex puzzle pieces and the combined puzzle pieces In the meantime, whether to insert a right-handed U-shaped solid or a left-handed U-shaped solid, and which vertex of the U-shaped solid should join to the vertex puzzle piece It should be determined uniquely whether the hand-shaped rim that surrounds the top of the rim should be joined). More specifically, if the vertex puzzle piece of frame V is a convex puzzle piece 102, a left-handed U-shaped solid is inserted between the convex puzzle piece 102 and the combined puzzle piece, and the left hand The shape of the system It should be sufficient to join the left vertex of the solid U to the convex puzzle piece 102. If the vertex puzzle piece at the vertex of frame V is a concave puzzle piece 103, a right-handed U-shaped solid is inserted between the concave puzzle piece 103 and the coupled puzzle piece, and the right-handed shape is inserted. It should be sufficient to join the left vertices of U's body.
[0214] 完成した 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームは、使用するフレーム Vの種 類 (右手系であるか左手系であるか)により、右手系の場合と左手系の場合とがある。 いずれの場合も、上記の考察より、そのフレームを作成するパズル片同士のつながり 方は一意に定まるはずである。このことは、 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレー ム形状を持つ立体パズルの正解が 2つしかないことを意味している。しかし、だからと いって、この立体パズルの難易度が高い訳ではない。形状 Uの立体のどれかの頂点 に頂点パズル片 102または 103を接合しょうとしたとき、形状 Uの立体の左頂点以外 に接合したのでは、残りの 3つの頂点に結合パズル片 101を、 2次近似シェルビンス キー四面体のフレームを作成できる正し 、方向に接合することができな 、ことが、容 易にわかる。よって、それぞれの形状 Uの立体のどの頂点に頂点パズル片 102また は 103を接合するべき力判断できる。そうやってできた 2種類 4個の切片 (左手系の 形状 Uの立体および右手系の形状 Uの立体)と 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の フレームとを組み合わせて 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体にする方法は 2つしかな ぐそれぞれが右手系および左手系となる。 [0214] Completed quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame may be right-handed or left-handed depending on the type of frame V used (right-handed or left-handed) . In any case, from the above consideration, the way in which the puzzle pieces creating the frame are connected should be uniquely determined. This means that there are only two correct answers for a three-dimensional puzzle with a frame shape of a quadratic approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. However, this does not mean that the difficulty level of this 3D puzzle is high. If you try to join a vertex puzzle piece 102 or 103 to any vertex of a solid of shape U, but join to a vertex other than the left vertex of a solid of shape U, join the puzzle piece 101 to the remaining three vertices, 2 It is easy to see that the frame of the next approximate Shelbinsky key tetrahedron can be created and cannot be joined in the direction. Therefore, it is possible to determine the force with which the vertex puzzle piece 102 or 103 should be joined to which vertex of the solid of each shape U. Combining the two types of 4 pieces (left-handed shape U solid and right-handed shape U solid) and the first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron frame together with the second-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. There are only two ways to make the body, right hand and left hand.
[0215] また、形状 Uの立体は、 3つの結合パズル片 101のうちのどれかの向きを変えるだ けで、右手系から左手系へ、あるいは左手系力も右手系へと変形できる。よって、「最 初に形状 Uの立体を右手系である力左手系であるかを意識せずに 4つ作成し、それ らを結合パズル片 101で接合しようと試み、うまくいかない場合には、形状 Uの立体を 構成する結合パズル片 101の向きを逆にする」という試行錯誤を何度カゝ繰り返せば、
数学的な思考をそれほど使わなくても完成形状に行き着くはずである。 [0215] In addition, a solid of shape U can be transformed from a right-handed system to a left-handed system or a left-handed system force can be transformed into a right-handed system simply by changing the direction of one of the three coupled puzzle pieces 101. Therefore, `` At first, create four U solids without considering whether they are right-handed or left-handed, and try to join them with the combined puzzle piece 101. If you repeat the trial and error of `` reversing the direction of the combined puzzle piece 101 that makes up the U solid '' many times, You should get to the finished shape without much mathematical thinking.
[0216] なお、 3次以上の近似シェルピンスキー四面体の作成も、同様にして行うことができ る。 [0216] Note that the third-order or higher approximation shellpinski tetrahedron can be created in the same manner.
[0217] 本実施形態に係る立体パズルを正しく結合させることによって得られる n次近似シェ ルビンスキー四面体のフレームに対し、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕 の項で述べたのと同様にして、絵や写真等の画像が形成されたシートを貼れば、 2つ の方向から異なる画像が見える立体ディスプレイを作成することができる。 [0217] With respect to the frame of the nth-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle according to this embodiment, it was described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed]. In the same way as above, if a sheet on which an image such as a picture or photo is formed is pasted, a three-dimensional display in which different images can be seen from two directions can be created.
[0218] すなわち、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、立体パズルを正しく結合させるこ とによって得られるほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構 造物に対し、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4n個の正四面体の各面を 形成するように各ノズル片をシートで被覆してなり、上記構造物の互いに対向する 2 つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物を第 1辺の中点から第 2辺の中点 へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画像が現れるように、各正四面体に おける、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシー トに、第 1の画像の断片が形成され、上記構造物を第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ 向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の画像が現れるように、各正四面体におけ る、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、 第 2の画像の断片が形成されて 、る構成である。 That is, the three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment has an n-order approximate shell pin for a structure having a frame shape of an approximately n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining three-dimensional puzzles. Each nozzle piece is covered with a sheet so as to form 4 n regular tetrahedron faces constituting the ski tetrahedron, and the two opposite sides of the structure are defined as the first side and the second side. Then, when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side from the midpoint of the first side, the first square image appears in each regular tetrahedron. A fragment of the first image is formed on the sheet of two surfaces that sandwich a side that is part of one side or parallel to the first side, and the structure is moved from the midpoint of the second side to the first side. Each image is so that a second image that is almost square appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the side. In the regular tetrahedron, a fragment of the second image is formed on a sheet of two surfaces sandwiching a side that is a part of the second side or parallel to the second side.
[0219] 画像が形成されたシートを貼る方法は、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法 〕の項で述べた方法でもよいが、作業が簡便となるので、以下の方法を用いることが 好ましい。 [0219] The method of pasting the sheet on which the image is formed may be the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid on which two images are formed], but the following method is used because the operation becomes simple. Is preferred.
[0220] 上記立体パズルを正しく結合することによって得られるほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造物に対して、〔2つの画像が形成された立体 の作成方法〕の項で述べたのと同様にして、画像が形成された 2枚のシート(例えば シート PAおよび PB)を貼れば、 2つの画像が形成された立体(立体ディスプレイ)を 作成することができる。 [0220] For a structure having an almost nth-order approximate shellpinski monotetrahedron frame obtained by correctly combining the above-described three-dimensional puzzle, [Method for creating a solid with two images] In the same manner as described above, if two sheets (for example, sheets PA and PB) on which images are formed are pasted, a three-dimensional (three-dimensional display) on which two images are formed can be created.
[0221] すなわち、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、上記立体パズルを正しく結合す ることによって得られる構造物に対し、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4
n個の正四面体の各面を形成するように各パズル片をシートで被覆してなり、上記構 造物の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物を第 1辺 の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画像が現れ るように、各正四面体における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である 辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、第 1の画像の断片が形成され、上記構造物を第 2辺の 中点から第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 2の画像が現れる ように、各正四面体における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺 を挟む 2つの面のシートに、第 2の画像の断片が形成されている構成である。 That is, the 3D display according to the present embodiment constitutes an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron for a structure obtained by correctly combining the 3D puzzle. Each puzzle piece is covered with a sheet so as to form each surface of n regular tetrahedrons, and the two opposite sides of the structure are defined as the first side and the second side. The midpoint force of the first side is a part of the first side of each regular tetrahedron so that the first image of a square appears when looking in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side. Or a piece of the first image is formed on a sheet of two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to the first side, and the structure is directed from the midpoint of the second side to the midpoint of the first side. A sheet of two faces sandwiching a side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side in each regular tetrahedron so that a second image that is almost square appears when viewed in the direction. In this configuration, a fragment of the second image is formed.
[0222] 画像が形成された 2枚のシート PAおよび PBを貼る方法としては、〔2つの画像が形 成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述べた方法でもよ!/、が、以下の方法を用いるとよ 、 [0222] As a method of attaching the two sheets PA and PB on which the image is formed, the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed] may be used! / Use the method
[0223] すなわち、まず、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述べたのと同 様にして、正方形の写真等の画像を対角線の方向に 3倍にひきのばしてなる菱形 の画像 P Aおよび PBを、余白をとつてシート上に印刷する。このとき、シートとしてシ 一ル紙を用いる。また、シール紙には、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4n個の正四面体に対応する菱形の画像断片(例えば図 2 (a)のシート PA1に対応す る菱形の画像)が印刷される領域の周囲に沿って、少しの力を加えるだけでその領 域が切り離せるような切り込み (溝)を入れておく。 [0223] That is, first, in the same way as described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], an image such as a square photograph is stretched three times in the diagonal direction. Print rhombus images PA and PB on the sheet with margins. At this time, seal paper is used as the sheet. In addition, on the sticker paper, a rhombus image fragment corresponding to the 4 n regular tetrahedrons constituting the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron (for example, a rhombus image corresponding to the sheet PA1 in FIG. 2 (a)). Make a notch (groove) along the periphery of the area where the mark is printed so that the area can be separated by applying a little force.
[0224] そして、この画像が形成されたシート紙を用いて、立体ディスプレイを作成する。ま ず、画像が形成されたシール紙を n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの 2面 に貼る。これにより、シート紙の一部(例えば図 2 (&)のシート13八1の上半分13八11;、 シート ΡΑ2·ΡΑ4、およびシート ΡΑ3の下半分 PA3Dに対応する部分)を、 η次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームに貼り付けることができる。一方、シート紙におけ る、 η次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームに貼り付けられない部分 (例えば図 2 (a)のシート PA1の下半分 PAIDおよびシート ΡΑ3の上半分 PA3Uに対応する部 分)は、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの 2面における正三角形の開口 を覆うことになる。次いで、シート紙における切り込みのところを実際に切って、シート 紙における正三角形の開口を覆っている部分を折り返して、 n次近似シェルピンスキ
一四面体のフレームにおける内側の面に貼る。これにより、例えば図 31に示す 1次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームを構成する 4つの正四面体フレームに、写真 (写真が形成されたシート紙)などの画像印刷済みシートが貼られることになる。この それぞれの四面体フレームに対して同様のことを繰り返せば、 n次近似シェルビンス キー四面体のフレームに写真 (写真が形成されたシート紙)などの画像印刷済みシ ートを貼ることができる。 [0224] Then, a 3D display is created using the sheet paper on which the image is formed. First, the sticker paper on which the image is formed is pasted on two sides of the frame of the nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. As a result, a part of the sheet paper (for example, the upper half 1 3 8 11 of sheet 1 3 8 1 in FIG. 2 (&); the portion corresponding to the lower half PA3D of sheet ΡΑ 2 · ΡΑ 4 and sheet ΡΑ 3 ) is Next approximation Can be attached to the frame of a Sherpinski tetrahedron. On the other hand, the part of the sheet paper that cannot be attached to the frame of the η-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron (for example, the part corresponding to the lower half PAID of sheet PA1 and the upper half PA3U of sheet ΡΑ3 in Fig. 2 (a)) ) Covers the openings of equilateral triangles on the two sides of the frame of the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron. Next, the cut portion of the sheet paper is actually cut, the portion of the sheet paper covering the opening of the equilateral triangle is folded back, and the nth order approximate shell pin skid Affix to the inner surface of the tetrahedron frame. Thus, for example, an image printed sheet such as a photograph (sheet paper on which a photograph is formed) is pasted on four regular tetrahedron frames constituting the frame of the first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shown in FIG. Become. By repeating the same process for each tetrahedron frame, it is possible to attach an image-printed sheet such as a photograph (sheet paper on which a photograph is formed) to the nth-order approximate Sherbinsky tetrahedron frame. .
[0225] 以上のようにして、立体ディスプレイに使用することのできる立体を作成することが できる。また、画像印刷済みシートを貼ることにより、接点の接合部分の強度が増し、 容易にこわれな 、立体を作成できる。 [0225] As described above, a solid that can be used for a stereoscopic display can be created. In addition, by sticking an image-printed sheet, the strength of the joint portion of the contact increases, and a three-dimensional object can be easily created.
[0226] なお、上記の方法は、前述した他の実施形態にも適用可能である。また、本実施形 態に係る立体ディスプレイにおいて、画像が形成されたシートに代えて、画像が形成 されていないシートを用いてもよい。この場合、フレームだけでなく完全な形の n次近 似シェルピンスキー四面体の構造物を安価に得ることができる。 [0226] Note that the above method is also applicable to the other embodiments described above. In the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment, a sheet on which no image is formed may be used instead of the sheet on which an image is formed. In this case, not only the frame but also the complete n-th order shellpinski tetrahedron structure can be obtained at low cost.
[0227] 〔実施の形態 7〕 [Embodiment 7]
本発明の立体パズルのさらに他の実施の形態について、図 32〜図 35に基づいて 以下に説明する。 Still another embodiment of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
[0228] 本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、実施の形態 6における各リムを正四面体の形状 としたものである。完成品は、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体となる。 [0228] In the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment, each rim in the sixth embodiment has a regular tetrahedron shape. The finished product is an n + 1 first-order approximation shellpinsky tetrahedron.
[0229] すなわち、本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n+ 1次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、 n+ 1次近似シ エルピンスキー四面体の各頂点を含む正四面体に対応する、ほぼ正四面体の形状 を持つ 4個の頂点パズル片 112· 113 (図 33および図 34参照)と、 1次近似シェルピ ンスキー四面体を構成する 4つずつの正四面体からなるグループ同士の結合部分に 対応する、 2(2n+1) - 2 (nは任意の自然数)個の結合パズル片(図 32参照) 111とを含 む立体パズルである。 That is, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has an n + 1 first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron that, when correctly combined, can obtain a finished product having the shape of an approximately n + 1 first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. Four vertex puzzle pieces 112 · 113 (see Fig. 33 and Fig. 34) with a nearly tetrahedral shape corresponding to the regular tetrahedron containing each vertex of the body, and a first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron A solid puzzle containing 2 (2n + 1)-2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) connected puzzle pieces (see Fig. 32) 111 corresponding to the connected parts of each group of four regular tetrahedrons It is.
[0230] 結合パズル片 111は、図 32に示すように、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ第 1の断片 114および第 2の断片 115を、第 1の断片 114の第 1辺 114aと第 2の断片 115の第 1 辺 115aとが同一直線上に揃い、かつ、第 1の断片 114における第 1辺 114aを挟む 2
つの面 114a, 114bと第 2の断片 115における第 1辺 115aを挟む 2つの面 115b, 11 5cとがそれぞれ同一平面上に揃うように、頂点 114d' 115d同士で結合したものであ る。 [0230] As shown in FIG. 32, the coupled puzzle piece 111 includes a first piece 114 and a second piece 115 having a substantially tetrahedral shape, and the first side 114a and the second piece 115 of the first piece 114. The first side 115a of the first piece 115 is aligned on the same straight line, and the first side 114a of the first piece 114 is sandwiched 2 The two surfaces 114a and 114b and the two surfaces 115b and 115c sandwiching the first side 115a in the second fragment 115 are connected at the vertices 114d '115d so that they are aligned on the same plane.
[0231] なお、図 32には図示していないが、結合パズル片 111には、凹型接続点(例えば 図 25〜図 27に示す貫通孔 104)、および凹型接続点に対して嵌脱自在な凸型接続 点(例えば図 28〜図 30に示す凸部 105)が 3つずつ形成されている。図 32では、図 17と同様に、凹型接続点が形成された頂点には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形 成された頂点には記号「A」を付けている。 [0231] Although not shown in Fig. 32, the coupled puzzle piece 111 is detachably attached to the concave connection point (for example, the through hole 104 shown in Figs. 25 to 27) and the concave connection point. Three convex connection points (for example, convex portions 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30) are formed in three. In FIG. 32, as in FIG. 17, the symbol “B” is attached to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed.
[0232] 図 32に記号で示すように、第 1の断片 114における、第 2の断片 115と結合された 頂点 114dを除く 3つの頂点 114e〜114gのうち、 1つの頂点 114eには凹型接続点 が形成され、残り 2つの頂点 114f ' 114gには凸型接続点が形成されている。また、 第 2の断片 115における、第 1の断片 114と結合された頂点 115dを除く 3つの頂点 1 15e〜115gのうち、 2つの頂点 115f ' 115gには凹型接続点が形成され、残り 1つの 頂点 115eには凸型接続点が形成されて ヽる。 [0232] As indicated by a symbol in FIG. 32, among the three vertices 114e to 114g in the first fragment 114 excluding the vertex 114d combined with the second fragment 115, one vertex 114e has a concave connection point. A convex connection point is formed at the remaining two vertices 114f ′ 114g. Of the three vertices 1 15e to 115g in the second fragment 115 excluding the vertex 115d connected to the first fragment 114, two vertexes 115f ′ 115g have concave connection points, and the remaining one A convex connection point is formed at the vertex 115e.
[0233] 4個の頂点パズル片 112 · 113は、図 33に示す 2個の第 3頂点パズル片 112と、図 34に示す 2個の第 4頂点ノズル片とからなる。 [0233] The four vertex puzzle pieces 112 · 113 include two third vertex puzzle pieces 112 shown in Fig. 33 and two fourth vertex nozzle pieces shown in Fig. 34.
[0234] なお、図 33および図 34には図示していないが、第 3頂点パズル片 112および第 4 頂点パズル片 113には、凹型接続点(例えば図 25〜図 27に示す貫通孔 104)、およ び凹型接続点に対して嵌脱自在な凸型接続点 (例えば図 28〜図 30に示す凸部 10 5)が形成されている。図 33および図 34では、図 17と同様に、凹型接続点が形成さ れた頂点には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形成された頂点には記号「A」を付けて いる。 Although not shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, the third vertex puzzle piece 112 and the fourth vertex puzzle piece 113 have concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in FIGS. 25 to 27). , And a convex connection point (for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30) that is detachable with respect to the concave connection point. In FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, as in FIG. 17, the vertex “B” is attached to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed. .
[0235] 図 33に記号で示すように、第 3頂点パズル片 112における、 n+ 1次近似シェルピ ンスキー四面体の頂点に対応する頂点 112aを除く 3つの頂点 112b〜 112dのうち、 2つの頂点 112b · 112cには凹型接続点が形成され、残り 1つの頂点 112dには凸型 接続点が形成されている。 [0235] As indicated by a symbol in FIG. 33, two vertices 112b out of the three vertices 112b to 112d in the third vertex puzzle piece 112 excluding the vertex 112a corresponding to the vertex of the n + 1 first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron · 112c has a concave connection point, and the remaining vertex 112d has a convex connection point.
[0236] 図 34に記号で示すように、第 4頂点パズル片 113における、 n+ 1次近似シェルピ ンスキー四面体の頂点に対応する頂点 113aを除く 3つの頂点 113b〜 113dのうち、
1つの頂点 113bには凹型接続点が形成され、残り 2つの頂点 113c · 113dには凸型 接続点が形成されている。 [0236] As indicated by a symbol in FIG. 34, among the three vertices 113b to 113d in the fourth vertex puzzle piece 113, excluding the vertex 113a corresponding to the vertex of the n + 1 first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, A concave connection point is formed on one vertex 113b, and a convex connection point is formed on the remaining two vertices 113c and 113d.
[0237] 各パズル片 111〜113には、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述 ベた方法や、実施の形態 6で述べた方法などを用いて画像形成済みシートを貼れば 、絵のつながりかたも考慮して完成時に 2つの画像が現れる n+ 1次近似シェルピン スキー四面体を作成するパズルとなる。 [0237] Each puzzle piece 111 to 113 has an image-formed sheet using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, or the like. If you paste, it will be a puzzle to create n + first order shellpin ski tetrahedrons, which will show two images when completed, considering how the pictures are connected.
[0238] 本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、実施の形態 6に係る立体パズルから n次近似シ エルピンスキー四面体を作成するのと同じ手間で、より細力 、(次元の高い) n+ 1次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体を作成できる。したがって、実施の形態 6に係る立体パ ズルと比較すると、同じ次元 (n+ 1次)の近似シェルピンスキー四面体をより少な 、手 間で作成できるという利点がある。し力も、本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、 n次近 似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームだけでなく、完全な形の n次近似シェルビンス キー四面体が作成できる点で、実施の形態 6に係る立体パズルより優れて 、る。 [0238] The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment has the same effort as the creation of the n-th order approximate Selpinski tetrahedron from the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment. Approximate shellpinski tetrahedrons can be created. Therefore, as compared with the solid puzzle according to the sixth embodiment, there is an advantage that an approximate shellpinski tetrahedron having the same dimension (n + 1 order) can be created with less labor. However, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is not limited to the frame of the nth-order approximate shellpinski tetrahedron, but can also form a complete nth-order approximate Shelbinsky tetrahedron. It is better than the three-dimensional puzzle.
[0239] 一方、本実施形態に係る立体パズルよりも実施の形態 6に係る立体パズルの方力 思いもかけない形ができるというパズルの楽しみがある。また、本実施形態に係る立 体パズルよりも実施の形態 6に係る立体パズルの方力 材料費を削減できる。この材 料費の削減は、特に、後述するように、大きな立体ディスプレイを作成する場合に重 要である。 [0239] On the other hand, the power of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment is more enjoyable than the three-dimensional puzzle according to this embodiment. In addition, the material cost of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the sixth embodiment can be reduced more than the solid puzzle according to the present embodiment. This reduction in material costs is particularly important when creating large three-dimensional displays, as described below.
[0240] 実施の形態 6および 7における各パズル片は、例えばプラスチックで形成することが できる。ただし、結合パズル片をプラスチックで形成する場合、結合パズル片の接合 部分の強度を保っための工夫を施すことが好ましい。 [0240] Each puzzle piece in Embodiments 6 and 7 can be formed of plastic, for example. However, when the joining puzzle piece is formed of plastic, it is preferable to devise measures for maintaining the strength of the joining portion of the joining puzzle piece.
[0241] 本実施形態に係る立体パズル、すなわち、 2(2n+ 1) - 2個の結合パズル片 111と 4個 の頂点パズル片 112· 113とを正しく結合させることによって、図 35に示す、ほぼ n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品 (構造物)が得られる。これら パズル片 111〜 113を正しく結合させる方法は、実施の形態 6と同様である。また、 図 35においても、凹型接続点が形成されたリムの先端には記号「B」を付け、凸型接 続点が形成されたリムの先端には記号「A」を付けている。 [0241] The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment, that is, 2 (2n + 1)-two coupled puzzle pieces 111 and four vertex puzzle pieces 112 · 113 are correctly coupled to each other, as shown in FIG. A finished product (structure) having the shape of an n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained. The method of correctly joining these puzzle pieces 111 to 113 is the same as in the sixth embodiment. Also in FIG. 35, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
[0242] このようにして得られた構造物に対して、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法
〕の項で述べた方法や、実施の形態 6で述べた方法などを用いて画像形成済みシー トを貼れば、 2つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイを作成できる。 [0242] For the structure thus obtained, [Method for creating a solid in which two images are formed] ] If the image-formed sheet is attached using the method described in the section or the method described in Embodiment 6, a stereoscopic display in which two images can be seen can be created.
[0243] 本実施形態では、シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームではなぐシェルピンスキー 四面体に画像形成済みシート(例えばシール)を貼ることになり、より丈夫で、質感の あふれた立体ディスプレイを作成できる。 [0243] In this embodiment, an image-formed sheet (for example, a sticker) is pasted on the Shellpinski tetrahedron that is not the frame of the Shellpinski tetrahedron, so that a more durable and textured 3D display can be created. .
[0244] なお、本実施形態に係る構造物は、シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つので、 実施の形態 6と異なり、シートを構造物に貼らなくとも、シヱルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ立体ディスプレイを作成することができる。すなわち、各パズル片表面に対 して予め 2種類の画像の断片を形成しておけば、パズル片同士を正しく結合させるだ けで、シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持ち、 2つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイ を作成できる。 [0244] Since the structure according to the present embodiment has the shape of a shell pin ski tetrahedron, unlike Embodiment 6, a solid having a shape of a seal pin ski tetrahedron can be obtained without attaching a sheet to the structure. A display can be created. In other words, if two types of image fragments are formed in advance on the surface of each puzzle piece, the puzzle pieces have the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron and can be seen by simply connecting the puzzle pieces together. A 3D display can be created.
[0245] 〔実施の形態 8〕 [Embodiment 8]
実施の形態 6にお ヽて、立体パズルを完成した時に n次近似シェルピンスキー四面 体のフレームではなく n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体そのものが作成されるように、 各結合パズル片を構成する第 1の断片と第 2の断片、および、各頂点パズル片にお いて、それぞれが持つ 3本のリムの間に、 4つの頂点の角度が 60度、 90度、 120度、 90度である 型の面を追カ卩した形状のパズル片を用いることもできる。この場合には 、ノズルを完成させたときに、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の完成品が得られる。 In the sixth embodiment, each coupled puzzle piece is configured so that when the solid puzzle is completed, the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is created instead of the n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame. In the first piece, the second piece, and each vertex puzzle piece, the angles of the four vertices are 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 90 degrees between the three limbs that each has. It is also possible to use a puzzle piece having a shape that follows the surface of the mold. In this case, when the nozzle is completed, a finished product of an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is obtained.
[0246] すなわち、本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、実施の形態 6の立体パズルに対し、 結合パズル片 101の各々を構成する 3つのリム(第 1リム) 101b〜101d、結合パズル 片 101の各々を構成する 3つのリム(第 2リム) 101e〜: L01g、頂点パズル片(第 1頂 点パズル片) 102を構成する 3つのリム(第 3リム) 102b〜102d、および頂点パズル 片(第 2頂点パズル片) 103を構成する 3つのリム(第 4リム) 103b〜103dのそれぞれ における、 60度をなすリム間のそれぞれ (すなわち、リム lOlb ' lOlcの間、リム 101c •101dの間、リム 101b. l01dの間、リム lOle' 101fの間、リム 101f · 101gの間、リ ム 101e,101gの間、ジム 102b,102cの間、ジム 102c, 102dの間、ジム 102b,102d の間、ジム 103b - 103cの間、ジム 103c- 103dの間、およびジム 103b - 103dの間)に 、 4つの頂点の角度が順に 60度、 90度、 120度、 90度である 4辺形の面力 リムが各
面の 2辺を形成するように形成され、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるようになつている。 That is, the three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment is different from the three-dimensional puzzle of the sixth embodiment in that the three limbs (first rims) 101b to 101d that constitute each of the combined puzzle pieces 101, and the combined puzzle piece 101 Three limbs (second rim) 101e ~: L01g, each vertex puzzle piece (first apex puzzle piece) 102 Three rims (third rim) 102b-102d, and vertex puzzle piece (first) 2 vertex puzzle pieces) Each of the three rims (fourth rim) 103b to 103d constituting the 103 between the rims forming 60 degrees (ie, between the rims lOlb 'lOlc, between the rims 101c and 101d, between the rims 101b. During l01d, between rim lOle '101f, between rims 101f · 101g, between rims 101e and 101g, between gyms 102b and 102c, between gyms 102c and 102d, between gyms 102b and 102d, gym 103b-103c, Jim 103c-103d, and Jim 103b-103d). Each quadrilateral surface rim is 90 degrees, 120 degrees, 90 degrees Formed to form the two sides of the face, and when properly combined, a finished product with an approximate nth order shellpinski tetrahedron shape is obtained.
[0247] 上記変形例に係る立体パズルの一例について、図 36〜図 39に基づいて以下に説 明する。 [0247] An example of the three-dimensional puzzle according to the above modification will be described below with reference to Figs.
[0248] 本実施形態に係る立体パズルは、正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得られるような、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面 体の各頂点を含む正四面体に対応する 4個の頂点パズル片 122 · 123 (図 37および 図 38参照)と、 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する 4つずつの正四面体から なるグループ同士の結合部分に対応する、 2(2n+1) 2 (nは任意の自然数)個の結合 ノズル片 121 (図 36参照)とを含んでいる。 [0248] The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment uses each vertex of the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron so that when it is correctly combined, a finished product having an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron shape is obtained. Joining four vertex puzzle pieces 122 · 123 (see Fig. 37 and Fig. 38) corresponding to the regular tetrahedron and four groups of four regular tetrahedrons constituting the first approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron 2 (2n + 1) 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) coupled nozzle pieces 121 (see FIG. 36) corresponding to the portion.
[0249] 結合パズル片 121は、図 36に示すように、互いにほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン(約 7 0度)の角度をなす 3つの四辺形の面 124b · 124c · 124dを持つ第 3の断片 124と、 互いにほぼ tan— 1 (2 2)ラジアン(約 70度)の角度をなす 3つの四辺形の面 125b • 125c, 125dを持つおよび第 4の断片 125とを、第 3の断片 124における面 124bお よび面 124cに挟まれた辺 124aと第 4の断片 125における面 125bおよび面 125cに 挟まれた辺 125aとが同一直線上に揃い、かつ、第 3の断片 124における面 124b ' 1 24cと第 4の断片 125における面 125b ' 125cとがそれぞれ同一平面上に揃うように 結合したものである。 [0249] The combined puzzle piece 121 has three quadrilateral surfaces 124b · 124c · 124d that form an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees) with respect to each other, as shown in FIG. The third piece 124 and the third piece 125 with three quadrilateral faces 125b • 125c, 125d, which form an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (approximately 70 degrees) with respect to each other. The side 124a between the surface 124b and the surface 124c in the fragment 124 and the side 125a between the surface 125b and the surface 125c in the fourth fragment 125 are aligned on the same straight line, and the surface in the third fragment 124 124b ′ 1 24c and the surface 125b ′ 125c of the fourth fragment 125 are joined so as to be aligned on the same plane.
[0250] 四辺形の面 124b ' 124c ' 124dは、 1つの頂点を共有している。四辺形の面 125b ' 125c ' 125dも、 1つの頂点を共有している。第 3の断片 124と第 4の断片 125とは、 面 124b · 124c · 124dに共有されて 、る頂点(以下、共有頂点と称する)と面 125b · 125c ' 125dに共有されている頂点(以下、共有頂点と称する)とで結合されている。 四辺形の面 124b, 124 124d, 125b, 125 125dは、同一の形状であり、 4つの 頂点の角度が、共有頂点力も右回り(または左回り)の順に、 60度、 90度、 120度、 9 0度である。 [0250] The quadrilateral faces 124b '124c' 124d share one vertex. The quadrilateral faces 125b '125c' 125d also share one vertex. The third fragment 124 and the fourth fragment 125 are shared by the faces 124b · 124c · 124d, and the vertex (hereinafter referred to as a shared vertex) and the vertex shared by the faces 125b · 125c ' , Referred to as a shared vertex). The quadrilateral faces 124b, 124 124d, 125b, 125 125d have the same shape, the angles of the four vertices, and the common vertex force is also clockwise (or counterclockwise) in order of 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees, 90 degrees.
[0251] なお、図 36には図示していないが、結合パズル片 121では、第 1接続部としての凹 型接続点 (例えば図 25〜図 27に示す貫通孔 104)が 3つの頂点に形成され、凹型 接続点に対して嵌脱自在な第 2接続部としての凸型接続点 (例えば図 28〜図 30に
示す凸部 105)が他の 3つの頂点に形成されている。図 36では、図 17と同様に、凹 型接続点が形成された頂点には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形成された頂点に は記号「A」を付けている。 [0251] Although not shown in Fig. 36, in connection puzzle piece 121, concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in Figs. 25 to 27) are formed at three apexes as the first connection portion. A convex connection point as a second connection part that can be freely inserted into and removed from the concave connection point (for example, in FIGS. 28 to 30) The convex part 105) shown is formed at the other three vertices. In FIG. 36, as in FIG. 17, the vertex “B” is attached to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed.
[0252] 図 36に記号で示すように、辺 124a ' 125aを合わせたものの両端のうち、一端には 凹型接続点が形成され、他端には凸型接続点が形成されている。また、面 124dに おける 90度の 2つの頂点のうち、一方には凹型接続点が形成され、他方には凸型接 続点が形成されている。同様に、面 125dにおける 90度の 2つの頂点のうち、一方に は凹型接続点が形成され、他方には凸型接続点が形成されている。 [0252] As indicated by symbols in FIG. 36, a concave connection point is formed at one end and a convex connection point is formed at the other end of both ends of the combined sides 124a '125a. Of the two vertices of 90 degrees on the surface 124d, one has a concave connection point and the other has a convex connection point. Similarly, a concave connection point is formed on one of two vertices of 90 degrees on the surface 125d, and a convex connection point is formed on the other.
[0253] 4個の頂点パズル片 122は、図 37に示す 2個の第 5頂点パズル片 122と、 2個の第 6頂点ノ ズノレ片 123と力らなって!/ヽる。 [0253] The four vertex puzzle pieces 122 are powered by two fifth vertex puzzle pieces 122 and two sixth vertex nose pieces 123 shown in FIG.
[0254] 第 5頂点パズル片 122は、図 37に示すように、互いにほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン( 約 70度)の角度をなす 3つの面 122b ' 122c ' 122dを持つ。同様に、第 6頂点パズル 片 123は、図 38に示すように、互いにほぼ tan—1 (2 2)ラジアン(約 70度)の角度を なす 3つの面 123b · 123c · 123dを持つ。 [0254] As shown in FIG. 37, the fifth vertex puzzle piece 122 has three faces 122b ′ 122c ′ 122d that form an angle of approximately tan— 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) with respect to each other. Similarly, as shown in FIG. 38, the sixth vertex puzzle piece 123 has three faces 123b, 123c, and 123d that form an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) with respect to each other.
[0255] 四辺形の面 122b . 122c . 122dは、 1つの頂点を共有している。四辺形の面 123b ' 123c ' 123dも、 1つの頂点(以下、共有頂点と称する)を共有している。四辺形の面 122b - 122c - 122d- 123b, 123c, 123dは、同一の形状であり、 4つの頂点の角度 力 共有頂点力も右回り(または左回り)の順に、 60度、 90度、 120度、 90度である。 [0255] The quadrilateral faces 122b.122c.122d share one vertex. The quadrilateral surfaces 123b'123c'123d also share one vertex (hereinafter referred to as a shared vertex). The quadrilateral faces 122b-122c-122d- 123b, 123c, and 123d have the same shape, and the angular force of the four vertices. The common vertex force is also 60 degrees, 90 degrees, 120 degrees in the clockwise direction (or counterclockwise). 90 degrees.
[0256] なお、図 37および図 38には図示していないが、頂点パズル片 122 · 123ではそれ ぞれ、 3つの頂点に、凹型接続点(例えば図 25〜図 27に示す貫通孔 104)、および 凹型接続点に対して嵌脱自在な凸型接続点 (例えば図 28〜図 30に示す凸部 105) が形成されている。図 37および図 38では、図 17と同様に、凹型接続点が形成され た頂点には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点が形成された頂点には記号「A」を付けて ヽ る。 [0256] Although not shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, the vertex puzzle pieces 122 and 123 have concave connection points (for example, through holes 104 shown in FIGS. 25 to 27) at three vertices, respectively. , And a convex connection point (for example, a convex portion 105 shown in FIGS. 28 to 30) that is detachable with respect to the concave connection point. In FIG. 37 and FIG. 38, the symbol “B” is added to the vertex where the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is added to the vertex where the convex connection point is formed, as in FIG. .
[0257] 図 37【こ記号で示すよう【こ、第 5頂 ノ ズノレ片 122で ίま、面 122b, 122c, 122d【こお ける 90度の頂点(計 3つ)のうち、 2つには凸型接続点が形成され、残り 1つには凹型 接続点が形成されている。 [0257] Fig. 37 [As shown by this symbol, this is the fifth top nose piece 122, and the surface 122b, 122c, 122d [This is a 90-degree apex (three in total)] Has a convex connection point and the remaining one has a concave connection point.
[0258] 図 38【こ記号で示すよう【こ、第 6頂 ノ ズノレ片 123で ίま、面 123b, 123c, 123d【こお
ける 90度の頂点(計 3つ)のうち、 1つには凸型接続点が形成され、残り 2つには凹型 接続点が形成されている。 [0258] Fig. 38 [As shown by this symbol, this is the sixth top nose piece 123, and the surfaces 123b, 123c, 123d Of the 90 degree vertices (three in total), one has a convex connection point and the other two have concave connection points.
[0259] なお、上述したパズル片 121〜123では、その頂点に凹型接続点および凸型接続 点が形成されていた。しかしながら、パズル片 121〜123同士は、完成品において、 頂点同士ではなく辺同士が接するようになつている。そのため、凹型接続点および凸 型接続点は、パズル片 121〜 123における完成品となつたときに他のパズルと接す る部分の少なくとも一部に形成されて 、ればよ 、。 [0259] It should be noted that in the puzzle pieces 121 to 123 described above, a concave connection point and a convex connection point were formed at the apexes thereof. However, the puzzle pieces 121-123 are in contact with each other, not the vertices, in the finished product. Therefore, the concave connection point and the convex connection point may be formed on at least a part of a portion that comes into contact with other puzzles when the puzzle pieces 121 to 123 are finished products.
[0260] また、凹型接続点および凸型接続点の形状の組み合わせは、図 25〜図 30に示す ような形状に限定されるものではなぐ溝形状および畝形状の組み合わせであっても よい。さらに、凹型接続点および凸型接続点に代えて、互いに異なり、かつ、互いに 着脱可能に接続しうる他の接続点の対を用いてもよい。他の接続点の対としては、例 えば、(1)マジックテープ(登録商標)のループ面およびフック面の組み合わせ、(2) シートと、このシートを挟み込んで保持しうる部材との組み合わせ;などが挙げられる [0260] Further, the combination of the shape of the concave connection point and the convex connection point is not limited to the shape shown in FIGS. 25 to 30, but may be a combination of a groove shape and a hook shape. Furthermore, instead of the concave connection point and the convex connection point, other pairs of connection points that are different from each other and can be detachably connected to each other may be used. Other pairs of connection points include, for example, (1) a combination of Velcro (registered trademark) loop surface and hook surface, (2) a combination of a sheet and a member that can sandwich and hold the sheet; Can be mentioned
[0261] 各パズル片 121〜123には、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述 ベた方法や、実施の形態 6で述べた方法などを用いて画像形成済みシートを貼れば 、絵のつながりかたも考慮して完成時に 2つの画像が現れる n次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体を作成するパズルとなる。 [0261] Each puzzle piece 121 to 123 has an image-formed sheet using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed] or the method described in Embodiment 6. If you put, two images will appear when completed, taking into account how the pictures are connected. It becomes a puzzle that creates an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron.
[0262] 本実施形態に係る立体パズル (結合パズル片および頂点パズル片)も、プラスチッ クなどで形成することができる。 [0262] The three-dimensional puzzle (joint puzzle piece and vertex puzzle piece) according to the present embodiment can also be formed of a plastic or the like.
[0263] 本実施形態に係る立体パズル、すなわち、 2(2n+ 1)— 2個の結合パズル片 121と 4個 の頂点パズル片 122· 123とを正しく結合させることによって、図 39に示す、ほぼ n次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品 (構造物)が得られる。これらバズ ル片 121〜123を正しく結合させる方法は、実施の形態 6と同様である。また、図 39 においても、凹型接続点が形成されたリムの先端には記号「B」を付け、凸型接続点 が形成されたリムの先端には記号「A」を付けている。 [0263] The three-dimensional puzzle according to the present embodiment, that is, 2 (2n + 1) — two coupled puzzle pieces 121 and four vertex puzzle pieces 122 · 123 are correctly coupled to each other, as shown in FIG. A finished product (structure) having the shape of an nth order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron is obtained. The method for correctly connecting these buzz pieces 121 to 123 is the same as in the sixth embodiment. Also in FIG. 39, the symbol “B” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the concave connection point is formed, and the symbol “A” is attached to the tip of the rim on which the convex connection point is formed.
[0264] なお、図 39に示す完成品では、各正四面体の中心部に、正四面体形状の空洞が 存在する。し力しながら、この空洞をなくすようにパズル片 121〜123を改変すること
も可能である。図 36〜図 38に示すパズル片 121〜123では、第 3の断片 124· 125 およびパズル片 122· 123の各々力 大きい 型の 3つの四辺形の面と 4つの三角形 の面とを有する 7面体の形状であった。この 7面体の形状を、大きい 型の 3つの四 辺形の面と 3つの小さい 型の四辺形の面(前記 4つの三角形の面のうち、中央の 1 つの面を除く 3つの面を延長したもの)とを有する 6面体の形状に変更すれば、空洞 のない完成品を得ることができる。また、上記の空洞をさらに拡張してもよい。すなわ ち、大きい 型の 3つの四辺形の面と 4つの三角形の面とを有する 7面体の形状を、 大きい 型の 3つの四辺形の板とすれば、各正四面体の内部を空洞にすることがで きる。 [0264] It should be noted that in the finished product shown in FIG. 39, a regular tetrahedral cavity exists in the center of each regular tetrahedron. While changing the force, modify puzzle pieces 121-123 to eliminate this cavity Is also possible. In the puzzle pieces 121 to 123 shown in FIGS. 36 to 38, the third piece 124 · 125 and the puzzle pieces 122 · 123 each have a large force A heptahedron having three quadrangular faces and four triangular faces It was the shape of. The shape of this heptahedron is made up of three large quadrilateral surfaces and three small quadrilateral surfaces (excluding three of the four triangular surfaces excluding the central one) If you change the shape to a hexahedron with Moreover, you may expand further said cavity. In other words, if the shape of a seven-sided body with three large quadrilateral faces and four triangular faces is a large three-sided quadrilateral plate, the inside of each regular tetrahedron is hollowed out. can do.
[0265] このようにして得られた構造物に対して、〔2つの画像が形成された立体の作成方法 〕の項で述べた方法や、実施の形態 6で述べた方法などを用いて画像形成済みシー トを貼れば、 2つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイを作成できる。 [0265] For the structure thus obtained, an image can be obtained using the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid with two images formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, and the like. By pasting a pre-formed sheet, you can create a 3D display that shows two images.
[0266] また、本実施形態では、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームではなぐ n次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体に画像形成済シート(例えばシール)を貼ることになり、 より丈夫で、質感のあふれた立体ディスプレイが作成できる。 [0266] In this embodiment, an image-formed sheet (for example, a sticker) is pasted on the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron instead of the n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron frame. A 3D display overflowing with
[0267] なお、本実施形態に係る構造物は、シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つので、 実施の形態 6と異なり、シートを構造物に貼らなくとも、シヱルピンスキー四面体の形 状を持つ立体ディスプレイを作成することができる。すなわち、各パズル片表面に対 して予め 2種類の画像の断片を形成しておけば、パズル片同士を正しく結合させるだ けで、シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持ち、 2つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイ を作成できる。 [0267] Note that the structure according to the present embodiment has a shell pin ski tetrahedron shape, and unlike the sixth embodiment, a three-dimensional structure having a seal pin ski tetrahedron shape without attaching a sheet to the structure. A display can be created. In other words, if two types of image fragments are formed in advance on the surface of each puzzle piece, the puzzle pieces have the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron and can be seen by simply connecting the puzzle pieces together. A 3D display can be created.
[0268] 以上の実施の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズルの特徴は、以下の通りである。まず、実 施の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズルは、他の実施形態と比較して、構成部品の数が少 なぐ構成部品がシンプルである。また、実施の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズルは、構成 部品の数が少ないので、安価に製造できる。また、実施の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズ ルは、組み立ておよび分解が容易であり、手先の器用さを必要としない。また、実施 の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズルは、難易度が低い。したがって、数学的な立体である n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体力 あまり頭を使わなくても作成できる。
[0269] 以上の実施の形態 6〜8に係る立体パズルは、広告掲示物の形状を作成するため に使用することができる。これらの立体パズルは、広告掲示物の制作を主な利用目 的とすることができる。 [0268] The features of the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 are as follows. First, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 is simpler in the number of components compared to the other embodiments. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 can be manufactured at low cost because the number of components is small. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzle according to Embodiments 6 to 8 is easy to assemble and disassemble, and does not require dexterity on the hand. In addition, the three-dimensional puzzles according to Embodiments 6 to 8 have a low difficulty level. Therefore, it is possible to create a mathematical solid with nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedral force without using too much head. [0269] The three-dimensional puzzles according to Embodiments 6 to 8 described above can be used to create the shape of an advertisement posting. These three-dimensional puzzles can be used mainly for the production of advertisements.
[0270] 〔実施の形態 9〕 [Embodiment 9]
本発明に係るほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体ディスプレイ の実施の一形態について、図 40〜図 45に基づいて以下に説明する。 One embodiment of a three-dimensional display having the shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
[0271] 本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、開いたり閉じたりすることができるものである 。本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n (nは任意の 自然数)個の基材断片を結合してなる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状 を持つ基材に対し、基材表面に 2つの画像を形成してなり、折り畳み可能なものであ る。ここでは、一例として、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4個の基材断片を結合してな る、ほぼ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ紙カゝらなる基材に対し、基材 表面に 2つの画像を形成してなり、折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイについて説明す る。 [0271] The stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can be opened and closed. The three-dimensional display according to this embodiment has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron formed by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. Two images are formed on the surface of the base material and can be folded. Here, as an example, for a base material made of a paper sheet having a shape of an approximately first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, which is formed by combining four base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedron shape, A three-dimensional display that can be folded by forming two images on the surface of the substrate will be described.
[0272] 本実施形態に係るほぼ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体ディス プレイは、図 40および図 41〖こ示すよう〖こ、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4個の基材断 片 131〜 134を結合してなる基材を含んで!/、る。基材断片 131〜 134の 4つの面は 、後述する折り目以外の部分がほぼ平面形状を維持しうるシート、例えば厚紙 (紙質 110kg以上の紙)やプラスチックシートなどで構成される。上記基材の 6辺のうち、対 向する 2つの辺 A (辺 132aおよび辺 134aをつなげたもの)および辺 B (辺 131bおよ び辺 133bをつなげたもの)に対し、各基材断片 131〜134を構成するシートにおけ る、辺 Aの一部であるかある!/ヽは辺 Aに平行である辺 13 la〜 134a (辺 a)を挟む 2つ の面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、および面 134c, 134d)は、 基材を折り畳むときには、辺 aで互いに分断できるように構成されている。各基材断片 131〜134における辺 Bの一部であるかあるいは辺 Bに平行である辺 131b〜134b ( 辺 b)を挟む 2つの面は、互 ヽにほぼ接するまで互 、の角度を狭められる形態で結合 されて!/、る。各基材断片 131〜 134における辺 aおよび辺 b以外の 4つの辺(辺 13 le 〜131h、辺 132e〜132h、辺 133e〜133h、および辺 134e〜134h)の各々を挟
む 2つの面は、これらがほぼ 1つの面となるまで互いの角度を広げられる形態で結合 されている。各基材断片 131〜134における 131a〜134a (辺 a)を挟む 2つの面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、および面 134c, 134d)の各々には 、辺 131a〜134a (辺 a)の中点から 131a〜134a (辺 a)に対向する頂点まで、両側 が互いにほぼ接するまで折り曲げ可能な折り目 131i〜134i' 131j〜134jが設けら れている。 [0272] The three-dimensional display having the shape of an approximately first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron according to the present embodiment has four bases having substantially the shape of a regular tetrahedron as shown in Figs. Including a base material formed by joining the pieces 131 to 134! The four surfaces of the base material fragments 131 to 134 are composed of sheets such as thick paper (paper having a quality of 110 kg or more), plastic sheets, etc., where the portions other than the creases described later can maintain a substantially flat shape. Of the six sides of the base material, each base piece is divided into two sides A (the side 132a and side 134a connected) and side B (the side 131b and side 133b connected). It is part of side A in the sheets constituting 131 to 134! / ヽ is two surfaces (side 131c, 131d) that sandwich side 13 la to 134a (side a) parallel to side A The surfaces 132c and 132d, the surfaces 133c and 133d, and the surfaces 134c and 134d) are configured such that they can be separated from each other at the side a when the substrate is folded. The two surfaces sandwiching the sides 131b to 134b (side b) that are part of or parallel to side B of each base piece 131 to 134 are narrowed until they almost touch each other. Combined in the form! In each base piece 131 to 134, each of four sides (side 13 le to 131h, side 132e to 132h, side 133e to 133h, and side 134e to 134h) other than side a and side b is sandwiched. The two surfaces are joined in such a way that the angles of each other can be expanded until they become approximately one surface. Each of the two surfaces (surfaces 131c and 131d, surfaces 132c and 132d, surfaces 133c and 133d, and surfaces 134c and 134d) sandwiching 131a to 134a (side a) in each base piece 131 to 134 has sides 131a to Folds 131i to 134i ′ 131j to 134j are provided that can be bent from the midpoint of 134a (side a) to the apex that faces 131a to 134a (side a) until both sides substantially touch each other.
[0273] 上記基材は、各基材断片 131〜134の 131a〜134a (辺 a)を挟む 2つの面(面 13 lc,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、および面 134c, 134d)のうちの一方の 面 131d〜134dに結合され、他方の面 131c〜134cの全体を覆いうるフラップ部 13 lk〜134kをさら【こ備えて!/ヽる。フラップ咅^1311^〜1341^ま、他方の面 131c〜134c に設けられたスリット 13 lm〜 134mに揷脱可能な突起部 13 ln〜 134ηを有して!/、る 。このフラップ部 131k〜134kをスリット 131m〜134mに挿入することで、辺 131a〜 134a (辺 a)を挟む 2つの面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、およ び面 134c · 134d)同士を結合し、辺 13 la〜 134a (辺 a)を直線状に保持することが できる。なお、フラップ部 131k〜134kは、面 131c〜134cの少なくとも一部を覆うこ とができるものであればよい。また、突起部 131η〜 134ηの位置や形状等は、図示し たものに限定されるものではない。 [0273] The base material includes two surfaces (surface 13 lc, 131d, surfaces 132c, 132d, surfaces 133c, 133d, and surfaces 134c, 134d sandwiching 131a-134a (side a) of each of the substrate fragments 131-134. ) Are further provided with flap portions 13lk to 134k that are coupled to one of the surfaces 131d to 134d and can cover the entire other surfaces 131c to 134c. The flaps 咅 1311 ^ to 1341 ^ and the slits 13 lm to 134m provided on the other surface 131c to 134c have detachable protrusions 13 ln to 134η! By inserting these flap portions 131k to 134k into the slits 131m to 134m, two surfaces (surface 131c, 131d, surface 132c, 132d, surface 133c, 133d, and surface 131) that sandwich the sides 131a to 134a (side a) 134c · 134d) can be joined together, and the sides 13la to 134a (side a) can be held in a straight line. In addition, the flap parts 131k-134k should just be able to cover at least one part of the surfaces 131c-134c. Further, the positions and shapes of the protrusions 131η to 134η are not limited to those illustrated.
[0274] 上記基材は、突起部 131η〜134ηをスリット 131m〜134mから外して、フラップ部 13 lk〜 134kを面 13 ld〜 134dと同一面上となるようにすれば、、辺 13 lb〜 134bと、 折り目 131i〜134i' 131j〜134jとを折り目として、平面状に折り畳める。折り畳んだ 状態の立体ディスプレイを図 42に示す。各基材断片 131〜 134を構成するシートに おける、辺 Aの一部であるかある!/、は辺 Aに平行である辺 13 la〜 134a (辺 a)を挟む 2つの面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、および面 134c, 134d) は、図 42に示すように、上記折り目 131i〜134i' 131j〜134jで折り曲げられて、長 辺と短辺との長さの比が 2: 3である 2枚の同じ大きさを持つ長方形のシートを 1つ の長辺(辺 13 lb〜 134b)および 2つの短辺(折り目 13 li〜 134i · 13 lj〜 134j)で接 合した形状となる。 [0274] If the protrusions 131η to 134η are removed from the slits 131m to 134m and the flap portions 13lk to 134k are on the same plane as the surfaces 13ld to 134d, the base material has sides of 13 lb to 134b and the fold lines 131i to 134i ′ 131j to 134j are folded into a flat shape using the fold lines. Figure 42 shows the 3D display in the folded state. In the sheet constituting each base piece 131 to 134, it is a part of side A! /, Is two sides (side 131c) sandwiching side 13 la to 134a (side a) parallel to side A , 131d, surfaces 132c and 132d, surfaces 133c and 133d, and surfaces 134c and 134d) are folded at the fold lines 131i to 134i '131j to 134j as shown in FIG. Two rectangular sheets with the same ratio of 2: 3, one long side (side 13 lb to 134b) and two short sides (crease 13 li to 134i · 13 lj to 134j) It becomes the shape joined at.
[0275] 上記基材における辺 A以外の 5つの辺は、図 43に示すように、それらの辺のそれぞ
れに沿って針金等力もなる 5本の直線状の骨 (棒) 135が基材内に挿入されることに より支えられている。それら 5本の骨 135は、辺 Bを共有する 2つの正三角形の枠をな している。上記基材は、それら 2つの正三角形の枠がなす角度が 0度近くの角度 (枠 同士がほぼ接する程度の角度)になるまで、一方の枠を他方の枠に対して辺 Bを軸と して回動させることにより、ほぼ平面状に折り畳むことができるようになつている。 [0275] The five sides other than side A in the substrate are each of those sides as shown in FIG. Along with this, five linear bones (bars) 135, which also have a wire equal force, are supported by being inserted into the base material. These five bones 135 form a frame of two equilateral triangles sharing side B. Until the angle between the two equilateral triangle frames is close to 0 degrees (the angle that the frames are almost in contact with each other), the base material has the side B as the axis with respect to the other frame. Thus, it can be folded into a substantially flat shape by rotating it.
[0276] 5本の骨 135のうち、 1本の骨 135は、基材断片 131と基材断片 133とを結合するも のであり、基材断片 131における辺 131bの内面および基材断片 133における辺 13 3bの内面に結合されている。他の 1本の骨 135は、基材断片 131と基材断片 132と を結合するものであり、基材断片 131における辺 131eの内面および基材断片 132に おける辺 132eの内面に結合されている。さらに他の 1本の骨 135は、基材断片 132 と基材断片 133とを結合するものであり、基材断片 132における辺 132fの内面およ び基材断片 133における辺 133fの内面に結合されている。さらに他の 1本の骨 135 は、基材断片 131と基材断片 134とを結合するものであり、基材断片 131における辺 131gの内面および基材断片 134における辺 134gの内面に結合されている。さらに 他の 1本の骨 135は、基材断片 133と基材断片 134とを結合するものであり、基材断 片 133における辺 133hの内面および基材断片 134における辺 134hの内面に結合 されている。 [0276] Of the five bones 135, one bone 135 connects the base piece 131 and the base piece 133, and the inner surface of the side 131b of the base piece 131 and the base piece 133 Side 13 is connected to the inner surface of 3b. The other bone 135 connects the base piece 131 and the base piece 132, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 131e in the base piece 131 and the inner surface of the side 132e in the base piece 132. Yes. The other bone 135 connects the base piece 132 and the base piece 133, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 132f of the base piece 132 and the inner surface of the side 133f of the base piece 133. Has been. Further, another bone 135 joins the base piece 131 and the base piece 134, and is connected to the inner surface of the side 131g in the base piece 131 and the inner surface of the side 134g in the base piece 134. Yes. The other bone 135 joins the base piece 133 and the base piece 134 and is connected to the inner surface of the side 133h of the base piece 133 and the inner side of the side 134h of the base piece 134. ing.
[0277] 基材断片 132と基材断片 134とは、折り畳むことを妨げないように、基材断片 132 および基材断片 134の内面にセロハンテープなどで接着された紐(図示しない)で結 合されて!/、ることが好まし!/、。 [0277] Base piece 132 and base piece 134 are joined by a string (not shown) bonded to the inner surface of base piece 132 and base piece 134 with cellophane tape so as not to prevent folding. Being! /, I like to be! /
[0278] また、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、上記基材に対し、基材断片 131〜1 34を構成するシート上に予め画像の断片を形成しておくことによって、第 1辺の中点 力も第 1辺に対向する第 2辺の中点へ向力 方向(例えば X方向)に見たときに第 1の 画像が現れ、第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ向かう方向(例えば X方向)に見た ときに第 2の画像が現れるようになつている。画像の形成方法については、〔2つの画 像が形成された立体の作成方法〕の項で述べた方法や、実施の形態 6で述べた方法 などを用いることができる。 [0278] In addition, the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is configured so that an image fragment is formed in advance on the sheet that forms the substrate fragments 131 to 134 with respect to the above-described base material. The first image appears when the point force is seen in the directional direction (eg, X direction) toward the midpoint of the second side facing the first side, and the midpoint of the second side goes to the midpoint of the first side. The second image appears when viewed in the direction (eg X direction). As the image forming method, the method described in the section [Method for creating a solid in which two images are formed], the method described in Embodiment 6, and the like can be used.
[0279] 次に、上記構成の立体ディスプレイの製造方法にっ 、て説明する。ここでは、各基
材断片 131〜 134同士を結合する手段として 5本の骨 135および紐を用 、、基材断 片 131〜 134を構成する紙上に予め画像の断片 PA1〜PA4および PB 1〜PB4 (図 2 (a)および図 2 (b)参照)を形成しておく場合を例として説明する。この製造方法で は、 X方向力 見ると画像 PAが見え、 X方向力 見ると画像 PBが見える立体ディス プレイが得られる。 [0279] Next, a method for manufacturing a stereoscopic display having the above-described configuration will be described. Here, each group As a means for joining the material fragments 131 to 134, five bones 135 and strings are used, and image fragments PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 (Fig. 2 (Fig. 2 ( The case where a) and FIG. 2 (b)) are formed will be described as an example. In this manufacturing method, a stereoscopic display can be obtained in which the image PA can be seen by looking at the force in the X direction and the image PB can be seen by looking at the force in the X direction.
[0280] まず、図 44に示すような型紙 200を用意し、型紙 200を切り取り線(図 44に実線で 示す)に沿って切り、折り目となる線(図 44に実線で示す)に沿って折り、折り目を十 分に貼り付ける。そして、図 45に示すように、構成する型紙の裏面に 5本の骨 135、 例えばピアノ直線を貼りつけて、基材断片 131と基材断片 132〜134とを結合すると 共に、基材断片 132· 134と基材断片 133とを結合する。その後、のりしろに糊を付け て、各基材断片 131〜134を正四面体形状となるように組み立てる。その後に、基材 断片 132と基材断片 134とを紐で接着する。 [0280] First, prepare a paper pattern 200 as shown in FIG. 44, cut the paper pattern 200 along a cut line (shown by a solid line in FIG. 44), and follow a crease line (shown by a solid line in FIG. 44). Fold and paste the creases sufficiently. Then, as shown in FIG. 45, five pieces of bone 135, for example, a piano straight line, are attached to the back surface of the pattern to be configured, and the base piece 131 and the base pieces 132 to 134 are joined together. · Combine 134 and substrate fragment 133. Then, paste is applied to the margin to assemble the base material pieces 131 to 134 into a regular tetrahedron shape. Thereafter, the base piece 132 and the base piece 134 are bonded with a string.
[0281] なお、上記構成の立体ディスプレイは、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 16個の基材断 片を結合してなる、ほぼ 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものである場 合にも、上述したのと同様にして製造できる。すなわち、ほぼ 2次近似シェルピンスキ 一四面体の形状を持つ立体ディスプレイも、 5本の辺だけに骨を入れて接続を行 、、 残りの場所を紐で接続していても、形は保たれるはずである。しかし、より強度を増す に、上記の長い骨の半分の長さを持つ骨を、小さな四面体の周りで、長い骨の入つ ていない場所(10本)に入れ、残りの 5個の頂点をひもでつなげることが好ましい。 [0281] The three-dimensional display configured as described above has a shape of a substantially quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron formed by joining 16 base material pieces having a substantially regular tetrahedron shape. In this case, it can be produced in the same manner as described above. In other words, a 3D display with the shape of a quadratic approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is also connected by putting bones in only 5 sides and connecting the remaining places with strings. Should be. However, to increase the strength, a bone with half the length of the long bone is placed around the small tetrahedron (10) where there is no long bone and the remaining 5 vertices. Are preferably connected with a string.
[0282] また、上述の立体ディスプレイでは、各基材断片 131〜134を構成するシートにお ける、辺 Aの一部であるかある!/、は辺 Aに平行である辺 13 la〜 134a (辺 a)を挟む 2 つの面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 133c,133d、および面 134c, 134d) は、辺 aで互いに分断されていた。しかし、各基材断片 131〜134を構成するシートと して、柔軟性と強度とを備えたシート、例えば、布や、柔軟性と強度とを備えた紙など を用いれば、辺 aで分断する必要はなぐ基材断片 131〜134を袋状に形成すること ができる。この場合、各基材断片 131〜134には、谷折りの折り目および山折りの折 り目をつけておく。 [0282] Further, in the above-described stereoscopic display, in the sheet constituting each of the base material fragments 131 to 134, it may be a part of the side A! /, And the side 13 la to 134a parallel to the side A The two surfaces sandwiching (side a) (surfaces 131c and 131d, surfaces 132c and 132d, surfaces 133c and 133d, and surfaces 134c and 134d) were separated from each other by side a. However, if a sheet having flexibility and strength, such as cloth or paper having flexibility and strength, is used as the sheet constituting each of the base material fragments 131 to 134, the sheet is divided at side a. It is possible to form the base material fragments 131 to 134 in a bag shape. In this case, each base piece 131-134 is provided with a valley fold and a mountain fold.
[0283] 各基材断片 131〜134の構造は、折り目に関しては全く同一であるので、ここでは
基材断片 131の構造について図 53に基づいて説明する。なお、図 53においては、 谷折りの折り目を破線で示し、山折りの折り目を一点鎖線で示している。基材断片 13 Uこお ヽて ίま、図 53【こ示すよう【こ、辺 131aを挟む 2つの面 131c,131dのうちの一方 の面 131dには、その面 131dの中心と 3つの頂点とを結ぶ 3つの線分上に 3つの谷 折りの折り目 131ηが設けられ、その面 131dの中心と辺 131aの中点とを結ぶ線分上 に 1つの山折りの折り目 131pが設けられている。一方、他方の面 131cには、辺 131 aの中点と辺 131aに対向する頂点とを結ぶ線分上に 1つの谷折りの折り目 131pが 設けられている。 [0283] The structure of each base piece 131-134 is exactly the same with respect to the fold line, so here The structure of the base piece 131 will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 53, valley folds are indicated by broken lines, and mountain folds are indicated by dashed lines. Substrate fragment 13 U, Fig. 53 [As shown] This side 131d is one of the two surfaces 131c and 131d that sandwich the side 131a. Three valley-fold folds 131η are provided on the three line segments connecting to the center, and one mountain-fold fold 131p is provided on the line segment connecting the center of the surface 131d and the midpoint of the side 131a. . On the other hand, the other surface 131c is provided with one valley fold 131p on a line segment connecting the midpoint of the side 131a and the apex facing the side 131a.
[0284] そして、基材断片 131を折り目 131n' 131p ' 131qに沿って折り曲げると、基材断 片 131は、図 54のように折り畳まれた状態となる。このとき、図 54に示す面 131dにお ける、辺 131aと 2つの折り目 13 Inとで囲まれた三角形の領域は、面 131cと重ねられ た状態で折り曲げられることになる。 [0284] Then, when the base piece 131 is folded along the fold lines 131n'131p'131q, the base piece 131 is folded as shown in FIG. At this time, a triangular region surrounded by the side 131a and the two fold lines 13In on the surface 131d shown in FIG. 54 is bent in a state of being overlapped with the surface 131c.
[0285] また、基材断片 131においては、折り目の谷折りと山折りとを逆転させ、辺 131aを 挟む 2つの面 131c ' 131dのうちの一方の面 131dには、その面 131dの中心と 3つの 頂点とを結ぶ 3つの線分上に 3つの山折りの折り目 131ηを設け、その面 131dの中 心と辺 131aの中点とを結ぶ線分上に 1つの谷折の折り目 131pを設け、一方、他方 の面 131cには、辺 131aの中点と辺 131aに対向する頂点とを結ぶ線分上に 1つの 谷折りの折り目 131pを設けてもよい。この場合には、折り畳まれた状態において、面 131dの中心が外にはみ出して、面 131dの 4本の折れ目によって分断された 4つの 部分が、基材断片 131の残りの 2面および、面 131cを折られた 2面とそれぞれつな がって、 1つずつの面となる。 [0285] Further, in the base piece 131, the fold valley fold and the mountain fold are reversed, and one surface 131d of the two surfaces 131c '131d sandwiching the side 131a has a center of the surface 131d. Three mountain fold creases 131η are provided on the three line segments connecting the three vertices, and one valley fold 131p is provided on the line segment connecting the center of the surface 131d and the midpoint of the side 131a. On the other hand, one trough fold line 131p may be provided on the line segment connecting the midpoint of the side 131a and the vertex facing the side 131a on the other surface 131c. In this case, in the folded state, the center of the surface 131d protrudes outside, and the four parts divided by the four folds of the surface 131d are the remaining two surfaces of the base material piece 131 and the surface. Connect 131c to the two folded surfaces to form one surface.
[0286] 基材断片 131が図 53の状態力も図 54の状態に変化する間に、谷折りの折り目 13 lqと山折りの折り目 131pとの境目 131rは、辺 131aの中点、力ら、辺 131a ' 131e ' 13 lgからなる三角形の中心まで移動する。基材断片 131を構成するシートは、この移 動が可能なだけの柔軟性と強度とを備えたものである必要がある。また、布などで構 成された基材断片 131の場合、必ずしも、きれいな折り目 131n'p ' qに沿って基材断 片 131を折り畳む必要はなく、上記 2つの面(面 131c,131d、面 132c,132d、面 13 3c · 133d、および面 134c · 134d)をくしゃくしやに折り畳む(多数の折り目で折り曲
げる)ことで、基材断片 131を折り畳むことも可能である。 [0286] While the state force of the base piece 131 is also changed to the state of FIG. 53, the boundary 131r between the valley fold 13lq and the mountain fold 131p is the midpoint of the side 131a, the force, Move to the center of the triangle with sides 131a '131e' 13 lg. The sheet constituting the base piece 131 needs to be flexible and strong enough to allow this movement. In the case of the base piece 131 made of cloth or the like, it is not always necessary to fold the base piece 131 along the clean fold 131n'p'q. 132c, 132d, face 13 3c · 133d, and face 134c · 134d) are folded in a crumpled manner (folded at multiple folds) It is also possible to fold the base piece 131.
[0287] 基材断片 131〜 134を構成するシートとして布を使う場合、各基材断片 131〜 134 の布(シート)内面における辺 13 la〜 134a (辺 a)の両端の頂点間に、辺 131a〜13 4aとほぼ等 U、長さの突つ力 、棒をさらに架設可能な構造になって 、ることが好まし い。これ〖こより、立体ディスプレイを広げた場合に、辺 131a〜134aを直線状に保持 し、よりシェルピンスキー四面体により近い形状とすることができる。 [0287] When a cloth is used as the sheet constituting the base material fragments 131 to 134, the sides 13 la to 134a (side a) on the inner surface of the cloth (sheet) of each base material fragment 131 to 134 131a to 134a are almost equal U. It is preferable that the structure has a structure in which a rod can be erected further, with a thrust force of length. Thus, when the three-dimensional display is expanded, the sides 131a to 134a can be held in a straight line, and the shape can be made closer to the shell pin ski tetrahedron.
[0288] 布を使って、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4個の基材断片を結合してなる、ほぼ 1次 近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対し、基材表面に 2枚の画像が形 成された立体ディスプレイを製造する方法について以下に説明する。この場合、布で 正四面体を作成した後、正四面体の中に骨を入れて、骨の先の場所が動かないよう にすればよい。このように骨の先の場所が動かないようにするのは、容易である。 [0288] Using a cloth, the base material surface is compared to the base material having the shape of an approximately first-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron, which is formed by combining four base material pieces having a substantially tetrahedral shape. A method for manufacturing a stereoscopic display in which two images are formed will be described below. In this case, after creating a regular tetrahedron with a cloth, put a bone into the regular tetrahedron so that the place ahead of the bone does not move. It is easy to prevent the bone tip from moving in this way.
[0289] より詳細には、まず、写真や絵などの画像の断片が印刷された 4つの布製の正四面 体を作成する。後で使うための穴を少しだけ残して、裏カゝらミシンがけして、ひっくり返 す。この状態では、骨が入っていないので、まだぺちゃんこである。布製の各正四面 体の頂点の中で、立体ディスプレイが完成した時に大きな正四面体の頂点(1次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体の頂点)になるものが 1つずつあるはずである。布製の各正 四面体における立体ディスプレイが完成した時に大きな正四面体の頂点となる 1つの 頂点の内側に、頂点での骨の固定のために、紙などで作成した小さな正四面体から 1面をのぞいた部材を入れる。この部材は、折り畳んだときに出っ張っても気にならな い程度に十分小さいことが好ましい。折り畳んだときにこの部材が出っ張っても気に なる場合には、骨の先を接着して、 1面だけに内側だけに曲がる様な折り目をつけて ちょい。 [0289] More specifically, first, four tetrahedrons made of cloth on which a piece of an image such as a photograph or a picture is printed are created. Leave only a few holes for later use, sew the back cover and turn it over. In this state, there is no bone in it, so it is still pechanko. There should be one of the vertices of each regular tetrahedron made of cloth that will become the vertices of a large tetrahedron (the vertices of a first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron) when the 3D display is completed. One surface from a small tetrahedron made of paper or the like to fix the bone at the apex inside one vertex that becomes the apex of the large tetrahedron when the 3D display in each regular tetrahedron made of cloth is completed Insert the material except for. This member is preferably small enough that it does not bother even if it protrudes when folded. If you are worried even if this member protrudes when folded, attach the tip of the bone and make a crease that only bends inward on one side.
[0290] 次に、 5本の直線状の骨を用意する。これらの骨は、ちょうど完成時の辺の長さに等 しくなるようにしておく。布製の各正四面体の残りの 3つずつの頂点に穴をあける。布 製の各正四面体における、辺にそって骨をつける辺の内側には、その穴から、紙の 補強のついている頂点に向けて、骨をつつこむ。それぞれの骨の中点で、両端から かぶせた正四面体の頂点が重なるはずである。それら頂点同士を接着する。このとき 、布が完全にピンと張るように注意する。結合すべき残り一組の頂点 (基材断片 132
の頂点と基材断片 134の頂点)は、ひもなどで接着する。 [0290] Next, five straight bones are prepared. These bones should be just equal to the length of the side when completed. Drill holes in the remaining three vertices of each regular tetrahedron made of cloth. In each regular tetrahedron made of cloth, inside the edge to be boned along the edge, the bone is squeezed from the hole toward the apex where the paper is reinforced. At the midpoint of each bone, the apex of the regular tetrahedron overlaid from both ends should overlap. Bond the vertices together. Care should be taken to ensure that the fabric is completely taut. The remaining set of vertices to be joined (base fragment 132 The top of the substrate and the top of the base piece 134 are bonded with a string or the like.
[0291] 立体ディスプレイを広げたときに、布をピンと開いて固定するために、骨とは別に、 正四面体の辺と等しい長さの突つかい棒を用意する。そして、立体ディスプレイを広 げたときに、辺 131a〜134aの両端の頂点間につつかえ棒をかける。このつつかえ棒 力 Sうまく力けられるように、各基材断片 131〜134における辺 131a〜134aの両端の 頂点には、外側にポケット状の部材をつけておくことが好ましい。ポケット状の部材を つける場合、画像は、ポケット状の部材にも印刷する。 [0291] In order to open and fix the cloth when the 3D display is expanded, a tapping stick having a length equal to the side of the regular tetrahedron is prepared separately from the bone. Then, when the 3D display is spread, a changer stick is put between the vertices of both ends of the sides 131a to 134a. It is preferable to attach a pocket-shaped member on the outside at the apexes of both ends of the sides 131a to 134a in the base material pieces 131 to 134 so that the reversing bar force S can be successfully applied. If a pocket-shaped member is attached, the image is also printed on the pocket-shaped member.
[0292] 次に、布を使って、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 16個の基材断片を結合してなる、 ほぼ 2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ立体ディスプレイを製造する方 法について以下に説明する。 [0292] Next, a method of manufacturing a stereoscopic display having an approximately quadratic approximate shell-pinski tetrahedron shape by using cloth to connect 16 base material fragments having an approximately regular tetrahedron shape. The method is described below.
[0293] 同様に、写真等の画像を印刷済みの 16個の正四面体の布製の袋を用意する。同 様に、完成時の 4頂点に対応する 4つの頂点だけを補強をしておく。また、辺の長さと 等しい、 5本の直線状の骨を用意する。そして、正四面体の袋のうちで、完成時に大 きな正四面体の辺(2次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の辺)となるものを、骨に刺して いく。 1つの骨に、 4つの正四面体の袋が刺されるはずである。それらの正四面体の 頂点を接着する。それから、残りの頂点で、完成時に接着すべき頂点を互いに紐で 接着する。 [0293] Similarly, prepare 16 tetrahedral cloth bags on which images such as photographs have been printed. Similarly, only the four vertices corresponding to the four vertices when completed are reinforced. Also, prepare 5 straight bones that are equal to the side length. Then, among the tetrahedron bags, the one that becomes a large regular tetrahedron side (side of the quadratic approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron) when completed is stabbed into the bone. One tetrahedral bag should be stabbed into one bone. Bond the vertices of these tetrahedrons. Then, with the remaining vertices, the vertices that should be bonded when completed are glued together with a string.
[0294] また、広げたときに辺 13 la〜 134aを固定するために、突つかい棒を設ける。この 場合にも、このつつかえ棒がうまくかけられるように、辺の両端となる基材断片の頂点 には、外側にポケット状の部材をつけておくことが好ましい。これで、 2次近似シェル ピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ折り畳み可能な立体ディスプレイが完成する。 [0294] Further, a thrust bar is provided to fix the sides 13la to 134a when spread. Also in this case, it is preferable to attach a pocket-shaped member to the outside at the apexes of the base material pieces that are both ends of the side so that the changeover bar can be applied successfully. This completes a foldable 3D display with a quadratic approximate shell-pinsky tetrahedron shape.
[0295] 本実施形態では、以上のようにして、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状をも つた、広げたり閉まったりできる立体ディスプレイ (室内装飾品など)を得ることができ る。本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、数学的に美しい図形数学の不思議を味 わうことができる。また、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、平面状に折り畳んだ 状態で持ち運び、必要な時に n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状にすることが できるので、持ち運びに便利である。また、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、 何度でも折り畳むことができる。本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、折り畳んだ状
態でユーザに提供すれば、ユーザは、広げることによって n次近似シェルピンスキー 四面体の形状を作成する楽しみを味わうことができる。すなわち、本実施形態に係る 立体ディスプレイにお ヽて、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を作成する難易 度は、平面形状力 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を作成する楽しみを味 わうには丁度よい。 [0295] In the present embodiment, a three-dimensional display (upholstery etc.) having the shape of an nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron that can be expanded and closed can be obtained as described above. The three-dimensional display according to this embodiment can experience the wonder of mathematically beautiful figure mathematics. Further, the three-dimensional display according to this embodiment can be carried in a folded state in a flat shape, and can be formed into an n-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron when necessary, so that it is convenient to carry. In addition, the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can be folded any number of times. The three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment is folded. If provided to the user in the state, the user can enjoy the pleasure of creating the shape of an nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron by spreading. In other words, in the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment, the difficulty of creating the shape of the nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is the pleasure of creating the shape of the planar shape force nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron. Just good for wow.
[0296] 〔実施の形態 10〕 [Embodiment 10]
実施の形態 1には、「また、 2つの広告画像が、頂点が上下左右にある正方形では なぐ縦と横の辺に囲まれた正方形になるように、 x、および X方向の軸を中心に 45 度回転した状態で、展示台に固定することも考えられる。このように固定したときにも、 X方向および X方向が水平となるように支持されることに注意されたい。」と記載され ている。 In the first embodiment, “The two advertising images are centered around the x and X axes so that the two vertices are squares surrounded by the vertical and horizontal sides, not the squares with the top, bottom, left, and right sides. It can be fixed to the exhibition stand after being rotated 45 degrees. Note that the X direction and the X direction are supported horizontally even when fixed in this way. ” ing.
[0297] これは、実施の形態 1で述べた、図 1に示す 1 シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を 持つ基材 5や、基材 5に対して画像の断片 PA1〜PA4および PB 1〜PB4を形成し た立体 10 (図 3参照)は、上方向および下方向を鉛直方向から 45度傾けると、基材 5 あるいは立体 10が、鉛直方向および水平方向の対角線を持つ正方形ではなぐ鉛 直方向および水平方向の辺を持つ正方形に見えることを示している。基材 5あるいは 立体 10が鉛直方向および水平方向の辺を持つ正方形に見えること 2つの画像が鉛 直方向および水平方向の辺を持つ正方形になることは、 3対の互いに対向する辺の 中点同士を結ぶ直線が、上下、左右、前後の、通常の座標系の座標軸と同じ方向に なることを意味している。この状態で、基材 5あるいは立体 10を、その中心を通る鉛直 な軸の周りで回転させる。すると、基材 5あるいは立体 10を 1回転させる間に、基材 5 あるいは立体 10が正方形に見える瞬間が 4回あることになる。これまでの各実施形態 に係る立体ディスプレイあるいは広告表示物では、これら 4回のうちの 2回だけ画像( 画像 PAおよび PB)全体が見え、あとの 2回は、 2種類の画像断片が混在した意味の な 、画像が見えるものである。 [0297] This is because the base material 5 having the shape of the 1 shellpinski tetrahedron shown in Fig. 1 described in the first embodiment, and image fragments PA1 to PA4 and PB1 to PB4 with respect to the base material 5 are shown. The solid 10 (see Fig. 3) that forms the vertical direction of the lead 5 and the solid 10 is tilted 45 degrees from the vertical direction, and the base 5 or solid 10 is not a square with vertical and horizontal diagonal lines. And it shows that it looks like a square with horizontal sides. The substrate 5 or solid 10 appears to be a square with vertical and horizontal sides. The two images are squares with lead and horizontal sides. This means that the straight line connecting them is in the same direction as the coordinate axis of the normal coordinate system, up and down, left and right, and front and back. In this state, the base material 5 or the solid body 10 is rotated around a vertical axis passing through the center. Then, there are four moments when the substrate 5 or the solid 10 looks like a square while the substrate 5 or the solid 10 is rotated once. In the three-dimensional display or advertisement display according to each of the embodiments so far, the entire image (images PA and PB) can be seen only twice of these four times, and the other two times are mixed with two types of image fragments. You can see the image without meaning.
[0298] しかし、レンチキュラープリントという、見る方向によって見える画像が変化する印刷 の技術を応用すれば、この意味のない画像が見えていた 2つの方向からも画像が見 えるようにでき、合計 4つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイあるいは広告表示物を実
現可能である。 [0298] However, by applying a printing technology called lenticular printing, where the visible image changes depending on the viewing direction, the image can be seen from the two directions where this meaningless image could be seen. Realize 3D display or advertisement It is possible now.
[0299] 4つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイの実施の一形態について、図 49に基づいて 説明する。 [0299] An embodiment of a stereoscopic display in which four images can be seen will be described with reference to FIG.
[0300] n—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材 (例えば図 1に示す基材 5)を構成 するほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片 (例えば図 1に 示す基材断片 1〜4)の各面は、図 46に示すような、ほぼ正三角形の形状を有する 面 140である。 [0300] n—4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrates having a substantially regular tetrahedron shape that constitutes a substrate having the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron (eg, the substrate 5 shown in FIG. 1). Each surface of the fragment (for example, base material fragments 1 to 4 shown in FIG. 1) is a surface 140 having a substantially equilateral triangular shape as shown in FIG.
[0301] 本実施形態に係る 4つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイは、 n—シェルピンスキー 四面体の形状を持つ基材における全ての面 140に対して、レンチキュラープリント面 141が形成されている。 [0301] In the stereoscopic display in which four images according to this embodiment can be seen, the lenticular print surface 141 is formed on all the surfaces 140 in the base material having the shape of an n-Shelpinsky tetrahedron.
[0302] レンチキュラープリント面 141は、個々のレンティキュラーレンズに対応して、右方向 用画像および左方向用画像を短冊状に印刷した印刷面と、印刷面上に短冊状に並 んで成型された力マボコ型凸レンズであるレンティキュラーレンズと力もなる。図 46で は、各レンティキュラーレンズの長手方向を破線で示す。印刷面上に形成された右方 向用画像は、レンティキュラーレンズを通ることで図 46の右方向からのみ見え、印刷 面上に形成された左方向用画像は、レンティキュラーレンズを通ることで図 46の左方 向力らのみ見える。なお、レンチキュラープリントにつ ヽて ίま、特開 2004— 195822 号公報ゃ特開 2004— 333706号公報などに記載されている。 [0302] The lenticular print surface 141 was formed by printing a right image and a left image in a strip shape corresponding to each lenticular lens, and a strip on the print surface. It is also a force with a lenticular lens that is a force-powered convex lens. In FIG. 46, the longitudinal direction of each lenticular lens is indicated by a broken line. The image for the right direction formed on the printing surface can be seen only from the right direction in FIG. 46 by passing through the lenticular lens, and the image for the left direction formed on the printing surface can be viewed by passing through the lenticular lens. Only the leftward force in Fig. 46 is visible. Note that lenticular printing is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 2004-195822 and 2004-333706.
[0303] η—シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材における全ての面 140上の画像は 、基材が正方形に見える方向力も人間が見た場合、図 46〜図 48に示す方向 A〜C の何れかに投影されることになる。方向 Aは左方向であり、方向 Bは右方向であるの で、方向 Aからは左方向用画像が見え、方向 Bからは右方向用画像が見える。なお、 方向 Aおよび方向 B力もレンチキュラープリント面 141を見る場合、図 48に示すように 、レンチキュラープリントの、視線の傾きにより画像が変化する方向(図 46の左右方向 )と垂直な方向にも面 140の垂線方向から 36度ほど傾いた方向力も見ることになる。 [0303] η—Images on all surfaces 140 in a substrate with the shape of a Sherpinski tetrahedron are shown in FIGS. 46-48 as shown in FIGS. It will be projected onto one of C. Since direction A is the left direction and direction B is the right direction, the image for left direction can be seen from direction A, and the image for right direction can be seen from direction B. When viewing the lenticular print surface 141, the direction A and the direction B force are also perpendicular to the direction of the lenticular print in which the image changes due to the inclination of the line of sight (the left-right direction in FIG. 46). You will also see a directional force tilted 36 degrees from the 140 normal.
[0304] 本実施形態に係る 4つの画像が見える立体ディスプレイの一例を図 49に示す。図 4 9においても、レンチキュラープリント面を 141で示し、レンティキュラーレンズの長手 方向を破線で示している。ただし、図 49では、図面の簡素化のために、レンティキュ
ラーレンズの長手方向を示す破線は、代表的な 4つの面 3A、 3B、 1C、 IDのみで図 示し、他の面では図示を省略している。 [0304] Fig. 49 shows an example of a stereoscopic display in which four images according to the present embodiment can be seen. Also in FIG. 49, the lenticular print surface is indicated by 141, and the longitudinal direction of the lenticular lens is indicated by a broken line. However, in Figure 49, for the sake of simplifying the drawing, The broken line indicating the longitudinal direction of the large lens is shown with only four representative surfaces 3A, 3B, 1C and ID, and is not shown on the other surfaces.
[0305] 本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、図 49に示すように、第 1、第 2、第 3、および 第 4の画像が基材 5表面に形成された立体ディスプレイであって、基材 5は、ほぼ正 四面体の形状を持つ 4個の基材断片 1〜4を結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェル ピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものである。 [0305] The three-dimensional display according to the present embodiment is a three-dimensional display in which the first, second, third, and fourth images are formed on the surface of the base material 5, as shown in FIG. 5 has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining four base material fragments 1 to 4 having a substantially tetrahedral shape.
[0306] 各基材断片 1〜4における 4つの面 1A〜4A、面 1B〜4B、面 1C〜4C、および面 1 D〜4Dのうち、面 1A〜4Aには、面 1A〜4Aおよび面 1B〜4Bに挟まれた第 1辺 la 〜4aの中点から面 1C〜4Cおよび面 1D〜4Dに挟まれた第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点へ向 力う方向(X方向)に見たときには第 1の画像の断片のみが見え、面 1A〜4Aおよび 面 1C〜4Cに挟まれた第 3辺 lc〜4cの中点から面 1B〜4Bおよび面 1D〜4Dに挟 まれた第 4辺 ld〜4dの中点へ向力う方向(A方向)に見たときには第 3の画像の断片 のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 1および第 3の画像の断片が 形成されている。 [0306] Of the four surfaces 1A to 4A, surfaces 1B to 4B, surfaces 1C to 4C, and surfaces 1D to 4D in each of the base material pieces 1 to 4, the surfaces 1A to 4A include surfaces 1A to 4A and surfaces Seen in the direction (X direction) from the midpoint of the first side la to 4a sandwiched between 1B to 4B toward the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b sandwiched between planes 1C to 4C and planes 1D to 4D Only the first image fragment is visible, and the third side lc-4c sandwiched between planes 1A-4A and planes 1C-4C is the fourth point sandwiched between planes 1B-4B and planes 1D-4D. The first and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the third image fragment is visible when viewed in the direction (A direction) toward the midpoint of sides ld to 4d. .
[0307] また、面 1B〜4Bには、第 1辺 la〜4aの中点から第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点へ向力う方 向(X方向)に見たときには第 1の画像の断片のみが見え、第 4辺 ld〜4dの中点から 第 3辺 lc〜4cの中点へ向力う方向(—A方向)に見たときには第 4の画像の断片の みが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 1および第 4の画像の断片が形 成されている。 [0307] Also, in the planes 1B to 4B, when viewed in the direction (X direction) from the midpoint of the first side la to 4a toward the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b, the first image Only the fragment can be seen, and only the fourth image fragment can be seen when viewed in the direction (−A direction) from the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c. The first and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing.
[0308] また、面 1C〜4Cには、第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点から第 1辺 la〜4aの中点へ向力う方 向(― X方向)に見たときには第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、第 3辺 lc〜4cの中点か ら第 4辺 ld〜4dの中点へ向かう方向(A方向)に見たときには第 3の画像の断片のみ が見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 2および第 3の画像の断片が形成 されている。 [0308] In addition, on surfaces 1C to 4C, the second image appears when viewed in the direction (-X direction) from the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b toward the midpoint of the first side la to 4a. So that only the fragment of the third image can be seen when viewed in the direction (A direction) from the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c to the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d. The print forms the second and third image fragments.
[0309] また、面 1D〜4Dには、第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点から第 1辺 la〜4aの中点へ向力う方 向(― X方向)に見たときには第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、第 4辺 ld〜4dの中点か ら第 3辺 lc〜4cの中点へ向力う方向(一 A方向)に見たときには第 4の画像の断片の みが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 2および第 4の画像の断片が形
成されている。 [0309] Also, in the planes 1D to 4D, the second image appears when viewed in the direction (-X direction) from the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b toward the midpoint of the first side la to 4a. Only the fragment of the fourth image is visible when viewed in the direction (one A direction) from the midpoint of the fourth side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the third side lc to 4c. As shown, the lenticular print forms the second and fourth image fragments. It is made.
[0310] レンチキュラープリント面 141におけるレンティキュラーレンズの長手方向は、面 1A 〜4Aおよび面 1D〜4Dでは、面 1A〜4Aおよび面 1D〜4Dに挟まれた第 5辺 le〜 4eの垂線方向であり、面 1B〜4Bおよび面 1C〜4Cでは、面 1B〜4Bおよび面 1C〜 4Cに挟まれた第 6辺 If〜4fの垂線方向である。 [0310] The longitudinal direction of the lenticular lens on the lenticular printed surface 141 is the perpendicular direction of the fifth side le to 4e sandwiched between the surfaces 1A to 4A and the surfaces 1D to 4D for the surfaces 1A to 4A and the surfaces 1D to 4D. Yes, in planes 1B to 4B and planes 1C to 4C, the direction is a perpendicular direction of the sixth side If to 4f sandwiched between planes 1B to 4B and planes 1C to 4C.
[0311] 面 1A〜4Aでは、第 5辺 le〜4eの垂線を含みかつ面 1A〜4Aに垂直な平面を境 として、その平面より第 1辺 la〜4a側に視点がある力、その平面より第 3辺 lc〜4c側 に視点があるかによって、異なる画像が見える。すなわち、その平面より第 1辺 la〜4 a側に視点がある場合には、第 1の画像の断片のみが見え、その平面より第 3辺 lc〜 4c側に視点がある場合には、第 3の画像の断片のみが見える。 [0311] In planes 1A to 4A, the plane that includes the perpendicular of the fifth side le to 4e and is perpendicular to planes 1A to 4A is the force that has a viewpoint on the first side la to 4a side from that plane. Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the third side lc-4c. That is, when the viewpoint is on the first side la to 4a side from the plane, only the first image fragment is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the third side lc to 4c side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 3 is visible.
[0312] 面 1B〜4Bでは、第 6辺 lf〜4fの垂線を含みかつ面 1B〜4Bに垂直な平面を境と して、その平面より第 1辺 la〜4a側に視点がある力 その平面より第 4辺 ld〜4d側 に視点があるかによって、異なる画像が見える。すなわち、その平面より第 1辺 la〜4 a側に視点がある場合には、第 1の画像の断片のみが見え、その平面より第 4辺 ld〜 4d側に視点がある場合には、第 4の画像の断片のみが見える。 [0312] In planes 1B to 4B, a force that includes a perpendicular of the sixth side lf to 4f and that is perpendicular to planes 1B to 4B is located on the first side la to 4a side of the plane. Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the 4th side ld to 4d side from the plane. That is, when the viewpoint is on the first side la to 4a side from the plane, only the first image fragment is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 4 is visible.
[0313] 面 1C〜4Cでは、第 6辺 lf〜4fの垂線を含みかつ面 1C〜4Cに垂直な平面を境と して、その平面より第 2辺 lb〜4b側に視点がある力、その平面より第 3辺 lc〜4c側 に視点があるかによって、異なる画像が見える。すなわち、その平面より第 2辺 lb〜4 b側に視点がある場合には、第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、その平面より第 3辺 lc〜 4c側に視点がある場合には、第 3の画像の断片のみが見える。 [0313] In planes 1C to 4C, a force that has a viewpoint on the second side lb to 4b from the plane, including a perpendicular line of the sixth side lf to 4f and perpendicular to planes 1C to 4C, Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the third side lc-4c side of the plane. That is, when the viewpoint is on the second side lb to 4b side from the plane, only the fragment of the second image is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the third side lc to 4c side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 3 is visible.
[0314] 面 1D〜4Dでは、第 5辺 le〜4eの垂線を含みかつ面 1D〜4Dに垂直な平面を境 として、その平面より第 2辺 lb〜4b側に視点がある力、その平面より第 4辺 ld〜4d側 に視点があるかによって、異なる画像が見える。すなわち、その平面より第 2辺 lb〜4 b側に視点がある場合には、第 2の画像の断片のみが見え、その平面より第 4辺 ld〜 4d側に視点がある場合には、第 4の画像の断片のみが見える。 [0314] In planes 1D to 4D, the force that has a viewpoint on the second side lb to 4b from the plane, including the perpendicular of the fifth side le to 4e and perpendicular to planes 1D to 4D, is the plane. Different images can be seen depending on whether the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d. That is, when the viewpoint is on the second side lb to 4b side from the plane, only the fragment of the second image is visible, and when the viewpoint is on the fourth side ld to 4d side from the plane, Only a fragment of image 4 is visible.
[0315] したがって、上記構成によれば、第 1辺 la〜4aの中点から第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点へ 向かう方向(X方向)に見たときに第 1の画像力 第 2辺 lb〜4bの中点力 第 1辺 la 〜4aの中点へ向力う方向(一 X方向)に見たときに第 2の画像力 第 3辺 lc〜4cの中
点から第 4辺 ld〜4dの中点へ向かう方向(A方向)に見たときに第 3の画像力 第 4 辺 ld〜4dの中点から第 3辺 lc〜4cの中点へ向力 方向(一 A方向)に見たときに第 4の画像がそれぞれ見える。すなわち、見る方向によって 4つの画像が見える。また、 上記立体ディスプレイを、その中心を通り X方向および A方向に垂直な軸を中心とし て回転させれば、 1回転の間にこれら 4つの画像が見えることになる。 [0315] Therefore, according to the above configuration, when viewed in the direction (X direction) from the midpoint of the first side la to 4a toward the midpoint of the second side lb to 4b, the first image force lb to 4b midpoint force 2nd image force when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of 1st side la to 4a (one X direction) 3rd side in lc to 4c 3rd image force when viewed in the direction from the point toward the midpoint of the 4th side ld to 4d (direction A) Directional force from the midpoint of the 4th side ld to 4d to the midpoint of the 3rd side lc to 4c The fourth image can be seen when looking in the direction (one A direction). That is, four images can be seen depending on the viewing direction. In addition, if the 3D display is rotated around the axis passing through the center and perpendicular to the X and A directions, these four images can be seen in one rotation.
[0316] 以上のように、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、 4つの異なる画像を表示でき る。また、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイを回転させれば、 1回転あたり 4回、しか も意味のある画像が見える瞬間だけ、画像が見える。 [0316] As described above, the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment can display four different images. In addition, if the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is rotated, an image can be seen only at the moment when a meaningful image can be seen four times per rotation.
[0317] また、本実施形態に係る立体ディスプレイは、この同じ立体ディスプレイを 90度違つ た方向力 見ている 2人に同じ瞬間に異なる画像が見えるので、見る人にとって面白 い。 [0317] In addition, the stereoscopic display according to the present embodiment is interesting for the viewer because two people watching the same stereoscopic display with a directional force 90 degrees different can see different images at the same moment.
[0318] また、 3画像チェンジングのレンチキュラープリントを用いて、第 3の画像力 面に垂 直な方向から見たときに見える様に設定することにより、さらに、上からと下から見た 場合も含めて、 6つの方向から異なる画像が見えるようにすることも可能である。また、 面 1A〜4A、面 1B〜4B、面 1C〜4C、面 1D〜4Dがそれぞれ正面に来た時にも、 また異なる画像を 2次元シェルピンスキーガスケットといわれる平面図形上に形成し たものが見えるようにし、合計 8つの画像力 1回転の間に現れるようにすることも可能 である。また、上記 4つの方向以外の、正方形に見えない方向からは、灰色となり、何 も見えなくするようにすることも可能である。 [0318] In addition, by using a lenticular print of 3-image changing, and setting it so that it can be seen when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the third image power surface, it can also be viewed from above and below. Including different images can be seen from six directions. Also, when surface 1A to 4A, surface 1B to 4B, surface 1C to 4C, and surface 1D to 4D come to the front, different images are formed on a planar figure called a two-dimensional shell pin ski gasket. It is also possible to make it appear, and to appear a total of eight image forces during one rotation. In addition to the above four directions, from the direction that does not look like a square, it becomes gray and it is possible to hide anything.
[0319] 本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなぐ請求項に示した範囲で 種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適 宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。 産業上の利用可能性 [0319] The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, but can be variously modified within the scope of the claims, and can be obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments. Such embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Industrial applicability
[0320] 本発明の立体パズルは、シェルピンスキー四面体幾何学をベースとするものであり[0320] The three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is based on Sherpinsky tetrahedral geometry.
、フラクタル幾何学を学ぶための学習教材として、また、立体的嵌め合せ絵として有 用である。また、本発明の立体パズルを完成したものは、装飾品(デコレーション)、 広告表示物、立体ロゴなどとして有用である。 It is useful as a learning material for learning fractal geometry and as a three-dimensional fitting picture. In addition, the completed three-dimensional puzzle of the present invention is useful as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, a three-dimensional logo, and the like.
[0321] また、本発明の広告表示物は、種々の広告に利用できる。
また、本発明の立体ディスプレイは、装飾品(デコレーション)、広告表示物、立体口 ゴなどとして有用である。また、本発明の作成キットは、装飾品(デコレーション)、広 告表示物、立体ロゴなどを作成するためのキットとして、あるいは、立体図形を理解す るための学習教材として有用である
[0321] The advertisement display of the present invention can be used for various advertisements. Further, the three-dimensional display of the present invention is useful as a decoration (decoration), an advertisement display, a three-dimensional mouthpiece and the like. In addition, the creation kit of the present invention is useful as a kit for creating ornaments, advertisement displays, 3D logos, etc., or as a learning material for understanding 3D figures.
Claims
請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品 が得られるような、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個のパズル片 を備える立体パズルであって、 [1] 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) puzzles with a nearly regular tetrahedron shape so that a finished product with a nearly nth-order approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron shape can be obtained when correctly combined. A three-dimensional puzzle comprising pieces,
上記完成品の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記完成品 を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画 像が現れるように、各ノズル片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平 行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、 Assuming that the two opposite sides of the finished product are the first side and the second side, when the finished product is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side and toward the midpoint of the second side, it is almost square. A fragment of the first image is formed on the two surfaces of each nozzle piece that are part of the first side or a side that is parallel to the first side so that the first image of Has been
上記完成品を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方 形の第 2の画像が現れるように、各ノズル片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるい は第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されており、 完成品におけるパズル片同士の結合点に対応する頂点のうちの少なくとも 1つが、 正解以外の少なくとも 1つのパズル片の少なくとも 1つの頂点にも着脱自在に結合す ることが可能な構造を備えていることを特徴とする立体パズル。 Midpoint force of the second side of the second side of each nozzle piece so that when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side, the second image of a substantially square shape appears. A piece of the second image is formed on two faces that sandwich a side that is part of or parallel to the second side, and the vertices corresponding to the connection points of the puzzle pieces in the finished product A three-dimensional puzzle characterized in that at least one has a structure that can be detachably coupled to at least one vertex of at least one puzzle piece other than the correct answer.
[2] 各パズル片には、 2つの頂点が N極、他の 2つの頂点が S極となるように磁石が埋め 込まれていることを特徴とする請求項 1記載の立体パズル。 [2] The three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 1, wherein a magnet is embedded in each puzzle piece so that two vertices are N poles and the other two vertices are S poles.
[3] (2 X 4n— 2)個の棒をさらに備え、 [3] (2 X 4 n — 2) more rods,
各ノズル片の頂点には、上記棒が挿脱自在に挿入しうる穴が設けられていることを 特徴とする請求項 1記載の立体パズル。 2. The three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 1, wherein a hole into which the rod can be inserted and removed is provided at the apex of each nozzle piece.
[4] 各ノズル片の 2つの頂点には、凸部が形成されている一方、他の 2つの頂点には 上記凸部が嵌合しうる凹部が形成されており、上記凸部は、頂点を中心とする球の形 状を備えており、上記凹部の表面は、頂点を中心とする半球面の形状を備えており、 上記凸部の表面には、さらに、凸部の中心と凸部に接するそれぞれの面の中心と を通りその面に垂直な平面の一部となる 3つの板状突起が形成されており、 [4] Convex portions are formed at the two vertices of each nozzle piece, while concave portions into which the convex portions can be fitted are formed at the other two vertices. The surface of the concave portion has a hemispherical shape centered at the apex, and the surface of the convex portion further includes the center of the convex portion and the convex portion. Three plate-like projections that are part of a plane that passes through the center of each surface that touches and are perpendicular to the surface are formed.
上記凹部の表面には、さらに、凹部の中心と凹部に接するそれぞれの面の中心と を通りその面に垂直な平面の一部となる 3つのスリットが形成されており、 The surface of the recess is further formed with three slits that pass through the center of the recess and the center of each surface in contact with the recess and become part of a plane perpendicular to the surface.
上記板状突起およびスリットは、上記凸部を上記凹部に嵌合させて上記板状突起 の位置をスリットの位置に合わせると、上記板状突起をスリットに侵入させることによつ
て上記凸部を上記凹部のスリットの方向にほぼ tan—1 {2-Γ2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角 度だけ倒すことが可能となるように形成されていることを特徴とする請求項 1記載の立 体ノ ズル。 The plate-like protrusion and the slit are formed by allowing the plate-like protrusion to enter the slit when the convex portion is fitted into the concave portion and the position of the plate-like protrusion is adjusted to the position of the slit. The convex portion is formed so as to be able to be tilted by an angle of approximately tan- 1 (2-Γ2) radians (about 70 degrees) in the direction of the slit of the concave portion. The standing nozzle described in 1.
[5] (2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材をさらに備え、 [5] It further comprises (2 X 4 n — 2) connecting members,
各連結部材は、棒を 1点でほぼ tan_1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げた 形状を有し、 Each connecting member has a shape where the bar is bent at an angle of approximately tan _1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) at one point,
各パズル片の各頂点には、上記連結部材が揷脱自在に挿入しうる穴が各パズル片 の中心に向かって続くように設けられていることを特徴とする請求項 1記載の立体パ ズノレ。 2. The three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 1, wherein a hole into which the connecting member can be removably inserted is provided at each apex of each puzzle piece so as to continue toward the center of each puzzle piece. .
[6] 第 1および第 2の広告画像が基材表面に形成された広告表示物であって、 [6] An advertisement display object in which the first and second advertisement images are formed on the substrate surface,
上記基材は、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を 結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものであり、 上記基材の 6辺のうち、互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、 第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 1の広告画像が現れる ように、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺 を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の広告画像の断片が形成されており、 The base material has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. When the two sides facing each other among the six sides of the base material are the first side and the second side, the midpoint force of the first side when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side In order for the first advertisement image to appear, the first advertisement image fragment is formed on two surfaces of the base material fragment that sandwich a side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side. Has been
第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときに第 2の広告画像が現れる ように、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺 を挟む 2つの面に、第 2の広告画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする広告表 物。 The midpoint force of the second side is either a part of the second side or the first side of each base piece so that the second advertisement image appears when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side. An advertisement table characterized in that a fragment of the second advertisement image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side parallel to the two sides.
[7] 第 1および第 2の画像が基材表面に形成された立体ディスプレイであって、 [7] A stereoscopic display in which the first and second images are formed on the surface of the substrate,
上記基材は、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を(The above substrate is composed of 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape (
2 X 4n— 2)個の連結部材で結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面 体の形状を持つものであり、 2 X 4 n -2) It is obtained by combining with 2 connecting members and has the shape of an approximate nth order shellpinski tetrahedron.
上記基材の 6辺のうち、互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、 第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、
第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 2の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されており、 Of the six sides of the base material, if the two sides facing each other are the first side and the second side, the midpoint force of the first side is the first when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side. The first image fragment is formed on two sides of the base material fragment that sandwich the side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side. , Midpoint force on the 2nd side Directional force toward the midpoint on the 1st side As a second image appears when viewed in the direction, it is either part of the 2nd side or 2nd side in each substrate fragment A fragment of the second image is formed on the two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to
基材断片同士の結合点に対応する頂点には、各基材断片の中心に向カゝつて続く ように穴が設けられており、 At the apex corresponding to the bonding point between the base material pieces, a hole is provided so as to continue to the center of each base material piece,
各連結部材は、棒を 1点でほぼ tan_1 (2 2)ラジアン (約 70度)の角度だけ曲げた 形状を有し、両側が異なる基材断片の穴に挿入されていることを特徴とする立体ディ スプレイ。 Each connecting member has a shape in which the rod is bent at an angle of approximately tan _1 (2 2) radians (about 70 degrees) at one point, and both sides are inserted into holes of different base material pieces. 3D display.
[8] ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持ち、表面に画像が形成された立 体ディスプレイを作成するための作成キットであって、 [8] A creation kit for creating a solid display having an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron shape and an image formed on the surface,
ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片と、これら基材断 片同士を結合するための連結部材とを含み、 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape, and a connecting member for connecting these base material pieces to each other,
各基材断片の各頂点には、上記連結部材が挿入しうる穴が各基材断片の中心に 向かって続くように設けられて 、ることを特徴とする作成キット。 A preparation kit, characterized in that a hole into which the connecting member can be inserted is provided at each vertex of each base piece so as to continue toward the center of each base piece.
[9] 正しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を 持つ完成品が得られるような、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の各頂点に対応する 4個の頂点パズル片と、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する正四面体同士 の結合部分の各々に対応する 2(2n+1)— 2 (nは任意の自然数)個の結合パズル片と を含む立体パズルであって、 [9] Four vertices corresponding to each vertex of the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron that, when properly combined, yields a finished product with a frame shape that is approximately the nth-order approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron. A puzzle piece and 2 ( 2n + 1) — 2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) connected puzzle pieces corresponding to each of the connected parts of the regular tetrahedrons constituting the nth-order approximate Shellpinsky tetrahedron. A three-dimensional puzzle,
上記結合パズル片の各々は、基点部と、基点部から異なる方向へ放射状に伸びる ように設けられた 3つの第 1リムおよび 3つの第 2リムとからなり、 Each of the combined puzzle pieces includes a base portion, and three first rims and three second rims provided so as to extend radially from the base portion in different directions.
第 1リムの各々は他の 2つの第 1リムの伸びる方向に対して 60度の角度をなすように 設けられており、 Each of the first rims is provided at an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the direction in which the other two first rims extend,
第 2リムの各々は他の 2つの第 2リムの伸びる方向に対して 60度の角度をなすように 設けられており、 Each of the second rims is provided at an angle of 60 degrees with respect to the direction in which the other two second rims extend,
第 1リムの 1つと第 2リムの 1つとが直線上に揃っており、 One of the first rim and one of the second rim are aligned on a straight line
3つの第 1リムのうち、 1つの先端には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの先 端には凸部が形成され、
3つの第 2リムのうち、 2つの先端には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの先 端には凸部が形成され、 Of the three first rims, one tip has a recess or a through hole, and the other two leading ends have a protrusion. Of the three second rims, two tips have recesses or through holes, and the remaining one tip has a protrusion.
上記 4個の頂点パズル片は、 2個の第 1頂点パズル片と 2個の第 2頂点パズル片と からなり、 The above four vertex puzzle pieces consist of two first vertex puzzle pieces and two second vertex puzzle pieces,
上記第 1頂点パズル片は、第 1頂点部と、第 1頂点部から互いに 60度異なる方向へ 向力つて放射状に伸びる 3つの第 3リムとからなり、 3つの第 3リムのうち、 1つの先端 には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの先端には凸部が形成され、 The first vertex puzzle piece is composed of a first vertex portion and three third rims extending radially from the first vertex portion in directions different by 60 degrees from each other. A concave or through hole is formed at the tip, and a convex is formed at the other two tips.
上記第 2頂点パズル片は、第 2頂点部と、第 2頂点部から互いに 60度異なる方向へ 向力つて放射状に伸びる 3つの第 4リムとからなり、 3つの第 4リムのうち、 2つの先端 には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの先端には凸部が形成され、 The second vertex puzzle piece is composed of a second vertex portion and three fourth rims extending radially from the second vertex portion in directions different by 60 degrees from each other. A concave or through hole is formed at the tip, and a convex is formed at the other tip.
上記凸部は、上記凹部または貫通孔に嵌合しうるように形成されていることを特徴と する立体パズル。 The three-dimensional puzzle, wherein the convex portion is formed so as to be fitted into the concave portion or the through hole.
[10] 請求項 9に記載の立体パズルを正しく結合させることによって得られるほぼ n次近似 シェルピンスキー四面体のフレームの形状を持つ構造物に対し、 n次近似シェルピン スキー四面体を構成する 4n個の正四面体の各面を形成するように各パズル片をシ一 トで被覆してなり、 [10] An n-th order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron is formed for a structure having a frame shape of an approximately nth order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 9. 4 Each puzzle piece is covered with a sheet so as to form each surface of n regular tetrahedrons,
上記構造物の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物 を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画 像が現れるように、各正四面体における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平 行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、第 1の画像の断片が形成され、 Assuming that the two opposite sides of the structure are the first side and the second side, when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side and toward the midpoint of the second side, it is almost square. So that the first image of the first image of the first image of each regular tetrahedron appears on a sheet of two surfaces that are part of the first side or a side parallel to the first side. Fragments are formed,
上記構造物を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方 形の第 2の画像が現れるように、各正四面体における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるい は第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面のシートに、第 2の画像の断片が形成されて V、ることを特徴とする立体ディスプレイ。 When the structure is viewed in the direction of the midpoint of the second side toward the midpoint of the first side, the second side of each tetrahedron appears so that a second image with a substantially square shape appears. A three-dimensional display characterized in that a fragment of the second image is formed on a sheet of two surfaces sandwiching a side that is part or parallel to the second side, and V.
[11] 正しく結合させたときにほぼ n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完 成品が得られるような、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の各頂点を含む正四面 体に対応する、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4個の頂点パズル片と、 1次近似シェル ピンスキー四面体を構成する 4つずつの正四面体からなるグループ同士の結合部分
に対応する、 2(2n+1) - 2 (nは任意の自然数)個の結合パズル片とを含む立体パズル であって、 [11] Corresponds to a regular tetrahedron containing each apex of the n + first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron so that a finished product with a shape of approximately n + first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron can be obtained when properly combined. The four-vertex puzzle pieces that have the shape of a regular tetrahedron, and the connected part of each group of four regular tetrahedrons that form a first-order shell pinsky tetrahedron A 3D puzzle including 2 (2n + 1)-2 (n is an arbitrary natural number) coupled puzzle pieces corresponding to
上記結合パズル片は、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ第 1および第 2の断片を、第 1の 断片の第 1辺と第 2の断片の第 1辺とが同一直線上に揃い、かつ、第 1の断片におけ る第 1辺を挟む 2つの面と第 2の断片における第 1辺を挟む 2つの面とがそれぞれ同 一平面上に揃うように、頂点同士で結合したものであり、 The combined puzzle piece includes first and second pieces having a substantially tetrahedral shape, wherein the first side of the first piece and the first side of the second piece are aligned on the same straight line, and The two surfaces sandwiching the first side in the first fragment and the two surfaces sandwiching the first side in the second fragment are joined at the vertices so that they are aligned on the same plane.
第 1の断片における、第 2の断片と結合された頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 1つの 頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 2つの頂点には凸部が形成され、 第 2の断片における、第 1の断片と結合された頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 2つの 頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、残り 1つの頂点には凸部が形成され、 上記 4個の頂点パズル片は、 2個の第 3頂点パズル片と 2個の第 4頂点パズル片と からなり、 Of the three vertices of the first fragment excluding the vertices joined to the second fragment, one vertex has a recess or a through hole, and the remaining two vertices have a projection. Of the three vertices excluding the vertices joined to the first fragment, two vertices are formed with recesses or through holes, and the remaining one vertex is formed with a protrusion. A vertex puzzle piece consists of two third vertex puzzle pieces and two fourth vertex puzzle pieces,
上記第 3頂点パズル片における、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の頂点に対 応する頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 2つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、 残り 1つの頂点には凸部が形成され、 Of the three vertex puzzle pieces above, excluding the vertex corresponding to the vertex of the n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron, two vertices have recesses or through-holes, and the remaining one vertex. Has a convex part,
上記第 4頂点パズル片における、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の頂点に対 応する頂点を除く 3つの頂点のうち、 1つの頂点には凹部または貫通孔が形成され、 残り 2つの頂点には凸部が形成され、 In the 4th vertex puzzle piece above, one of the 3 vertices excluding the vertex corresponding to the vertex of the n + first order approximation shellpinsky tetrahedron has a recess or a through hole, and the remaining 2 vertices. Has a convex part,
上記凸部は、上記凹部または貫通孔に対して嵌脱自在となるように形成されて!ヽる ことを特徴とする立体パズル。 The three-dimensional puzzle, wherein the convex portion is formed so as to be detachable with respect to the concave portion or the through hole.
請求項 11に記載の立体パズルを正しく結合させることによって得られるほぼ n+ 1 次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ構造物に対し、 For a structure having a shape of an approximately n + 1 first order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron obtained by correctly combining the three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 11,
上記構造物の互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、上記構造物 を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方形の第 1の画 像が現れるように、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する各正四面体にお ける、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面に、第 1の 画像の断片が形成され、 Assuming that the two opposite sides of the structure are the first side and the second side, when the structure is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side and toward the midpoint of the second side, it is almost square. In each regular tetrahedron composing the n + first-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron, a side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side is defined so that the first image of A fragment of the first image is formed on the two faces
上記構造物を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方
形の第 2の画像が現れるように、 n+ 1次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する各 正四面体における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つ の面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする立体ディスプレイ。 Midpoint force on the second side when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side N + first order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedrons, each part of the regular tetrahedron that constitutes the n + 1st order is sandwiched by a side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side 2 A three-dimensional display characterized in that a second image fragment is formed on one surface.
[13] 請求項 9記載の立体パズルに対し、結合パズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 1リム 、結合パズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 2リム、第 1頂点パズル片の各々を構成す る 3つの第 3リム、および第 2頂点パズル片の各々を構成する 3つの第 4リムのそれぞ れにおける、 60度をなすリム間のそれぞれに、 4つの頂点の角度が順に 60度、 90度 、 120度、 90度である 4辺形の面力 リムが各面の 2辺を形成するように形成され、正 しく結合させたときにほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ完成品が得 られるようになって!/ヽることを特徴とする立体パズル。 [13] In the three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 9, each of the three first limbs constituting each of the coupled puzzle pieces, each of the three second rims constituting each of the joined puzzle pieces, and each of the first vertex puzzle pieces. In each of the three third rims and the three fourth limbs constituting each of the second vertex puzzle pieces, the angle between the four vertices is 60 degrees in each order between the rims forming 60 degrees. A quadrilateral surface force rim of 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 90 degrees is formed so that the rims form two sides of each face. A three-dimensional puzzle characterized by being able to get the finished product you have!
[14] 請求項 13に記載の立体パズルの完成品における、互いに対向する 2つの辺を第 1 辺および第 2辺とすると、 [14] In the completed three-dimensional puzzle according to claim 13, when two sides facing each other are defined as a first side and a second side,
上記完成品を第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方 形の第 1の画像が現れるように、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する各バズ ル片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面 に、第 1の画像の断片が形成され、 Configure the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron so that when the finished product is viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, the first image of a substantially square shape appears. In each buzz piece, a fragment of the first image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is part of the first side or parallel to the first side,
上記完成品を第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときにほぼ正方 形の第 2の画像が現れるように、 n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体を構成する各バズ ル片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟む 2つの面 に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする立体パズル。 Configure the nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron so that when the finished product is viewed in the direction of the midpoint of the second side in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side, a second image that is almost square appears. Each puzzle piece is a three-dimensional puzzle characterized in that a fragment of the second image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side that is part of the second side or parallel to the second side. .
[15] ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得ら れる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対し、上記基材表 面に第 1および第 2の画像を形成してなる立体ディスプレイであって、 [15] For a substrate with an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron shape obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) substrate fragments having an approximately tetrahedral shape. A three-dimensional display in which the first and second images are formed on the substrate surface,
上記基材断片は、シートで構成され、 The base piece is composed of a sheet,
上記基材の 6辺のうち、対向する 2つの辺を、辺 Aおよび辺 Bとすると、 Of the six sides of the base material, if the two opposite sides are side A and side B,
上記基材における辺 A以外の 5つの辺は、それらの辺のそれぞれに沿って 5本の 棒が基材内に挿入されることにより支えられ、 The five sides other than side A in the base material are supported by inserting five bars into the base material along each of the sides,
それら 5本の棒は、辺 Bを共有する 2つの正三角形の枠をなし、
上記基材は、それら 2つの正三角形の枠がなす角度が 0度近くになるまで、一方の 枠を他方の枠に対して辺 Bを軸として回動させることにより、ほぼ平面状に折り畳むこ とができるようになっており、 These five bars form a frame of two equilateral triangles sharing side B, The base material can be folded into a substantially planar shape by rotating one frame with respect to the other frame about side B until the angle formed by the two equilateral triangular frames is close to 0 degrees. And can be
上記基材における、辺 Aおよび辺 Bと同一であっても異なって 、てもよ 、互いに対 向する 2つの辺を、第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、 If the two sides facing each other are the same or different from side A and side B in the substrate, the first side and the second side are:
第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、 Midpoint force on the first side Directional force toward the midpoint on the second side The first part of each base piece is either a part of the first side or the first side so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction. A fragment of the first image is formed on two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to
第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 2の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする立体ディスプレイ ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を結合して得ら れる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つ基材に対し、上記基材表 面に第 1および第 2の画像を形成してなる立体ディスプレイであって、 Midpoint force on the 2nd side Directional force toward the midpoint of the 1st side, so that the second image appears when viewed in the direction, either part of the 2nd side or 2nd side in each substrate fragment the parallel sides in pressed-free two surfaces (the n arbitrary natural number) 4 n having a shape of a stereoscopic display nearly tetrahedral, wherein a fragment of the second image is formed pieces of A three-dimensional display in which the first and second images are formed on the substrate surface with respect to the substrate having the shape of an approximately nth-order approximate shell pin ski tetrahedron obtained by combining the substrate fragments. There,
上記各基材断片の 4つの面は、折り目以外の部分がほぼ平面形状を維持しうるシ ートで構成され、 The four surfaces of each of the above-mentioned base material fragments are composed of sheets that can maintain a substantially flat shape except for the folds.
上記基材の 6辺のうち、対向する 2つの辺を、辺 Aおよび辺 Bとすると、 Of the six sides of the base material, if the two opposite sides are side A and side B,
上記基材における辺 A以外の 5つの辺は、それらの辺のそれぞれに沿って 5本の 棒が基材内に挿入されることにより支えられ、 The five sides other than side A in the base material are supported by inserting five bars into the base material along each of the sides,
それら 5本の棒は、辺 Bを共有する 2つの正三角形の枠をなし、 These five bars form a frame of two equilateral triangles sharing side B,
上記基材は、それら 2つの正三角形の枠がなす角度が 0度近くになるまで、一方の 枠を他方の枠に対して辺 Bを軸として回動させることにより、ほぼ平面状に折り畳むこ とができるようになっており、各基材断片を構成するシートにおける、辺 Aの一部であ るかあるいは辺 Aに平行である辺 aを挟む 2つの面は、基材を折り畳むときには、辺 a で互いに分断でき、 The base material can be folded into a substantially planar shape by rotating one frame with respect to the other frame about side B until the angle formed by the two equilateral triangular frames is close to 0 degrees. When the base material is folded, the two surfaces sandwiching the side a that is a part of the side A or parallel to the side A in the sheet constituting each base piece are as follows: Can be separated from each other at edge a
各基材断片における辺 aを挟む 2つの面の各々には、両側が互いにほぼ接するま で折り曲げ可能な折り目が辺 aの中点力 辺 aに対向する頂点まで設けられており、
基材が折り畳まれたときには、上記折り目で折り曲げられて、長辺と短辺との長さの 比が 2: 3である 2枚の同じ大きさを持つ長方形のシートを 1つの長辺および 2つの 短辺で接合した形状となり、 Each of the two surfaces sandwiching the side a in each base piece is provided with a crease that can be folded until both sides are almost in contact with each other up to the apex facing the midpoint force side a of the side a. When the base material is folded, it is folded at the above crease, and two rectangular sheets having the same length of the long side and the short side are 2: 3. It becomes a shape joined by two short sides,
上記基材における、辺 Aおよび辺 Bと同一であっても異なって 、てもよ 、互いに対 向する 2つの辺を、第 1辺および第 2辺とすると、 If the two sides facing each other are the same or different from side A and side B in the substrate, the first side and the second side are:
第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 1の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 1辺の一部であるかあるいは第 1辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 1の画像の断片が形成されており、 Midpoint force on the first side Directional force toward the midpoint on the second side The first part of each base piece is either a part of the first side or the first side so that the first image appears when viewed in the direction. A fragment of the first image is formed on two faces that sandwich the side that is parallel to
第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力 方向に見たときに第 2の画像が現れるよう に、各基材断片における、第 2辺の一部であるかあるいは第 2辺に平行である辺を挟 む 2つの面に、第 2の画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする立体ディスプレイ 第 1、第 2、第 3、および第 4の画像が基材表面に形成された立体ディスプレイであ つて、 Midpoint force on the 2nd side Directional force toward the midpoint of the 1st side, so that the second image appears when viewed in the direction, either part of the 2nd side or 2nd side in each substrate fragment A three-dimensional display characterized in that a fragment of the second image is formed on two surfaces sandwiching a side parallel to the first, second, third, and fourth images on the substrate surface A formed three-dimensional display,
上記基材は、ほぼ正四面体の形状を持つ 4n(nは任意の自然数)個の基材断片を 結合して得られる、ほぼ n次近似シェルピンスキー四面体の形状を持つものであり、 各基材断片における 4つの面 A、面 B、面 C、および面 Dのうち、 The base material has a shape of an approximately nth-order approximate Sherpinski tetrahedron obtained by combining 4 n (n is an arbitrary natural number) base material fragments having a substantially tetrahedral shape. Of the four surface A, surface B, surface C, and surface D in each substrate fragment,
面 Aには、面 Aおよび面 Bに挟まれた第 1辺の中点から面 Cおよび面 Dに挟まれた 第 2辺の中点へ向かう方向に見たときには第 1の画像の断片のみが見え、面 Aおよ び面 Cに挟まれた第 3辺の中点から面 Bおよび面 Dに挟まれた第 4辺の中点へ向力う 方向に見たときには第 3の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントに よって、第 1および第 3の画像の断片が形成されており、 When viewing in the direction from the midpoint of the first side sandwiched between plane A and plane B to the midpoint of the second side sandwiched between plane C and plane D, only the first image fragment When the image is viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the third side sandwiched between plane A and plane C to the midpoint of the fourth side sandwiched between plane B and plane D, the third image The first and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fragments are visible,
面 Bには、第 1辺の中点力 第 2辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 1の画像 の断片のみが見え、第 4辺の中点から第 3辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 4 の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 1および第 4の 画像の断片が形成されており、 On face B, the midpoint force of the first side, when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the second side, only the first image fragment is visible, and the midpoint of the fourth side to the midpoint of the third side The first and fourth image fragments are formed by the lenticular print so that only the fourth image fragment is visible when looking in the direction
面 Cには、第 2辺の中点から第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 2の画像 の断片のみが見え、第 3辺の中点から第 4辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 3
の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 2および第 3の 画像の断片が形成されており、 In plane C, only the second image fragment is visible when viewed in the direction from the midpoint of the second side to the midpoint of the first side, and the midpoint of the third side to the midpoint of the fourth side. No. 3 when looking in the direction The second and third image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the image fragments of
面 Dには、第 2辺の中点力 第 1辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 2の画像 の断片のみが見え、第 4辺の中点から第 3辺の中点へ向力う方向に見たときには第 4 の画像の断片のみが見えるように、レンチキュラープリントによって、第 2および第 4の 画像の断片が形成されていることを特徴とする立体ディスプレイ。
On face D, the midpoint force of the second side, when viewed in the direction toward the midpoint of the first side, only the fragment of the second image is visible, and the midpoint of the fourth side to the midpoint of the third side A stereoscopic display characterized in that the second and fourth image fragments are formed by lenticular printing so that only the fourth image fragment can be seen when viewed in the direction toward the head.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2005-005724 | 2005-01-12 | ||
JP2005005724 | 2005-01-12 | ||
JP2005044106 | 2005-02-21 | ||
JP2005-044106 | 2005-02-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2006075666A1 true WO2006075666A1 (en) | 2006-07-20 |
Family
ID=36677691
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2006/300305 WO2006075666A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2006-01-12 | Three-dimensional puzzle, advertisement exhibit, three-dimensional display and its fabricating method |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2006075666A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2008196254A (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-08-28 | Kyoto Univ | Awnings, radiators, and methods of manufacturing the same |
JP2009092786A (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-30 | National Institute Of Information & Communication Technology | 3D display system |
WO2009151119A1 (en) | 2008-06-14 | 2009-12-17 | 学校法人 東海大学 | Three-dimensional puzzle |
US20110003336A1 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2011-01-06 | Gestur Vidarsson | Methods for Increasing the Therapeutic Efficacy of Immunoglobulin G Class 3 (IgG3) Antibodies |
JP2012097557A (en) * | 2011-12-27 | 2012-05-24 | Kyoto Univ | Radiator |
WO2019167941A1 (en) * | 2018-02-27 | 2019-09-06 | 学校法人沖縄科学技術大学院大学学園 | Moebius kaleidocycle |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6037383U (en) * | 1983-08-22 | 1985-03-14 | 宮越 満 | Moving picture combination puzzle |
JPS62295684A (en) * | 1986-06-16 | 1987-12-23 | 大成建設株式会社 | Assembly |
JPS63120698U (en) * | 1987-01-29 | 1988-08-04 | ||
JPH02149297U (en) * | 1989-05-16 | 1990-12-19 | ||
JPH035496U (en) * | 1989-06-05 | 1991-01-21 | ||
JPH11197369A (en) * | 1998-01-10 | 1999-07-27 | Takashi Shimazaki | Space lattice linking toy |
CA2489575A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2003-08-07 | Michael Kretzschmar | Construction kit |
JP2004233900A (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-19 | Hinomoto Gosei Jushi Seisakusho:Kk | Molecular model |
-
2006
- 2006-01-12 WO PCT/JP2006/300305 patent/WO2006075666A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6037383U (en) * | 1983-08-22 | 1985-03-14 | 宮越 満 | Moving picture combination puzzle |
JPS62295684A (en) * | 1986-06-16 | 1987-12-23 | 大成建設株式会社 | Assembly |
JPS63120698U (en) * | 1987-01-29 | 1988-08-04 | ||
JPH02149297U (en) * | 1989-05-16 | 1990-12-19 | ||
JPH035496U (en) * | 1989-06-05 | 1991-01-21 | ||
JPH11197369A (en) * | 1998-01-10 | 1999-07-27 | Takashi Shimazaki | Space lattice linking toy |
CA2489575A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2003-08-07 | Michael Kretzschmar | Construction kit |
JP2004233900A (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2004-08-19 | Hinomoto Gosei Jushi Seisakusho:Kk | Molecular model |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
YOSHIDA T.: "Yoshida Tomoko no Root Homonki Dai 100 Kai computer to Kokoro~Kyoto Daigaku Daigakuin Ningen Kankyogaku Kenkyuka Tachiki Hideki Sensei Homon~", UNIX USER, SOFTBANK PULBISHING INC. NATIONAL CENTER FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY INFORMATION AND TRAINING UKEIRE, vol. 14, no. 2, WHOLE NO. 151, 11 January 2005 (2005-01-11), pages 103 - 110 * |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2008196254A (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-08-28 | Kyoto Univ | Awnings, radiators, and methods of manufacturing the same |
JP2009092786A (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-30 | National Institute Of Information & Communication Technology | 3D display system |
US20110003336A1 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2011-01-06 | Gestur Vidarsson | Methods for Increasing the Therapeutic Efficacy of Immunoglobulin G Class 3 (IgG3) Antibodies |
WO2009151119A1 (en) | 2008-06-14 | 2009-12-17 | 学校法人 東海大学 | Three-dimensional puzzle |
JP2012097557A (en) * | 2011-12-27 | 2012-05-24 | Kyoto Univ | Radiator |
WO2019167941A1 (en) * | 2018-02-27 | 2019-09-06 | 学校法人沖縄科学技術大学院大学学園 | Moebius kaleidocycle |
JPWO2019167941A1 (en) * | 2018-02-27 | 2021-03-18 | 静雄 鍛冶 | Mobius Calide Cycle |
JP7261490B2 (en) | 2018-02-27 | 2023-04-20 | 国立研究開発法人科学技術振興機構 | Mobius kaleidocycle |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6264199B1 (en) | Folding puzzle/transformational toy with 24 linked tetrahedral elements | |
US9968861B2 (en) | Detachable multi-functional housing compartment insert with attachable accessory templates | |
US20190336872A1 (en) | DETACHABLE MULTI-FUNCTIONAL HOUSING COMPARTMENT INSERT WITH Attachable ACCESSORY Templates | |
WO2006075666A1 (en) | Three-dimensional puzzle, advertisement exhibit, three-dimensional display and its fabricating method | |
US5658620A (en) | Place mat having erectable and interchangeable pop-up figures | |
US6506093B2 (en) | Miniature puppet theater and book combination and case for storing and transporting the same | |
TW201136642A (en) | Dice toy | |
US20240091631A1 (en) | Animated puzzle | |
US20050067780A1 (en) | Interchangeable surface system for toy blocks | |
RU141779U1 (en) | PUZZLE AND GAME-3D Puzzles (OPTIONS) | |
Jackson | Cut and fold techniques for promotional materials | |
JP3258766B2 (en) | Picture book toys | |
US20080231978A1 (en) | Mirror and Representations | |
WO2013141763A2 (en) | Brain teaser and 3d puzzle game (variants) | |
WO1998052662A1 (en) | Three-dimensional puzzle | |
JPH08168577A (en) | Assembly type angular cylindrical block toy | |
CN221950571U (en) | Magnetic force piece game system with decoration panel | |
JP3046068U (en) | 3D combination building toys | |
JPWO2009041250A1 (en) | Puzzle block assembly | |
JPH115400A (en) | Three-dimensional picture kit and method for making threedimensional picture | |
JPH0647502Y2 (en) | Plate-shaped unit pieces for block puzzles and block puzzles | |
JP3068913U (en) | Picture-story show picture book | |
JP3056846U (en) | Folding toy | |
WO2001066211A1 (en) | Baby picture book | |
JPH09155072A (en) | Toy for child |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 06702672 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWW | Wipo information: withdrawn in national office |
Ref document number: 6702672 Country of ref document: EP |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |
|
WWW | Wipo information: withdrawn in national office |
Country of ref document: JP |